As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2013

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report ________________

 

For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

 

Commission file number 001-34985

 

Globus Maritime Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

128 Vouliagmenis Ave., 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

George Karageorgiou

128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor

166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece

Tel: +30 210 960 8300

Facsimile:   +30 210 960 8359

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of Each Class Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
Common Shares, par value $0.004 per  share Nasdaq Global Market

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

 

 
 

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

As of December 31, 2012, there were 10,207,517 shares of the registrant’s Common Shares outstanding.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

¨ Yes x No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

¨ Yes x No

 

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

x Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). N/A

¨ Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer x

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filling:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued Other ¨
  by the International Accounting Standards Board x  

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. N/A  

¨ Item 17     ¨ Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  ¨ Yes x No

 

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. N/A

¨ Yes ¨ No

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 3
PART I    
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers 5
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 5
Item 3. Key Information 5
Item 4. Information on the Company 36
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments 54
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 54
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees 78
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 82
Item 8. Financial Information 84
Item 9. The Offer and Listing 86
Item 10. Additional Information 87
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 104
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities 105
PART II    
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 105
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds 105
Item 15. Controls and Procedures 106
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert 107
Item 16B. Code of Ethics 107
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 107
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees 108
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 108
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant 108
Item 16G. Corporate Governance 108
Item 16H. Mining Safety Disclosure 108
PART III    
Item 17. Financial Statements 109
Item 18. Financial Statements 109
Item 19. Exhibits 110
     
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

2
 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements and information within the meaning of U.S. securities laws, and Globus Maritime Limited desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor legislation.

 

The “Company,” “Globus,” “Globus Maritime,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Globus Maritime Limited and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, intentions, assumptions and other statements that are not historical facts or that are not present facts or conditions. Forward-looking statements and information can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology or words, such as, “anticipate,” “approximately,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “pending,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seeks,” “should,” “views” or similar words or phrases or variations thereon, or the negatives of those words or phrases, or statements that events, conditions or results “can,” “will,” “may,” “must,” “would,” “could” or “should” occur or be achieved and similar expressions in connection with any discussion, expectation or projection of future operating or financial performance, costs, regulations, events or trends. The absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements and information are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all statements in this annual report on Form 20-F concerning or relating to estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenses, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates, financial results and liquidity are forward-looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time may make forward-looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. Such forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates reflecting our best judgment based upon current information and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Other factors may affect the accuracy of these forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements. While it is impossible to identify all such factors, factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by us may include, but are not limited to, those factors and conditions described under “Item 3.D.  Risk Factors” as well as general conditions in the economy, dry bulk industry and capital markets. We undertake no obligation to revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after the date of this annual report on Form 20-F or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or new information, other than any obligation to disclose material information under applicable securities laws. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this annual report on Form 20-F including, without limitation, in the sections entitled “Item 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Item 4.A.  Business Overview” and “Item 8.A.  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Dividend Policy.”

 

Terms Used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F

 

References to our common shares are references to Globus Maritime Limited’s registered common shares, par value $0.004 per share, or, as applicable, the ordinary shares of Globus Maritime Limited prior to our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands on November 24, 2010.

 

References to our Class B shares are references to Globus Maritime Limited’s registered Class B shares, par value $0.001 per share, none of which are currently outstanding. We refer to both our common shares and Class B shares as our shares. References to our shareholders are references to the holders of our common shares and Class B shares. References to our Series A Preferred Shares are references to our shares of Series A preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 3,347 of which were outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2,567 of which are outstanding on the date of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

3
 

 

On July 29, 2010, we effected a four-for-one reverse split of our common shares. Unless otherwise noted, all historical share numbers and per share amounts in this annual report on Form 20-F have been adjusted to give effect to this reverse split.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars” and “$” in this annual report on Form 20-F are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. dollars.

 

Rounding

 

Certain financial information has been rounded, and, as a result, certain totals shown in this annual report on Form 20-F may not equal the arithmetic sum of the figures that should otherwise aggregate to those totals.

 

4
 

 

PART I

 

Item 1.  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 2.  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 3.  Key Information

 

A.  Selected Financial Data

 

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial and operating data. The summary consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Item 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. Results of operations in any period are not necessarily indicative of results in any future period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    (Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Statements of comprehensive income data                                        
Revenue     32,197       35,559       28,860       52,812       98,597  
Voyage expenses     (4,450 )     (3,283 )     (2,152 )     (3,742 )     (6,674 )
Net revenue(1)     27,747       32,276       26,708       49,070       91,923  
Vessel operating expenses     (10,400 )     (7,967 )     (5,887 )     (10,137 )     (12,537 )
Depreciation     (11,255 )     (10,180 )     (7,367 )     (11,204 )     (17,407 )
Depreciation of drydocking costs     (763 )     (318 )     (410 )     (1,512 )     (1,572 )
Amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels     (1,823 )     (779 )     -       -       -  
Administrative expenses     (1,869 )     (2,078 )     (2,310 )     (2,004 )     (2,122 )
Administrative expenses payable to related parties     (598 )     (1,150 )     (1,066 )     (1,272 )     (1,216 )
Share based payments     (977 )     (364 )     (311 )     (1,754 )     (770 )
Impairment loss     (80,244 )     -       -       (28,429 )     (20,224 )
Gain/(loss) on sale of vessels     -       -       7       (802 )     15,095  
Other (expenses)/income, net     (68 )     (124 )     (35 )     (106 )     408  
Operating (loss)/profit before financing activities     (80,250 )     9,316       9,329       (8,150 )     51,578  
                                         
Interest income from bank balances & bank deposits     47       52       247       1,032       946  
Interest expense and finance costs     (3,358 )     (2,821 )     (2,133 )     (2,926 )     (7,707 )
Gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments     693       369       (570 )     143 )     (1,373 )
Foreign exchange gains/(losses), net     64       9       (870 )     (178 )     (626 )
Total finance costs, net     (2,554 )     (2,391 )     (3,326 )     (1,929 )     (8,760 )
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year     (82,804 )     6,925       6,003       (10,079 )     42,818  
                                         
Basic (loss)/earnings per share for the year     (8.22 )     0.80       0.83       (1.40 )     5.98  
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share for the year     (8.22 )     0.79       0.82       (1.40 )     5.93  
Weighted average number of common shares, basic     10,142,979       8,688,543       7,243,340       7,192,369       7,162,564  
Weighted average number of common shares, diluted     10,142,979       8,738,444       7,340,221       7,192,369       7,226,767  
Dividends declared per common share     0.25       0.64       0.27       -       2.6  
Adjusted EBITDA(2) (unaudited)     13,835       20,593       17,099       33,797       75,686  

 

5
 

 

(1) Net Revenue is computed by subtracting voyage expenses from revenue.  Net Revenue is not a recognized measurement under IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative or comparable to net income.

 

(2) Adjusted EBITDA represents net earnings before interest and finance costs net, gains or losses from the change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, foreign exchange gains or losses, income taxes, depreciation, depreciation of drydocking costs, amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels, impairment and gains or losses from sale of vessels. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to total comprehensive income/(loss) or cash generated from operations, as determined by IFRS, and our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under IFRS.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

 

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ø Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  Ø Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

  Ø Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in or cash requirements for our working capital needs; and

 

  Ø other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

6
 

 

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of total comprehensive income/(loss) to Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited) for the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    (Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars)  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year     (82,804 )     6,925       6,003       (10,079 )     42,818  
Interest and finance costs, net     3,311       2,769       1,886       1,894       6,761  
(Gain)/loss on derivative financial instruments     (693 )     (369 )     570       (143 )     1,373  
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses     (64 )     (9 )     870       178       626  
Depreciation     11,255       10,180       7,367       11,204       17,407  
Depreciation of drydocking costs     763       318       410       1,512       1,572  
Amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels     1,823       779       -       -       -  
(Gain)/loss on sale of vessels     -       -       (7 )     802       (15,095 )
Impairment loss     80,244       -       -       28,429       20,224  
Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)     13,835       20,593       17,099       33,797       75,686  

 

    As of December 31,  
    (Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars)  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Statements of financial position data                                        
Total non-current assets     140,966       242,592       191,556       93,204       216,075  
Total current assets (including “Non-current assets classified as held for sale”)     24,756       13,467       26,896       94,366       68,371  
Total assets     165,722       256,059       218,452       187,570       284,446  
Total equity     55,182       140,019       117,788       113,458       121,783  
Total non-current liabilities     78,812       105,584       85,388       36,218       79,735  
Total current liabilities     31,728       10,456       15,276       37,894       82,928  
Total equity and liabilities     165,722       256,059       218,452       187,570       284,446  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
          (Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars)  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Statements of cash flows data                                        
Net cash generated from operating activities     14,370       19,774       16,182       33,566       70,383  
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities     (341 )     (61,782 )     (72,719 )     60,253       27,077  
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities     (11,680 )     25,681       27,034       (74,496 )     (72,857 )

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Ownership days(1)     2,562       2,125       1,458       2,314       2,878  
Available days(2)     2,498       2,111       1,458       2,277       2,808  
Operating days(3)     2,471       2,083       1,441       2,246       2,781  
Bareboat charter days(4)     366       365       186       -       -  
Fleet utilization(5)     98.9 %     98.7 %     98.8 %     98.6 %     99.0 %
Average number of vessels(6)     7.0       5.8       4.0       6.3       7.9  
Daily time charter equivalent (TCE) rate(7)   $ 10,660     $ 15,619     $ 18,996     $ 21,550     $ 32,736  

 

7
 

 

(1) Ownership days are the aggregate number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us.

(2) Available days are the number of our ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys.

(3) Operating days are the number of available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that the vessels are off-hire due to any reason, including unforeseen circumstances.

(4) Bareboat charter days are the aggregate number of days in a period during which the vessels in our fleet are subject to a bareboat charter.

(5) We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our operating days during a period by the number of our available days during the period.

(6) Average number of vessels is measured by the sum of the number of days each vessel was part of our fleet during a relevant period divided by the number of calendar days in such period.

(7) TCE rates are our revenue less net revenue from our bareboat charters less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our available days during the period excluding bareboat charter days,. TCE is a measure not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”.

 

The following table reflects the calculation of our daily TCE rates for the periods presented.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    (Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except number of days and daily
TCE rates)
 
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
                               
Revenue     32,197       35,559       28,860       52,812       98,597  
Less: Voyage expenses     4,450       3,283       2,152       3,742       6,674  
Less: bareboat charter net revenue     5,020       5,006       2,545       -       -  
Net revenue excluding bareboat charter net revenue     22,727       27,270       24,163       49,070       91,923  
Available days net of bareboat charter days     2,132       1,746       1,272       2,277       2,808  
Daily TCE rate     10,660       15,619       18,996       21,550       32,736  

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not Applicable.

 

C.  Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not Applicable.

 

D.  Risk Factors

 

This annual report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements and information within the meaning of U.S. securities laws that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements and information. Factors that may cause such a difference include those discussed below and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

8
 

 

Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our common shares. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results, ability pay dividends or the trading price of our common shares.  

 

Risks relating to Our Industry

 

The seaborne transportation industry is cyclical and volatile.

 

The international seaborne transportation industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates, vessel values and profitability. Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply and demand for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products internationally carried at sea. Since the early part of 2009, rates have been volatile, but gradually recovered from market lows with further improvements taking place in the first half of 2010, before leveling out in the second half of 2010 and declining in 2011 and throughout 2012. Because from time to time we may charter some of our vessels pursuant to short-term time charters or on the spot market, we may be exposed to changes in spot market and short-term charter rates for dry bulk vessels and such changes may affect our earnings and the value of our dry bulk vessels at any given time. The supply of and demand for shipping capacity strongly influences freight rates. The factors affecting the supply and demand for vessels are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

 

Factors that influence demand for vessel capacity include:

 

  Ø supply and demand for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

 

  Ø changes in the production of energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

 

  Ø the location of regional and global production and manufacturing facilities;

 

  Ø the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

 

  Ø the globalization of production and manufacturing;

 

  Ø global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

  Ø developments in international trade;

 

  Ø changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance dry bulk cargo is transported by sea;

 

  Ø environmental and other regulatory developments;

 

  Ø currency exchange rates; and

 

  Ø weather.

 

Factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:

 

9
 

 

  Ø the number of newbuilding deliveries, which among other factors relates to the ability of shipyards to deliver newbuildings by contracted delivery dates and the ability of purchasers to finance such newbuildings;

 

  Ø the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

  Ø vessel casualties;

 

  Ø the price of steel;

 

  Ø changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful lives of vessels;

 

  Ø the number of vessels that are out of service; and

 

  Ø port or canal congestion.

 

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated freight rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage, the efficiency and age profile of the existing drybulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

 

We anticipate that the future demand for our dry bulk vessels and charter rates will be dependent upon continued economic growth in the world’s economies including China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand and changes to the capacity of the global dry bulk vessel fleet and the sources and supply of dry bulk cargo to be transported by sea. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could negatively impact charter rates and therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 

The dry bulk vessel charter market remains significantly below its high in 2008.

 

The revenues, earnings and profitability of companies in our industry are affected by the charter rates that can be obtained in the market, which is volatile and has experienced significant declines since its highs in the middle of 2008. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, which is published daily by the Baltic Exchange Limited, or the Baltic Exchange, a London-based membership organization that provides daily shipping market information to the global investing community, is an average of selected ship brokers' assessments of time charter rates paid by a customer to hire a dry bulk vessel to transport dry bulk cargoes by sea. The BDI has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the dry bulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire dry bulk shipping market. The BDI declined from a high of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 663 in December 2008, which represents a decline of 94.0% within a single calendar year. During 2009, 2010 and 2011, the BDI remained volatile. During 2009, the BDI reached a low of 772 in January 2009 and a high of 4,661 in November 2009. During 2010, the BDI reached a high of 4,209 in May 2010 and a low of 1,700 in July 2010. During 2011, the BDI remained volatile, ranging from a low of 1,042 on February 4, 2011 to a high of 2,173 on October 14, 2011. The BDI continued to decline during the start of 2012 reaching a 26-year low of 647 on February 3, 2012 and thereafter increased to a high of 1,165 as of May 8, 2012, and was at 885 as of April 23, 2013. There can be no assurance that the dry bulk charter market will increase further, and the market can decline.

 

10
 

 

The decline and volatility in charter rates is primarily due to the number of newbuilding deliveries as vessel oversupply is gradually taking its toll on the market. Increased demand for dry bulk commodities has been unable to fully absorb the approximately 98.5 million and 98.7 million new deadweight tonnage, or dwt, that entered the market in 2011 and 2012 respectively, despite almost record high scrapping levels of approximately 23.2 million dwt and 33.7 million for the years 2011 and 2012 respectively. During 2012, 2011 and 2010 the dry bulk carriers fleet increased by approximately 64 million, 80 million and 78 million dwt net of vessel removals, respectively, representing a year-on-year increase in deadweight of approximately 10%, 15%, and 17%, respectively. The market supply of dry bulk vessels has been increasing, and the number of dry bulk vessels on order as of December 31, 2012 was approximately 16.5% for Supramax vessels, 29.6% for Panamax vessels and 17.6% for Capesize vessels of the then-existing global dry bulk fleet in terms of deadweight tons, with the majority of new deliveries expected mainly during 2013. Due to lack of financing, we expect cancellations and/or slippage of newbuilding orders. While vessel supply will continue to be affected by the delivery of new vessels and the removal of vessels from the global fleet, either through scrapping or accidental losses, an over-supply of dry bulk carrier capacity could exacerbate the recent decrease in charter rates or prolong the period during which low charter rates prevail.

 

The decline and volatility in charter rates in the dry bulk market also affects the value of our dry bulk vessels, which follows the trends of dry bulk charter rates, and earnings on our charters, and similarly affects our cash flows, liquidity and compliance with the covenants contained in our loan arrangements.

 

There remains considerable instability in the world economy.

 

We expect that a significant number of the port calls we expect our vessels to make will likely involve the loading or discharging of raw materials in ports in the Asia Pacific region, particularly China. As a result, a negative change in economic conditions in any Asia Pacific country, particularly China, Japan and, to some extent, India, can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, by reducing demand and, as a result, charter rates and affecting our ability to charter our vessels, including after our current charters expire. In the recent past, China and India have had two of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product and have been the main driving force behind increases in marine dry bulk trade and the demand for dry bulk vessels. If economic growth declines in China, Japan, India and other countries in the Asia Pacific region, we may face decreases in such dry bulk trade and demand. Moreover, a slowdown in the United States and Japanese economies or the economies of the European Union or certain Asian countries may adversely affect economic growth in China, India and elsewhere. Such an economic downturn in any of these countries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 

The international shipping industry and dry bulk market are highly competitive.

 

The shipping industry and dry bulk market are capital intensive and highly fragmented with many charterers, owners and operators of vessels and are characterized by intense competition. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. The trend towards consolidation in the industry is creating an increasing number of global enterprises capable of competing in multiple markets, which may result in a greater competitive threat to us. Our competitors may be better positioned to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and employment of their businesses than we are. Competition for the transportation of cargo by sea is intense and depends on customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation, price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Competition may increase in some or all of our principal markets, including with the entry of new competitors, who may operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to sustain lower charter rates and offer higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. We may not be able to continue to compete successfully or effectively with our competitors and our competitive position may be eroded in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our fleet utilization and, accordingly, business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 

11
 

 

A further economic slowdown or changes in the economic and political environment in the Asia Pacific region could exacerbate the effect of recent slowdowns in the economies of the European Union and the United States.

 

We anticipate a number of the port calls made by our vessels will continue to involve the loading or discharging of dry bulk commodities in ports in the Asia Pacific region. As a result, any negative changes in economic conditions in any Asia Pacific country, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect of recent slowdowns in the economies of the European Union and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our future prospects. Before the global economic financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world's fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. We cannot assure you that the Chinese economy will not experience a significant contraction in the future. Although state-owned enterprises still account for a substantial portion of the Chinese industrial output, in general, the Chinese government is reducing the level of direct control that it exercises over the economy through state plans and other measures. There is an increasing level of freedom and autonomy in areas such as allocation of resources, production, pricing and management and a gradual shift in emphasis to a “market economy” and enterprise reform. Limited price reforms were undertaken with the result that prices for certain commodities are principally determined by market forces. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition based upon the outcome of such experiments. If the Chinese government does not continue to pursue a policy of economic reform, the level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected by changes to these economic reforms by the Chinese government, as well as by changes in political, economic and social conditions or other relevant policies of the Chinese government, such as changes in laws, regulations or export and import restrictions.

 

Notwithstanding economic reform, the Chinese government may adopt policies that favor domestic dry bulk shipping companies and may hinder our ability to compete with them effectively. Moreover, the current economic slowdown in the economies of the European Union and other Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. In addition, concerns regarding the possibility of sovereign debt defaults by European Union member countries, including Greece, have disrupted financial markets throughout the world, may lead to weaker consumer demand in the European Union, the United States, and other parts of the world. The possibility of sovereign debt defaults by European Union member countries, including Greece, and the possibility of market reforms to float the Chinese renminbi, either of which development could weaken the Euro against the Chinese renminbi, could adversely affect consumer demand in the European Union. Moreover, the revaluation of the renminbi may negatively impact the United States’ demand for imported goods, many of which are shipped from China. Such weak economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, ability to pay dividends as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by a further economic downturn in any of these countries.

 

We depend on spot charters in volatile shipping markets.

 

We currently charter two of our seven vessels on the spot charter market, and we may charter other vessels on the spot market in the future. The spot charter market is highly competitive and spot charter rates may fluctuate significantly based upon available charters and the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity. While our focus on the spot market may enable us to benefit if industry conditions strengthen, we must consistently procure spot charter business. Conversely, such dependence makes us vulnerable to declining market rates for spot charters and to the off-hire periods including ballast passages. Rates within the spot charter market are subject to volatile fluctuations while longer-term time charters provide income at pre-determined rates over more extended periods of time. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in keeping our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets or that future spot rates will be sufficient to enable the vessels to be operated profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would affect value and adversely affect our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends. We cannot give assurances that future available spot charters will enable us to operate our vessels profitably.

 

There may be an oversupply of dry bulk vessels in the world fleet.

 

The market supply of dry bulk vessels has been increasing as a result of the delivery of numerous newbuilding orders over the last few years. Newbuildings were delivered in significant numbers starting at the beginning of 2006 and continued to be delivered in significant numbers through 2012. The number of dry bulk vessels on order as of December 31, 2012, was approximately 16.5% for Supramax vessels, 29.6% for Panamax vessels and 17.6% for Capesize vessels of the then-existing global dry bulk fleet in terms of deadweight tons, with the majority of new deliveries expected mainly during 2013. An oversupply of dry bulk vessel capacity, particularly during a period of economic recession, may result in a reduction of charter hire rates. If we cannot enter into charters on acceptable terms, we may have to secure charters on the spot market, where charter rates are more volatile and revenues are, therefore, less predictable, or we may not be able to charter our vessels at all. In addition, a material increase in the net supply of dry bulk vessel capacity without corresponding growth in dry bulk vessel demand could have a material adverse effect on our fleet utilization and our charter rates generally, and could, accordingly, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 

12
 

 

The market values of our vessels have declined and may decline further.

 

The market value of dry bulk vessels has generally experienced high volatility. The market prices for secondhand and newbuilding dry bulk vessels in the recent past have declined from historically high levels to low levels within a short period of time. The market value of our vessels may increase and decrease depending on a number of factors including:

 

  Ø prevailing level of charter rates;

 

  Ø general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

 

  Ø competition from other shipping companies;

 

  Ø configurations, sizes and ages of vessels;

 

  Ø supply and demand for vessels;

 

  Ø other modes of transportation;

 

  Ø cost of newbuildings;

 

  Ø governmental or other regulations; and

 

  Ø technological advances.

 

If a determination is made that a vessel’s future useful life is limited or its future earnings capacity is reduced, it could result in an impairment of its value on our financial statements that would result in a charge against our earnings and the reduction of our stockholders’ equity.

 

Our credit facility with Credit Suisse AG, which we refer to as our Credit Facility, our loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft (now Commerzbank), which we refer to as the Kelty Loan Agreement, and our loan agreement with DVB Bank SE, which we refer to as the DVB Loan Agreement, are secured by mortgages on our vessels, and require us to maintain specified collateral coverage ratios and to satisfy financial covenants, including requirements based on the market value of our vessels and our net worth. Since the middle of 2008, the prevailing conditions in the dry bulk charter market coupled with the general difficulty in obtaining financing for vessel purchases have led to a significant decline in the market values of our vessels, which caused us to breach certain covenants in our loan arrangements. Further declines of market values of our vessels can affect our ability to comply with various covenants and could also limit the amount of funds we are permitted to borrow under our current or future loan arrangements. If we are unable to comply with the financial and other covenants under our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement, and the DVB Loan Agreement, and if we are unable to obtain waivers, our lenders could accelerate our indebtedness and foreclose on vessels in our fleet, which would impair our ability to continue to conduct our business. If our indebtedness were accelerated in full or in part, it would be very difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing and we could lose our vessels if our lenders foreclose upon their liens, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, ability to continue our business and pay dividends. We were not in compliance with certain loan covenants in our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement. For a detailed discussion on our compliance and non-compliance with loan covenants see “Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”

 

13
 

 

If we sell any vessel at a time when vessel prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our financial statements, the sale price may be agreed at a value lower than the vessel’s depreciated book value as in our financial statements at that time, resulting in a loss and a respective reduction in earnings. If the market values of our vessels decrease, such decrease and its effects could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 

Our industry is subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations.

 

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include but are not limited to: International U.S. Oil Pollution Act 1990, as amended, which we refer to as OPA; International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, which we refer to as SOLAS; International Convention on Load Lines, 1966; International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, Protocol 1978; International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, 2001; International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea, 1996; International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended, which we refer to as the CLC; International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage, 1971; and Marine Transportation Security Act of 2002, which we refer to as the MTSA.

 

Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the area of environmental requirements, can be expected to become more stringent in the future and could require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance, or even to scrap or sell certain vessels altogether. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions, the management of ballast waters, maintenance and inspection, elimination of tin-based paint, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends.

 

Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, or the required additional measures for compliance are still under development, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels. We are also required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, certificates and financial assurances with respect to our operations.

 

These requirements can also affect the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels or require reductions in capacity, vessel modifications or operational changes or restrictions. Failure to comply with these requirements could lead to decreased availability of or more costly insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations and claims for natural resource, personal injury and property damages in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous materials from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. Violations of, or liabilities under, environmental regulations can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including, in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. Events of this nature would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

14
 

 

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the International Safety Management, or ISM, Code. The ISM Code requires shipowners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, each of our vessels is ISM Code-certified.

 

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may be imposed.

 

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the International Maritime Organization, or IMO, have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These regulatory measures may include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. In addition, although the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping currently are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which required adopting countries to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, a new treaty may be adopted in the future that includes restrictions on shipping emissions. Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

 

The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms which may hinder or prevent us from expanding our business.

 

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. Recently, the debt and equity capital markets have been severely distressed. These issues, along with significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the current weak economic conditions, have made, and will likely continue to make, it difficult to obtain additional financing. The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

 

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the borrowing cost for funds received from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased margins or interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Furthermore, certain banks that have historically been significant lenders to the shipping industry have reduced or ceased lending to the shipping industry. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available if needed and to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

 

Charterers have been placed under significant financial pressure, thereby increasing our charter counterparty risk.

 

The continuing weakness in demand for dry bulk shipping services and any future declines in such demand could result in financial challenges faced by our charterers and may increase the likelihood of one or more of our charterers being unable or unwilling to pay us contracted charter rates. We expect to generate most of our revenues from these charters and if our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us, we will sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

15
 

 

Capital expenditures and other costs necessary to operate and maintain our vessels may increase.

 

Changes in safety or other equipment standards, as well as compliance with standards imposed by maritime self-regulatory organizations and customer requirements or competition, may require us to make additional expenditures. In order to satisfy these requirements, we may, from time to time, be required to take our vessels out of service for extended periods of time, with corresponding losses of revenues. In the future, market conditions may not justify these expenditures or enable us to operate some or all of our vessels profitably during the remainder of their economic lives.

 

There are inherent operational risks in the seaborne transportation industry.

 

The operation of any vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, fire, contact with floating objects, cargo or property loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, terrorist attacks, armed hostilities and labor strikes. Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. In addition, there is always the possibility of a marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental damage.

 

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydocking repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. The loss of earnings while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, would decrease our earnings. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located to our vessels’ positions. The loss of earnings while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to travel to more distant drydocking facilities would decrease our earnings.

 

Our insurance may not be adequate to cover our losses that may result from our operations.

 

We carry insurance to protect us against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business, including marine hull and machinery insurance, war risk insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes pollution risks, crew insurance and war risk insurance. However, we may not be adequately insured to cover losses from our operational risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims and our insurance may be voidable by the insurers if we take, or fail to take, certain action, such as failing to maintain certification of our vessels with applicable maritime regulatory organizations. Any significant uninsured or underinsured loss or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends. It may also result in protracted legal litigation. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates in the future during adverse insurance market conditions. We maintain, for each of our vessels, pollution liability coverage insurance for $1.0 billion per event. If damages from a catastrophic spill exceed our insurance coverage, it would have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

Moreover, insurers have over the last few years increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally.

 

In addition, we do not currently carry and may not carry loss-of-hire insurance, which covers the loss of revenue during extended vessel off-hire periods, such as those that occur during an unscheduled drydocking due to damage to the vessel from accidents. Accordingly, any loss of a vessel or extended vessel off-hire, due to an accident or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and our ability to pay dividends.

 

16
 

 

We may be subject to funding calls by our protection and indemnity clubs, and our clubs may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them.

 

We are indemnified for legal liabilities incurred while operating our vessels through membership of protection and indemnity, or P&I, associations, otherwise known as P&I clubs. P&I clubs are mutual insurance clubs whose members must contribute to cover losses sustained by other club members. The objective of a P&I club is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member’s vessels entered into the club. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the club, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims submitted to the club. Claims submitted to the club may include those incurred by members of the club, as well as claims submitted by other P&I clubs with which our club has entered into interclub agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I club to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls, which could adversely affect us.

 

We may be subject to increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations.

 

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the cargo and contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

 

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to pay dividends.

 

Rising fuel prices may adversely affect our profits.

 

Fuel is a significant, if not the largest, expense if vessels are under voyage charter. Moreover, the cost of fuel will affect the profit we can earn on the spot market. Upon redelivery of vessels at the end of a time charter, we may be obliged to repurchase the fuel on board at prevailing market prices, which could be materially higher than fuel prices at the inception of the time charter period. As a result, an increase in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical events, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.

 

The operation of dry bulk vessels has certain unique operational risks.

 

The operation of certain vessel types, such as dry bulk vessels, has certain unique risks. With a dry bulk vessel, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be a risk factor. By their nature, dry bulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted and react badly to water exposure. In addition, dry bulk vessels are often subjected to battering during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach while at sea. Hull breaches in dry bulk vessels may lead to the flooding of the vessels holds. If a dry bulk vessel suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessels bulkheads leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

 

17
 

 

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels.

 

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel, or other assets of the relevant vessel-owning company, for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a claimant may seek to obtain security for its claim by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels, such as the arrest of the m/v Star Globe due to non-payment by the previous charterer for certain supplies or other assets of the relevant vessel-owning company or companies, could cause us to default on a charter, breach covenants in our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement or the DVB Loan Agreement, interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted.

 

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could attempt to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels.

 

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency.

 

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Even if we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 

We may be affected by world events, such as terrorist attacks.

 

Terrorist attacks such as the attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001, in London on July 7, 2005 and in Mumbai on November 26, 2008 and the continuing response of the United States and others to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks in the United States or elsewhere, continues to cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. The continuing presence of United States and other armed forces in foreign countries may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the world’s financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to refinance our existence debt or obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism have also affected vessels. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues, costs and ability to pay dividends.

 

Terrorist attacks on vessels, such as the October 2002 attack on the m.v. Limburg and the July 2010 alleged Al-Qaeda attack on the M. Star , both Very Large Crude Carriers not related to us, may in the future also negatively affect our operations and financial condition and directly impact our vessels or our customers. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility and turmoil of the financial markets in the United States and globally. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues, costs and ability to pay dividends.

 

 

18
 

 

Natural disasters, such as the earthquake and tsunami in Japan, could affect our business.

 

Japan is one of the world’s leading importers of dry bulk commodities. The severe earthquake and tsunami that struck Japan on March 11, 2011 have had an adverse effect on Japan’s manufacturing capabilities and economy generally. The extent to which the earthquake, tsunami and pollution from emitted radiation from damaged nuclear reactors will affect the international economies and shipping industry is unclear. These disasters could decrease dry bulk imports to that country for an undeterminable period of time. This, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency .

 

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Throughout 2008, 2009 and 2010 the frequency of piracy incidents increased significantly, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia while declined during last half of 2011. Although the frequency of sea piracy worldwide decreased during 2012 to its lowest level since 2009, sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and increasingly in the Gulf of Guinea, with dry bulk vessels and tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized by insurers as “war risk” zones or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult or impossible to obtain. One of our vessels was previously the subject of an attempted piracy attack, but it was able to evade such attack without damage to the vessel or its crew. In addition, crew costs, including employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in operating or voyage expenses, or unavailability of insurance for our vessels could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 

Disruptions in world financial markets and the resulting governmental action in Europe, the United States and in other parts of the world could affect us .

 

The credit markets in Europe, the United States and other parts of the world have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the United States federal government, state governments, the European Union and other foreign governments have implemented and are considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to as the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.

 

A number of financial institutions have experienced serious financial difficulties and, in some cases, have entered bankruptcy proceedings or are in regulatory enforcement actions. An increasing number of financial institutions will likely continue to experience serious financial difficulties as a result of a deterioration in the stability, or perceived stability, of the respective countries in which these institutions are based or operate, due to the European sovereign debt crisis, which began in 2010 in the wake of Greece’s public finance problems and spread rapidly to the countries of the Euro area exhibiting greatest weakness. In 2011 and 2012, these negative trends worsened and caused considerable turbulence on the global financial and credit markets due to the fears related to the downgrading of the sovereign debt of several Eurozone countries, including France, and fiscal instability in other countries, such as Japan, the United Kingdom and the United States, which saw its credit rating downgraded by Standard & Poor’s. The ongoing deterioration of the sovereign debt of several European countries, the continued bailouts necessary for banks, such as in Cyprus, together with the risk of contagion to other, more stable, countries, particularly France and Germany, has exacerbated the global economic crisis. This situation has also raised a number of uncertainties regarding the stability and overall standing of the European Monetary Union. The Eurozone has recently seen an increase in credit spreads, together with reduced liquidity and access to financing on the market.

 

19
 

 

The failure of the initiatives implemented by supranational institutions to resolve the debt crisis could lead to serious concerns that the Eurozone sovereign debt crisis could worsen, which may result in the reintroduction of national currencies in one or more Eurozone countries or, in particularly dire circumstances, the abandonment of the Euro. The departure or risk of departure from the Euro by one or more Eurozone countries and/or the abandonment of the Euro as a currency could have major negative effects on the world financial markets.

 

The uncertainty surrounding the future of the credit markets in Europe, the United States and other parts of the world and the rest of the world has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide. As of December 31, 2012, we had total outstanding indebtedness of $105.9 million (of principal balance) under our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement. Our activities are subject to liquidity risk, that is, the risk that we will be unable to meet our payment obligations, including loan commitments, when due. In light of this, the availability of the liquidity needed to carry out the various activities in which we are engaged and the ability to access long-term financing are essential for us to be able to meet our anticipated and unforeseen cash payment obligations, so as not to impair our day-to-day operations or financial position. The global financial market crisis and the current instability have led to a sharp fall in liquidity.

 

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the current adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in Europe, the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow amounts under our current loan arrangements or any future financial arrangements. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.

 

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be costly.

 

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be certified as safe and seaworthy in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, and accordingly vessels must undergo regular surveys. All of the vessels that we operate are classed by one of the major classification societies, including Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Class NK), American Bureau of Shipping, Germanischer Lloyd and Bureau Veritas.

 

Vessels must undergo annual surveys, immediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed over a five-year period. Our vessels are on special survey cycles for hull inspection and continuous survey cycles for machinery inspection. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every two to three years for inspection of its underwater parts.

 

If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel may be unable to trade between ports and may be unemployable which could trigger the violation of certain covenants in our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement. Such an occurrence could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

 

We expect that our vessels will call at ports where smugglers may attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent that our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel, and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

 

20
 

 

Risks relating to Globus Maritime

 

We may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry.

 

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team, and in particular on the experience, abilities, business relationships and efforts of our president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer and co-founder, George Karageorgiou. Although we have entered into an employment agreement in relation to the services of Mr. Karageorgiou, there is no guarantee that such agreement will be honored and will not be terminated. Our success will depend upon our ability to hire and retain key members of our management team and to hire new members as may be necessary. The loss of Mr. Karageorgiou could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition. Difficulty in hiring and retaining replacement personnel could have a similar effect. We do not intend to maintain “key man” life insurance for Mr. Karageorgiou.

 

Labor interruptions could disrupt our business.

 

Our vessels are manned by masters, officers and crews (totaling approximately 135 as of December 31, 2012). Seafarers manning the vessels in our fleet are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements that set basic standards. Any labor interruptions or employment disagreements with our crew members could disrupt our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends. We cannot assure you that collective bargaining agreements will prevent labor interruptions.

 

We were in breach of certain covenants contained in our loan arrangements.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we were not in compliance with the security value requirement of the Kelty Loan Agreement that requires the market value of the m/v Jin Star and any additional security provided, including the minimum liquidity with the lender, to be equal or greater than 130% of the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under the Kelty Loan Agreement. In such circumstances, upon request from our lender, we would have been required to either provide the lender acceptable additional security with a net realizable value at least equal to the shortfall, or prepay an amount that will eliminate the shortfall, which as of December 31, 2012 amounted to $5.8 million. In April 2013, the Company reached an agreement with Commerzbank to prepay $3.0 million together with the next scheduled installment due on June 28, 2013 for the Company to be fully compliant with the provisions of the Kelty Loan Agreement.

 

All our loan arrangements contain cross-default provisions that provide that if we are in default under any of our loan arrangements, the lender of another loan arrangement can declare a default under its other loan arrangement, which could result in our default of all of our loan arrangements. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in our loan arrangements, the refusal of any lender to grant or extend a waiver could result in most of our indebtedness being accelerated, notwithstanding that other lenders have waived covenant defaults under their respective loan arrangements.

 

Restrictive covenants in our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement may impose financial and other restrictions on us, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow funds from future debt arrangements.

 

Our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability to, among other things:

 

  Ø create or permit liens on our assets;

 

  Ø engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

  Ø change the flag or classification society of our vessels;

 

21
 

 

  Ø pay dividends; and

 

  Ø change the management of our vessels.

 

These restrictions could limit our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, make acquisitions or pursue available business opportunities. In addition, our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement will, and future credit arrangements will likely , require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants during the remaining terms of such agreements, some of which are based upon the market value of our fleet. If the market value of our fleet declines sharply, we may not be in compliance with certain provisions of our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement, and we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. The market value of dry bulk vessels is sensitive, among other things, to changes in the dry bulk charter market, with vessel values deteriorating in times when dry bulk charter rates are falling and improving when charter rates are anticipated to rise. The current low charter rates in the dry bulk market, along with the oversupply of dry bulk carriers and the prevailing difficulty in obtaining financing for vessel purchases, have adversely affected dry bulk vessel values, including the vessels in our fleet. As a result, we may not meet certain minimum asset coverage ratios and other financial ratios which are included in our loan arrangements.

 

In December 2012, Globus reached an agreement with Credit Suisse and DVB Bank on certain amendments and waivers to the terms of the Credit Facility and the DVB Loan agreement, respectively, which were signed in April and March 2013, respectively. These agreements applied to the period commencing on December 28, 2012 (relating to our credit facility) and December 31, 2012 (relating to the DVB Loan Agreement), in each case until March 31, 2014, and as more fully described in “Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”

 

We expect that the market value of our fleet will be above the minimum market values required by the amended covenants of our Credit Facility, the DVB Loan Agreement and the Kelty Loan Agreement at least for the following twelve months. Should our time charter rate or vessel values materially decline in the future due to any of the reasons discussed in the risk factors set forth above or otherwise, we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet the amended ratios and satisfy these covenants.

 

Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping sectors in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will satisfy this requirement or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so.

 

If an event of default occurs under our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement or the DVB Loan Agreement, the respective lender could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets.

 

As of December 31, 2012, Globus was not in compliance with the security value ratio requirement of the Kelty Loan Agreement that requires the market value of the mortgaged vessel and any additional security provided, including the minimum liquidity maintained with Commerzbank, to equal or exceed 130% of the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under the Kelty Loan Agreement. In April 2013, the Company reached an agreement with Commerzbank to prepay $3.0 million together with the next scheduled installment due on June 28, 2013 for the Company to be fully compliant with the provisions of the Kelty Loan Agreement.

 

Furthermore, each of our loan arrangements contains a cross-default provision that may be triggered by a default under any of our other loans. A cross-default provision means that a default on one loan would result in a default on all of our other loans. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in our loan arrangements, the refusal of any one lender to grant or extend a waiver could result in most of our indebtedness being accelerated even if our other lenders have waived covenant defaults under their respective loan arrangements. If our indebtedness is accelerated, it will be very difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing and we could lose our vessels if our lenders foreclose their liens, and our ability to conduct our business would be severely impaired.

 

22
 

 

Our discretion is limited because we may need to obtain consent from our lenders in order to engage in certain corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain our lenders’ consent when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, finance our future operations or pursue business opportunities.

 

As we expand our business, we may need to improve our operating and financial systems and will need to recruit suitable employees and crew for our vessels.

 

Our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plans to expand the size of our fleet, and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, as we seek to expand our internal technical management capabilities and our fleet, we or our crewing agents may need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shore based administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we or our crewing agents will be able to hire suitable employees or a sufficient number of employees as we expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounter business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our fleet, our financial performance may be adversely affected and, among other things, the amount of cash available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders may be reduced or eliminated.

 

Recently, the limited supply of and increased demand for well-qualified crew, due to the increase in the size of the global shipping fleet, has created upward pressure on crewing costs, which we generally bear under our time and spot charters. Increases in crew costs may adversely affect our profitability, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

 

We may be unable to successfully employ our vessels on long-term time charters or take advantage of favorable opportunities involving short-term or spot market charter rates.

 

Our strategy involves employing our vessels primarily on time charters generally with durations between three months and five years. As of December 31, 2012, five of our dry bulk vessels were employed on time and bareboat charters with remaining terms of 13 months on average (based on earliest charter expiration dates), although currently five of our vessels are operating under time and bareboat charters. Although time charters with durations of one to five years provide relatively steady streams of revenue, our vessels committed to such charters may not be available for rechartering or for spot market voyages when such employment would allow us to realize the benefits of comparably more favorable charter rates. In addition, in the future, we may not be able to enter into new time charters on favorable terms. The market is volatile, and in the past charter rates have declined below operating costs of vessels. If we are required to enter into a charter when charter rates are low, employ our vessels on the spot market during periods when charter rates have fallen or we are unable to take advantage of short-term opportunities on the spot or charter market, our earnings and profitability could be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that future charter rates will enable us to operate our vessels profitably or to pay dividends, or both.

 

Our charterers may renegotiate or default on their charters.

 

Our charters provide the charterer the right to terminate the charter on the occurrence of stated events or the existence of specified conditions. In addition, the ability and willingness of each of our charterers to perform its obligations under its charter with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, the condition of the dry bulk shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. The costs and delays associated with the default of a charterer of a vessel may be considerable and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

 

23
 

 

In the recent depressed dry bulk market conditions, there have been numerous reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under their charters. If our current charterers or a future charterer defaults on a charter, we will seek the remedies available to us, which may include arbitration or litigation to enforce the contract, although such efforts may not be successful. We cannot predict whether our charterers will, upon the expiration of their charters, recharter our vessels on favorable terms or at all. If our charterers decide not to recharter our vessels, we may not be able to recharter them on terms similar to the terms of our current charters or at all. In the future, we may also employ our dry bulk vessels on the spot charter market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. If we receive lower charter rates under replacement charters or are unable to recharter all of our vessels, this may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

 

The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future.

 

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the weighted average age of the vessels in our current fleet was 6.1 and 5.1 years respectively. As our fleet ages, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates, paid by charterers, increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, further market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

 

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

 

Any future acquisitions of additional vessels will impose additional responsibilities on our management and staff and may require us to increase the number of our personnel. In the event of a future acquisition of additional vessels, we will also have to increase our customer base to provide continued employment for the new vessels.

 

We intend to continue to grow our business through disciplined acquisitions of secondhand vessels that meet our selection criteria and newly built vessels if we can negotiate attractive purchase prices. Our future growth will primarily depend on:

 

  Ø locating and acquiring suitable vessels;

 

  Ø identifying and consummating acquisitions;

 

  Ø enhancing our customer base;

 

  Ø managing our expansion; and

 

  Ø obtaining required financing on acceptable terms.

 

A delay in the delivery to us of any such vessel, or the failure of the shipyard to deliver a vessel at all, could cause us to breach our obligations under a related charter and could adversely affect our earnings. In addition, the delivery of any of these vessels with substantial defects could have similar consequences. A shipyard could fail to deliver a newbuilding on time or at all because of:

 

  Ø work stoppages or other hostilities or political or economic disturbances that disrupt the operations of the shipyard;

 

  Ø quality or engineering problems;

 

24
 

 

  Ø bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipyard;

 

  Ø a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

 

  Ø weather interference or catastrophic events, such as major earthquakes or fires;

 

  Ø our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications or disputes with the shipyard;
     
  Ø shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel; or

 

  Ø shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary equipment, such as main engines, electricity generators and propellers.

 

In addition, if we enter a newbuilding or secondhand contract in the future, we may seek to terminate the contract due to market conditions, financing limitations or other reasons. The outcome of contract termination negotiations may require us to forego deposits on construction or purchase and pay additional cancellation fees. In addition, where we have already arranged a future charter with respect to the terminated newbuilding contract, we would need to provide an acceptable substitute vessel to the charterer to avoid breaching our charter agreement.

 

During periods in which charter rates are high, vessel values generally are high as well, and it may be difficult to consummate vessel acquisitions or enter into newbuilding contracts at favorable prices. During periods when charter rates are low, we may be unable to fund the acquisition of newbuildings, whether through lending or cash on hand. For these reasons, we may be unable to execute our growth plans or avoid significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth efforts.

 

Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks, such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, the possibility that indemnification agreements will be unenforceable or insufficient to cover potential losses and difficulties associated with imposing common standards, controls, procedures and policies, obtaining additional qualified personnel, managing relationships with customers and integrating newly acquired assets and operations into existing infrastructure. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

 

Possible new legislative or regulatory changes in Greece may adversely affect our results from operations.

 

Globus Shipmanagement Corp., our ship management subsidiary, who we refer to as our Manager, is regulated under Greek Law 89/67, and conducts its operations and those on our behalf primarily in Greece. Greece has been implementing new legislative measures to address financial difficulties, several of which as a response from oversight by the International Monetary Fund and by European regulatory bodies such as the European Central bank. Such legislative actions may impose new regulations on our operations in Greece that will require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that our Manager or we pay to the Greek government new taxes or other fees. Any such taxes, fees or costs we incur could be in amounts that are significantly greater than those in the past and could adversely affect our results from operations.

 

We expect that a limited number of financial institutions will hold our cash including financial institutions that may be located in Greece.

 

We expect that a limited number of financial institutions will hold all of our cash, including some institutions located in Greece. Our bank accounts are with banks in Switzerland, Germany and Greece. Of the financial institutions located in Greece, some are subsidiaries of international banks and others are Greek financial institutions. We do not expect that these balances will be covered by insurance in the event of default by these financial institutions. The occurrence of such a default could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and we may lose part or all of our cash that we deposit with such banks.

 

25
 

 

Purchasing and operating secondhand vessels may result in increased operating costs and reduced fleet utilization.

 

While we have the right to inspect previously owned vessels prior to our purchase of them, such an inspection does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. A secondhand vessel may have conditions or defects that we are not aware of when we buy the vessel and which may require us to incur costly repairs to the vessel. These repairs may require us to put a vessel into drydocking, which would increase cash outflows and related expenses, while reducing our fleet utilization. Furthermore, we usually do not receive the benefit of warranties on secondhand vessels.

 

The declaration and payment of dividends to holders of our shares will depend on a number of factors and will always be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. We are currently prohibited from paying dividends to our common shareholders under our loan agreements.

 

We are currently prohibited from paying dividends to our common shareholders under our loan agreements. Even after we are no longer so prohibited, there can be no assurance that dividends will be paid to holders of our shares in any anticipated amounts and frequency at all. Our policy is, to the extent permitted by law and applicable contractual obligations, to declare and pay to holders of our shares a variable quarterly dividend in excess of 50% of the net income of the previous quarter subject to any reserves our board of directors may from time to time determine are required. However, we may incur other expenses or liabilities that would reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends, including as a result of the risks described in this section of this annual report on Form 20-F. Our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement also prohibit our declaration and payment of dividends under some circumstances. Under each of our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement we will be prohibited from paying dividends if an event of default has occurred or any event has occurred or circumstance arisen which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition would constitute an event of default under our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement. Under the terms of our recently agreed amendments to our Credit Facility and the DVB Loan Agreement, we are prohibited from paying dividends to our common shareholders until the later of March 31, 2014 and until regaining compliance with the original terms of our Credit Facility and DVB Loan Agreement. Please read “Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness” for further information. We may also enter into new financing or other agreements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends. In addition, we may pay dividends to the holders of our Series A Preferred Shares prior to the holders of our shares.

 

In addition, the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of our shares will be subject at all times to the discretion of our board of directors, and will be paid equally on a per-share basis between our common shares and our Class B shares, to the extent any are issued and outstanding. We can provide no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future.

 

There may be a high degree of variability from period to period in the amount of cash, if any, that is available for the payment of dividends based upon, among other things:

 

  Ø the rates we obtain from our charters as well as the rates obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

 

  Ø the level of our operating costs;

 

  Ø the number of unscheduled off-hire days and the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled drydocking of our vessels;

 

26
 

 

  Ø vessel acquisitions and related financings;

 

  Ø restrictions in our Credit Facility, Kelty Loan Agreement and DVB Loan Agreement and in any future debt arrangements;

 

  Ø our ability to obtain debt and equity financing on acceptable terms as contemplated by our growth strategy;

 

  Ø prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

  Ø the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business;

 

  Ø our overall financial condition;

 

  Ø our cash requirements and availability;

 

  Ø the amount of cash reserves established by our board of directors; and

 

  Ø restrictions under Marshall Islands law.

 

Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus or net profits, or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We may not have sufficient funds, surplus or net profits to make distributions.

 

We may incur expenses or liabilities or be subject to other circumstances in the future that reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends, if any. Our growth strategy contemplates that we will finance the acquisition of our newbuildings or selective acquisitions of vessels through a combination of our operating cash flow and debt financing through our subsidiaries or equity financing. If financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, our board of directors may decide to finance or refinance acquisitions with a greater percentage of cash from operations to the extent available, which would reduce or even eliminate the amount of cash available for the payment of dividends. We may also enter into other agreements that will restrict our ability to pay dividends.

 

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. As a result of these and the other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record net income, if we pay dividends at all.

 

We may declare and pay dividends only to the holders of our Series A Preferred Shares or prior to declaring and paying any dividends to our common shareholders.

 

Our Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to receive dividends at the sole discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The declaration and payment of any dividend to holders of our common shares and Class B shares is also at the discretion of our board of directors. It is possible in the future that we will pay dividends only to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares or prior to the holders of our common shares and Class B shares. As a result of such potential dividend policy, the market price of our common shares could be adversely affected. Under the terms of our recently agreed amendments to the DVB Loan Agreement, we are prohibited from paying dividends to the holders of our preferred shares in an amount that will exceed $500,000 per fiscal year.

 

27
 

 

We are a holding company, and we will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations or to make dividend payments.

 

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries, which are all directly and wholly owned by us, will conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our wholly owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends. In addition, our subsidiaries are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends under Marshall Islands or Maltese law.

 

Management may be unable to provide reports as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm may be unable to provide us with unqualified attestation reports as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we refer to as Sarbanes-Oxley, we are required to include in each of our annual reports on Form 20-F commencing for the year ended December 31, 2011 a report containing our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and we may also be required to include, in our future annual reports, a related attestation of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our Manager, Globus Shipmanagement, will provide substantially all of our financial reporting, and we will depend on the procedures it has in place. If, in such annual reports on Form 20-F, our management cannot provide a report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified attestation report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares.

 

Unless we set aside reserves or are able to borrow funds for vessel replacement, at the end of a vessel’s useful life our revenues will decline.

 

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the vessels in our current fleet had a weighted average age of 6.1 and 5.1 years, respectively. Unless we maintain reserves or are able to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, we will be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their remaining useful lives, which we expect to be 25 years from the date of their construction. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our vessels to customers. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends will be materially adversely affected. Any reserves set aside for vessel replacement may not be available for dividends. 

 

Investments in derivative instruments such as forward freight agreements could result in losses.

 

From time to time, we may take positions in derivative instruments including forward freight agreements, or FFAs. FFAs and other derivative instruments may be used to hedge a vessel owner’s exposure to the charter market by providing for the sale of a contracted charter rate along a specified route and period of time. Upon settlement, if the contracted charter rate is less than the average of the rates, as reported by an identified index, for the specified route and time period, the seller of the FFA is required to pay the buyer an amount equal to the difference between the contracted rate and the settlement rate, multiplied by the number of days in the specified period. Conversely, if the contracted rate is greater than the settlement rate, the buyer is required to pay the seller the settlement sum. If we take positions in FFAs or other derivative instruments and do not correctly anticipate charter rate movements over the specified route and time period, we could suffer losses in the settling or termination of the FFA. This could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay dividends.

 

28
 

 

We depend upon a few significant customers for a large part of our revenues.

 

We derive a significant part of our revenue from a small number of customers. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 we derived substantially all of our revenues from approximately 24, 14 and 15 customers and approximately 68%, 65% and 65% respectively of our revenues, were derived from four customers. If one or more of our customers that contribute to a significant part of our revenues is unable to perform under a charter with us and we are not able to find a replacement charter, or if such a customer exercises certain rights to terminate the charter, we could suffer a loss of revenues that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders.

 

We could lose a customer or the benefits of a time charter if, among other things:

 

  Ø the customer fails to make charter payments because of its financial inability, disagreements with us or otherwise;

 

  Ø the customer terminates the charter because of our non-performance, including failure fail to deliver the vessel within a fixed period of time, the vessel is lost or damaged beyond repair, serious deficiencies in the vessel, prolonged periods of off-hire or our default under the charter; or

 

  Ø the customer terminates the charter because the vessel has been subject to seizure for more than 30 days.

 

If we lose a key customer, we may be unable to obtain charters on comparable terms with charterers of comparable standing or we may have increased exposure to the volatile spot market, which is highly competitive and subject to significant price fluctuations. We would not receive any revenues from such a vessel while it remained unchartered, but we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition, insure it and service any indebtedness secured by such vessel. The loss of any of our customers, time charters or vessels or a decline in payments under our charters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any indebtedness incurred under our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement or the DVB Loan Agreement or obtain additional debt financing.

 

We may finance future fleet expansion with additional secured indebtedness. While we may refinance amounts drawn under our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement or the DVB Loan Agreement or secure new debt facilities with the net proceeds of future debt and equity offerings, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so at an interest rate or on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, including the actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers and the market value of our fleet, as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions, weakness in the financial markets and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Significant contraction, de-leveraging and reduced liquidity in credit markets worldwide is reducing the availability and increasing the cost of credit.

 

If we are not able to refinance our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement or obtain new debt financing on terms acceptable to us, we will have to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to pay the principal and interest of this indebtedness. If we are not able to satisfy these obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans. In addition, debt service payments under our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement or alternative financing may limit funds otherwise available for working capital, capital expenditures, the payment of dividends and other purposes. Our inability to obtain additional or replacement financing at anticipated costs or at all may materially affect our results of operation, our ability to implement our business strategy, our payment of dividends and our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

29
 

 

The superior voting rights of our Class B shares, if issued, may limit our common shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters.

 

Under our articles of incorporation, our Class B shares have 20 votes per share, and our common shares have one vote per share. We currently have no Class B shares outstanding.

 

Even after we issue or otherwise sell additional common shares after an issuance of Class B shares, holders of our Class B shares, depending on the number, may have substantial control and influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. It is possible that, because of this dual class stock structure, holders of our Class B shares will be able to control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even though they may own significantly less than 50% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common shares and Class B shares. This potential concentrated control could limit our common shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our common shareholders do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market price of our common shares could be adversely affected.

 

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may have anti-takeover effects.

 

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire our company. However, these anti-takeover provisions could also discourage, delay or prevent the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

 

Dual Class Stock . Our dual class stock structure, which consists of common shares and Class B shares, can provide holders of our Class B shares a significant degree of control over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

 

Blank Check Preferred Shares . Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 100 million shares of “blank check” preferred shares. Our board could authorize the issuance of preferred shares with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or rights of the holders of common shares. The issuance of preferred shares, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or the removal of our management and may harm the market price of our common shares. We intend to issue one preferred share to Mr. Feidakis or his affiliate that will provide the holder with the ability to appoint any one person to be a director, who may also be the chairman of our board of directors, for so long as such holder and his or its affiliates also hold in the aggregate at least 30% of the voting power of our shares. Such preferred share will have no voting or dividend rights.

 

Classified Board of Directors . Our articles of incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered, three-year terms beginning upon the expiration of the initial term for each class. Approximately one-third of our board of directors is elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our board of directors from removing a majority of our board of directors for up to two years.

 

Election of Directors . Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require parties, other than the chairman of the board of directors, board of directors and shareholders holding 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, to provide advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

 

30
 

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our bylaws provide that shareholders, other than shareholders holding 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 150 days or more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede a shareholder’s ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

 

We are subject to risk relating to exchange rate fluctuations as we generate revenues from the trading of our vessels in U.S. dollars but incur a portion of our expenses in other currencies.

 

We generate substantially all of our revenues from the trading of our vessels in U.S. dollars, but during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 we incurred approximately 23% and 22%, respectively, of our vessel operating expenses, and certain administrative expenses, in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. This difference could lead to fluctuations in net profit due to changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the other currencies. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the U.S. dollar falls in value can increase, decreasing our revenues. We have not hedged our currency exposure, and, as a result, our results of operations and financial condition, denominated in U.S. dollars, and our ability to pay dividends could suffer.

 

Increases in interest rates may cause the market price of our shares to decline.

 

An increase in interest rates may cause a corresponding decline in demand for equity investments in general. Any such increase in interest rates or reduction in demand for our shares resulting from other relatively more attractive investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our shares to decline.

 

The public market may not continue to be active and liquid enough for you to resell our common shares in the future.

 

The price of our common shares may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors such as:

 

  Ø actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in our industry;

 

  Ø mergers and strategic alliances in the dry bulk shipping industry;

 

  Ø market conditions in the dry bulk shipping industry;

 

  Ø changes in government regulation;

 

  Ø shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecast by securities analysts;

 

  Ø announcements concerning us or our competitors; and

 

  Ø the general state of the securities market.

 

The dry bulk shipping industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. The market for common shares in this industry may be equally volatile.

 

31
 

 

Our chairman of the board of directors owns beneficially a majority of our total outstanding common shares, which provides control over matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote.

 

As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Georgios Feidakis, our chairman of the board of directors, beneficially owns a majority of our outstanding common shares. Please read “Item 7.A. Major Stockholders.” Until such time that we issue additional securities or Mr. Feidakis sells all or a portion of his common shares, Mr. Feidakis can control the outcome of matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors and other significant corporate actions. The interests of Mr. Feidakis may be different from your interests.

 

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source shipping income.

 

Under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel-owning or chartering company that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source shipping income and such income is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deductions, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under section 883 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, which we refer to as the Section 883 Exemption. The eligibility of Globus Maritime and its subsidiaries to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption is determined each taxable year and is dependent on certain circumstances related to the ownership of our shares and on interpretations of existing U.S. Treasury regulations, each of which could change. We can therefore give no assurance that we will in fact be eligible to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for all taxable years. In addition, changes to the Code, the U.S. Treasury regulations or the interpretation thereof by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or the courts could adversely affect the ability of Globus Maritime and its subsidiaries to take advantage of the Section 883 Exemption.

 

If we are not entitled to the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year in which any company in the group earns U.S. source shipping income, any company earning such U.S. source shipping income, would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on the gross amount of the U.S. source shipping income for the year (or an effective rate of 2% on shipping income attributable to the transportation of freight to or from the United States). The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and revenues and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

 

For a more complete discussion, please read the section entitled “Item 10.E. Taxation— U.S. Tax Considerations— U.S. Federal Income Taxation of the Company.”

 

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

 

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.”

 

U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC, unless those shareholders make an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders). In particular, U.S. shareholders who are individuals would not be eligible for the 15% preferential tax rate on qualified dividends that is in effect through December 31, 2012. Please read “Item 10.E. Taxation—U.S. Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

 

32
 

  

Based on our current operations and anticipated future operations, we believe that Globus Maritime should not be treated as a PFIC. In this regard, we intend to treat gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities should not constitute “passive income,” and that the assets we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute assets that produce or are held for the production of “passive income.”

 

There are legal uncertainties involved in this determination, because there is no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our current and projected future operations. Moreover, a case by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit held that, contrary to the position of the IRS in that case, and for purposes of a different set of rules under the Code, income received under a time charter of vessels should be treated as rental income rather than services income. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities would be treated as rental income, and we would be a PFIC unless an active leasing exception applies. Although the IRS has announced that it will not follow the reasoning of this case, and that it intends to treat the income from standard industry time charters as services income, no assurance can be given that a U.S. court will not follow the aforementioned case. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our assets, income or operations.

 

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders will face adverse U.S. tax consequences and information reporting obligations, as more fully described under “Item 10.E. Taxation—U.S. Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders.”

 

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the United States or other governments.

 

From time to time on our charterers’ instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Cuba, Iran, Sudan and Syria. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, amended the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In addition, in 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran's petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person's vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

 

33
 

 

We are currently in compliance with these laws, and our charters contain prohibitions against our vessels calling on any ports including, among others, Cuba, Iran, Sudan, Syria or any countries in violation of United Nations or United States embargoes. There can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with these laws in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common shares may adversely affect the price at which our common shares trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments.

 

We are subject to Marshall Islands corporation law, which is not well-developed.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation, our bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain United States jurisdictions. The rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in or redomiciled into the Marshall Islands may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the United States. While the BCA provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as United States courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction that has developed a more substantial body of case law in the corporate law area.

 

It may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

 

Our business is operated primarily from our offices in Greece. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all of our assets and a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both within and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in the United States courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of United States federal or state securities laws. There is also substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands or Greece would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on United States federal or state securities laws.

 

The nature of our operations may make the outcome of any bankruptcy proceedings difficult to predict.

 

We redomiciled into the Marshall Islands and our subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands or Malta, we have limited operations in the United States and we maintain limited assets in the United States. Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us or any of our subsidiaries, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. Marshall Islands does not have a bankruptcy statute or general statutory mechanism for insolvency proceedings. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction. These factors may delay or prevent us from entering bankruptcy in the United States and may affect the ability of our shareholders to receive any recovery following our bankruptcy.

 

34
 

 

The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, is currently unable to inspect the audit work and practices of auditors operating in Greece, including our auditor.

Auditors of public companies incorporated in states of the United States are required by law to undergo periodic PCAOB inspections that assess their compliance with U.S. law and professional standards in connection with performance of audits of financial statements filed with the SEC. Certain European Union, or EU, countries do not permit the PCAOB to conduct inspections of accounting firms established and operating in EU countries, even if they are part of major international firms. Accordingly, unlike for most U.S. public companies, the PCAOB is prevented from evaluating our auditor’s performance of audits and its quality control procedures, and, unlike the shareholders of most public companies incorporated in states of the United States, our shareholders are deprived of the possible benefits of such inspections.

 

We, or our large shareholders, may sell additional securities in the future.

 

The market price of our common shares could decline due to sales of a large number of our securities in the market, including sales of shares by our large shareholders, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales could also make it more difficult or impossible for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate to raise funds through future offerings of shares.

 

We may issue additional common shares, including Class B shares, or other equity securities without your approval.

 

We may issue additional common shares, including Class B shares, or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, future vessel acquisitions, repayment of outstanding indebtedness or our equity incentive plan, without shareholder approval, in a number of circumstances. For example, in April 2012, we issued 3,347 Series A Preferred Shares, although 2,567 of these shares remain outstanding.

 

Our issuance of additional common shares, including Class B shares, or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects: 

 

Ø our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

Ø the amount of cash available for dividends payable on our common shares may decrease;

 

Ø the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share may be diminished; and

 

Ø the market price of our common shares may decline.

 

35
 

 

Item 4.  Information on the Company

 

A.  History and Development of the Company

 

We originally incorporated as Globus Maritime Limited on July 26, 2006 pursuant to the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended), and began operations in September 2006. Following the conclusion of our initial public offering on June 1, 2007, our common shares were listed on the London Stock Exchange’s Alternative Investment Market, or AIM, under the ticker “GLBS.L.” On July 29, 2010, we effected a one-for-four reverse stock split, with our issued share capital resulting in 7,240,852 common shares of $0.004 each.

 

On November 24, 2010, we redomiciled into the Marshall Islands pursuant to the BCA and a resale registration statement for our common shares was declared effective by the SEC. Once the resale registration statement was declared effective by the SEC, our common shares began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker “GLBS.” Our common shares were suspended from trading on the AIM on November 24, 2010 and were delisted from the AIM on November 26, 2010.

 

On June 30, 2011, we completed a follow-on public offering in the United States under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, of 2,750,000 common shares at a price of $8.00 per share, the net proceeds of which amounted to approximately $20 million.

 

As of December 31, 2012, our issued and outstanding capital stock consisted of 10,207,517 common shares and 3,347 Series A Preferred Shares. Currently, 2,567 Series A Preferred Shares remain outstanding.

 

Our executive office is located at the office of Globus Shipmanagement Corp., who we refer to as our Manager, at 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece. Our telephone number is +30 210 960 8300. Our registered agent in the Marshall Islands is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. and our registered address in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. We maintain our website at www.globusmaritime.gr. Information that is available on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this annual report on Form 20-F.

As of December 31, 2009, our fleet comprised a total of four dry bulk vessels, consisting of two Handymaxes, one Supramax and one Panamax, with a weighted average age of approximately 10.5 years and a total carrying capacity of 212,915 dwt.

 

In February 2010, we sold both Handymax vessels, the m/v Sea Globe and the m/v Coral Globe , for an aggregate total selling price of $34.0 million. In May 2010, we purchased two sister ships, the m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe , for a total purchase price of approximately $65.7 million. In June 2010, we purchased one Kamsarmax vessel, the m/v Jin Star , for $41.1 million.

 

As of December 31, 2010, our fleet comprised a total of five dry bulk vessels, consisting of one Panamax, three Supramaxes and one Kamsarmax, with a weighted average age of approximately 4.0 years and a total carrying capacity of 319,664 dwt.

 

In March 2011, we purchased a 2007-built Supramax vessel for $30.3 million. The vessel was delivered in September 2011 and was named “Sun Globe.” In May 2011, we purchased a 2005-built Panamax vessel for $31.4 million. The vessel was delivered in June 2011 and was named “Moon Globe.”

 

As of December 31, 2012, our fleet comprised a total of seven dry bulk vessels, consisting of two Panamax, four Supramaxes and one Kamsarmax, with a weighted average age of approximately 6.1 years and a total carrying capacity of 452,886 dwt.

 

Our capital expenditures, which principally consist of purchasing, operating and maintaining dry bulk vessels, for the previous three fiscal years apart from the aforementioned vessel acquisitions, consisted of deferred drydocking costs and vessel improvement costs. We incurred deferred drydocking costs of $0.9 million and vessel improvement costs of $0.3 million in 2012, we incurred deferred drydocking costs of $0.5 million and no improvement costs in 2011 and incurred no capital expenditures apart from the aforementioned vessel acquisitions in 2010. 

 

36
 

 

B.  Business Overview

 

We are an integrated dry bulk shipping company, providing marine transportation services on a worldwide basis. We own, operate and manage a fleet of dry bulk vessels that transport iron ore, coal, grain, steel products, cement, alumina and other dry bulk cargoes internationally. We intend to grow our fleet through timely and selective acquisitions of modern vessels in a manner that we believe will provide an attractive return on equity and will be accretive to our earnings and cash flow based on anticipated market rates at the time of purchase. There is no guarantee however, that we will be able to find suitable vessels to purchase or that such vessels will provide an attractive return on equity or be accretive to our earnings and cash flow.

 

Our operations are managed by our Athens, Greece-based wholly owned subsidiary, Globus Shipmanagement Corp., who we refer to as our Manager, who provides in-house commercial and technical management exclusively for our vessels. Our Manager enters into a ship management agreement with each of our wholly owned vessel-owning subsidiaries to provide services that include managing day-to-day vessel operations, such as supervising the crewing, supplying, maintaining of vessels and other services.

 

The following table presents information concerning our vessels.

 

Vessel   Year
Built
  Flag   Direct
Owner
  Shipyard   Vessel Type   Delivery
Date
  Carrying
Capacity
(dwt)
 
m/v Tiara
Globe
  1998   Marshall Islands   Elysium Maritime Limited   Hudong Zhonghua   Panamax   December 2007     72,928  
m/v River
Globe
  2007   Marshall Islands   Devocean Maritime Ltd.   Yangzhou Dayang   Supramax   December 2007     53,627  
m/v Sky
Globe
  2009   Marshall Islands   Domina Maritime Ltd.   Taizhou Kouan   Supramax   May 2010     56,855  
m/v Star
Globe
  2010   Marshall Islands   Dulac Maritime S.A.   Taizhou Kouan   Supramax   May 2010     56,867  
m/v Jin Star   2010   Panama   Kelty Marine Ltd.   Jiangsu Eastern   Kamsarmax   June 2010     79,387  
m/v Moon
Globe
  2005   Marshall Islands   Artfull Shipholding S.A.   Hudong-Zhonghua   Panamax   June 2011     74,432  
 m/v Sun
Globe
  2007   Malta    Longevity Maritime Limited    Tsuneishi Cebu    Supramax    September 2011     58,790  
                    Total:         452,886  

 

We own each of our vessels through separate, wholly owned subsidiaries, six of which are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, and one of which is incorporated in Malta. One of the Panamax vessels and all of our Supramax vessels are geared. Geared vessels can operate in ports with minimal shore-side infrastructure. Due to the ability to switch between various dry bulk cargo types and to service a wider variety of ports, the day rates for geared vessels tend to have a premium.

 

We budget 20 days per drydocking per vessel. Actual length will vary based on the condition of each vessel, shipyard schedules and other factors.

 

Employment of our Vessels

 

Our strategy is to employ our vessels on a mix of all types of charter contracts, including bareboat charters, time charters and spot charters. We believe this strategy provides the cash flow stability, reduced exposure to market downturns and high utilization rates of the charter market, while at the same time enabling us to benefit from periods of increasing spot market rates. We may, however, seek to employ a greater portion of our fleet on the spot market or on time charters with longer durations, should we believe it to be in our best interests. In addition, we seek to stagger the expiration dates of our charters to reduce exposure to volatility in the shipping cycle when our vessels come off of charter. We also continually monitor developments in the dry bulk shipping industry and, subject to market demand, will adjust the number of vessels on charters and the charter periods for our vessels according to market conditions. 

 

37
 

 

We and our Manager have developed relationships with a number of international charterers, vessel brokers, financial institutions, insurers and shipbuilders. We have also developed a network of relationships with vessel brokers who help facilitate vessel charters and acquisitions.

 

The following table presents information concerning the current employment of our vessels.

 

Vessel   Charterer  

Date

Charter

Began

 

Term of

Charter

 

Charter

Expiration

Date

(Earliest)

 

Charter

Type

 

Charter Rate (per

day)(1)

m/v Tiara
Globe
  Spot   n/a   n/a   n/a   Spot   n/a
m/v River
Globe
  Global Maritime Trust   January 2013   Minimum 12 months (maximum of 14 months)   January 2014   Time   $7,600
m/v Sky
Globe
  Hyundai Merchant Marine Co   August 2011   24 months (3)   August 2013   Time    

$12,000 - 1st year

$12,500 - 2nd year

m/v Star Globe   Spot   n/a   n/a   n/a   Spot   n/a
m/v Jin
Star
  Eastern Media International and Far Eastern Silo & Shipping   June 2010  

 

56 months(2)

 

  January 2015   Bareboat   $14,250
m/v Moon
Globe
  Guaranteed nominee of Gleamray Maritime Inc   June 2011   24 months   June 2013   Time   $18,000 (net of commissions)
m/v Sun
Globe
  COSCO Qingdao Ocean Shipping Co   September 2011   Minimum of 40 months (maximum of 42 months)   January 2015   Time   $16,000

 

(1) This table shows gross rates and does not reflect any commissions payable unless otherwise stated.

(2) Upon expiration, the charter can be extended for one year at the charterer’s option, and thereafter extended one additional year at our option.

(3) The time charter contains a provision that allows for redelivery plus or minus 15 days on charterers option.

 

Each of our vessels travels across the world and not on any particular route. The charterers of our vessels, whether time, bareboat or on the spot market, select the locations to which our vessels travel.

 

38
 

 

Time Charter

 

A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under a time charter, the vessel owner provides crewing, insuring, repairing and maintenance and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily rate, and the customer is responsible for substantially all of the vessel voyage costs, including the cost of bunkers (fuel oil) and canal and port charges. The owner also pays commissions typically ranging from 0% to 6.25% of the total daily charter hire rate of each charter to unaffiliated ship brokers and to in-house brokers associated with the charterer, depending on the number of brokers involved with arranging the charter. Four of the vessels in our fleet are hired out under time charters, and we intend to continue to hire out our vessels under time charters in the future.

 

Basic Hire Rate and Term

 

“Basic hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the customer for the use of the vessel. The hire rate is generally payable semi-monthly or 15 days, in advance, in U.S. dollars as specified in the charter. The following chart discloses when such vessels are contracted to be redelivered to us at the end of the charter period.

 

Vessel Name   Earliest Anticipated Redelivery Date
m/v Moon Globe   June 2013
m/v Sky Globe   August 2013
m/v River Globe   January 2014
m/v Sun Globe   January 2015

 

Off-hire

 

When the vessel is “off-hire,” the charterer generally is not required to pay the basic hire rate, and we are responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to vessel substitution or termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things, operational deficiencies; drydocking for examination or painting the bottom; equipment breakdowns; damages to the hull; or similar problems.

 

Ship Management and Maintenance

 

We are responsible for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Globus Shipmanagement provides the technical, commercial and day-to-day operational management of our vessels. Technical management includes crewing, maintenance, repair and drydockings. We pay Globus Shipmanagement $700 per vessel per day. All fees payable to Globus Shipmanagement are eliminated upon consolidation of our accounts.

 

Termination

 

We are generally entitled to suspend performance under the time charter if the customer defaults in its payment obligations. Either party may terminate the charter in the event of war in specified countries.

 

Commissions

 

During 2012, we paid commissions ranging from 0% to 6.25% relevant to each time charter agreement.

 

39
 

 

Bareboat Charter

 

A bareboat charter is a contract pursuant to which the vessel owner provides the vessel to the charterer for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate, and the charterer provides for all of the vessel’s operating expenses including crewing, repairs, maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses in addition to the voyage costs, and generally assumes all risk of operation. The charterer undertakes to maintain the vessel in a good state of repair and efficient operating condition and drydock the vessel during this period as per the classification society requirements. We have bareboat chartered the m/v Jin Star to Eastern Media International Corporation and Far Eastern Silo & Shipping (Panama) S.A.

 

Basic Hire Rate and Term

 

Our bareboat charter commenced upon the vessel’s delivery for a 56 month term at a rate of $14,250 per day. Our bareboat charter includes an option to extend the charter’s term for one additional year at the charterer’s option. After such one year extension, we can extend the charter for one additional year.

 

Redelivery

 

Upon the expiration of the bareboat charter, the charterer is required to redeliver the vessel in as good structure, state, condition and class as that in which the vessel was delivered, fair wear and tear not affecting class excepted.

 

Ship Management and Maintenance

 

Under the bareboat charter, the charterer is responsible for crewing, insuring, maintaining and repairing the vessel including any drydocking as well as for all other operating costs with respect to the vessel. The charterer will cover the costs associated with the vessel’s special surveys and related drydocking falling within the charter period.

 

Termination

 

We have the right to terminate the charter if the charterer fails (following a short grace period in which the charterer may have an opportunity to cure) to make punctual hire payments, to insure the vessel or to maintain and/or repair the vessel as agreed.

 

Either party may terminate the charter in the event of war. The charterer may also terminate the charter if the charterer is deprived of ownership of the vessel for 14 days. In addition, the bareboat charter terminates automatically upon a total or constructive loss of the vessel.

 

Commissions

 

We pay a 3.75% commission on our bareboat charter.

 

Our Customers

 

We seek to charter our vessels to customers who we perceive as creditworthy thereby minimizing the risk of default by our charterers. We also try to select charterers depending on the type of product they want to carry and the geographical areas in which they tend to trade.

 

Our assessment of a charterer’s financial condition and reliability is an important factor in negotiating employment for our vessels. We generally charter our vessels to operators, trading houses (including commodities traders), shipping companies and producers and government-owned entities and generally avoid chartering our vessels to companies we believe to be speculative or undercapitalized entities. Since our operations began in September 2006, our customers have included COSCO Bulk Carrier Co., Ltd, Dampskibsselskabet NORDEN A/S, ED & F Man Shipping Limited, STX Pan Ocean Co., Ltd, Transgrain, Korea Line Corporation and Allied Maritime Inc. In addition, during the periods when some of our vessels were trading on the spot market, they have been chartered to charterers such as Cargill International SA, Oldendorff Carriers GmbH & Co. KG, Western Bulk Carriers KS and others, thus expanding our customer base.

 

40
 

 

Competition

 

Our business fluctuates in line with the main patterns of trade of the major dry bulk cargoes and varies according to changes in the supply and demand for these items. We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation as an owner and operator. We compete with other owners of dry bulk vessels in the Panamax, Supramax and Kamsarmax dry bulk vessels, but we also compete with owners for the purchase and sale of vessels of all sizes.

 

Ownership of dry bulk vessels is highly fragmented. It is likely that we will face substantial competition for long-term charter business from a number of experienced companies. Many of these competitors will have larger dry bulk vessel fleets and greater financial resources than us, which may make them more competitive. It is also likely that we will face increased numbers of competitors entering into our transportation sectors, including in the dry bulk sector. Many of these competitors have strong reputations and extensive resources and experience. Increased competition may cause greater price competition, especially for long-term charters. We believe that no single competitor has a dominant position in the markets in which we compete.

 

The process for obtaining longer term time charters generally involves a lengthy and intensive screening and vetting process and the submission of competitive bids. In addition to the quality and suitability of the vessel, longer term shipping contracts may be awarded based upon a variety of other factors relating to the vessel operator, including:

 

  Ø environmental, health and safety record;

 

  Ø compliance with regulatory industry standards;

 

  Ø reputation for customer service, technical and operating expertise;

 

  Ø shipping experience and quality of vessel operations, including cost-effectiveness;

 

  Ø quality, experience and technical capability of crews;

 

  Ø the ability to finance vessels at competitive rates and overall financial stability;

 

  Ø relationships with shipyards and the ability to obtain suitable berths;

 

  Ø construction management experience, including the ability to procure on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 

  Ø willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

  Ø competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

 

41
 

 

As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or obtain new customers for long-term time charters on a profitable basis, if at all. However, even if we are successful in employing our vessels under longer term charters, our vessels will not be available for trading on the spot market during an upturn in the market cycle, when spot trading may be more profitable. If we cannot successfully employ our vessels in profitable charters, our results of operations and operating cash flow could be materially adversely affected.

 

The Dry Bulk Shipping Industry

 

The world dry bulk fleet is generally divided into six major categories, based on a vessel’s cargo carrying capacity. These categories consist of: Handysize, Handymax/Supramax, Panamax, Kamsarmax, Capesize and Very Large Ore Carrier.

 

Ø      Handysize .   Handysize vessels have a carrying capacity of up to 39,999 dwt. These vessels are primarily involved in carrying minor bulk cargoes. Increasingly, vessels of this type operate on regional trading routes, and may serve as trans-shipment feeders for larger vessels. Handysize vessels are well suited for small ports with length and draft restrictions. Their cargo gear enables them to service ports lacking the infrastructure for cargo loading and unloading.

 

Ø      Handymax/Supramax . Handymax vessels have a carrying capacity of between 40,000 and 59,999 dwt. These vessels operate on a large number of geographically dispersed global trade routes, carrying primarily iron ore, coal, grains and minor bulks. Within the Handymax category there is also a sub-sector known as Supramax . Supramax bulk vessels are vessels between 50,000 to 59,999 dwt, normally offering cargo loading and unloading flexibility with on-board cranes, while at the same time possessing the cargo carrying capability approaching conventional Panamax bulk vessels. Hence, the earnings potential of a Supramax dry bulk vessel, when compared to a conventional Handymax vessel of 45,000 dwt, is greater.

 

Ø      Panamax . Panamax vessels have a carrying capacity of between 60,000 and 79,999 dwt. These vessels carry coal, grains, and, to a lesser extent, minor bulks, including steel products, forest products and fertilizers. Panamax vessels are able to pass through the Panama Canal, making them more versatile than larger vessels.

 

Ø      Kamsarmax (also known as Post Panamax). Kamsarmax vessels typically have a carrying capacity of between 80,000 and 109,999 dwt. These vessels tend to be shallower and have a larger beam than a standard Panamax vessel with a higher cubic capacity. They have been designed specifically for loading high cubic cargoes from draught restricted ports. This type of vessel cannot transit the Panama Canal. The term Kamsarmax stems from Port Kamsar in Guinea, where large quantities of bauxite are exported from a port with only 13.5 meter draught and a 229 meter length overall restriction, but no beam restriction.

 

Ø      Capesize . Capesize vessels have carrying capacities of between 110,000 and 199,999 dwt. Only the largest ports around the world possess the infrastructure to accommodate vessels of this size. Capesize vessels are mainly used to transport iron ore or coal and, to a lesser extent, grains, primarily on long-haul routes.

 

Ø      VLOC . Very large ore carriers are in excess of 200,000 dwt and are a comparatively new sector of the dry bulk vessel fleet. VLOCs are built to exploit economies of scale on long-haul iron ore routes.

 

The supply of dry bulk shipping capacity, measured by the amount of suitable vessel tonnage available to carry cargo, is determined by the size of the existing worldwide dry bulk fleet, the number of new vessels on order, the scrapping of older vessels and the number of vessels out of active service (i.e., laid up or otherwise not available for hire). In addition to prevailing and anticipated freight rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other voyage expenses, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage, the efficiency and age profile of the existing fleets in the market and government and industry regulation of marine transportation practices. The supply of dry bulk vessels is not only a result of the number of vessels in service, but also the operating efficiency of the fleet. Dry bulk trade is influenced by the underlying demand for the dry bulk commodities which, in turn, is influenced by the level of worldwide economic activity. Generally, growth in gross domestic product and industrial production correlate with peaks in demand for marine dry bulk transportation services.

 

42
 

 

Dry bulk vessels are one of the most versatile elements of the global shipping fleet in terms of employment alternatives. They seldom operate on round trip voyages with high ballasting times. Rather, they often participate in triangular or multi-leg voyages.

 

Charter Rates

 

In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period and vessel specific factors such as age, speed, size and fuel consumption. In the voyage charter market, rates are influenced by cargo size, commodity, port dues and canal transit fees, as well as delivery and redelivery regions. In general, a larger cargo size is quoted at a lower rate per ton than a smaller cargo size. Routes with costly ports or canals generally command higher rates. Voyages loading from a port where vessels usually discharge cargo, or discharging from a port where vessels usually load cargo, are generally quoted at lower rates. This is because such voyages generally increase vessel efficiency by reducing the unloaded portion (or ballast leg) that is included in the calculation of the return charter to a loading area.

 

Within the dry bulk shipping industry, the freight rate indices issued by the Baltic Exchange in London are the references most likely to be monitored. These references are based on actual charter hire rates under charters entered into by market participants as well as daily assessments provided to the Baltic Exchange by a panel of major shipbrokers. The Baltic Exchange, an independent organization comprised of shipbrokers, shipping companies and other shipping players, provides daily independent shipping market information and has created freight rate indices reflecting the average freight rates (that incorporate actual business concluded as well as daily assessments provided to the exchange by a panel of independent shipbrokers) for the major bulk vessel trading routes. These indices include the Baltic Panamax Index, the index with the longest history and, more recently, the Baltic Capesize Index.

 

Charter (or hire) rates paid for dry bulk vessels are generally a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand. Over the past 25 years, dry bulk cargo charter rates have passed through cyclical phases and changes in vessel supply and demand have created a pattern of rate “peaks” and “troughs.” Generally, spot/voyage charter rates will be more volatile than time charter rates, as they reflect short term movements in demand and market sentiment. The BDI declined from a high of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 663 in December 2008, which represents a decline of 94.0% within a single calendar year. During 2009, 2010 and 2011, the BDI remained volatile. During 2009, the BDI reached a low of 772 in January 2009 and a high of 4,661 in November 2009. During 2010, the BDI reached a high of 4,209 in May 2010 and a low of 1,700 in July 2010. During 2011, the BDI remained volatile, ranging from a low of 1,042 on February 4, 2011 to a high of 2,173 on October 14, 2011. The BDI continued to decline during the start of 2012 reaching a 26-year low of 647 on February 3, 2012 and thereafter increased to a high of 1,165 as of May 8, 2012, and was at 885 as of April 23, 2013.

 

Vessel Prices

 

Dry bulk vessel values have declined both as a result of a slowdown in the availability of global credit and the significant deterioration in charter rates. Charter rates and vessel values have been affected in part by the lack of availability of credit to finance both vessel purchases and purchases of commodities carried by sea. Consistent with these trends, the market value of our dry bulk carriers has declined significantly from the dates we purchased them. Although charter rates and vessel values have increased from their low levels in 2008, there can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current levels or whether they will decrease or improve to any significant degree.

 

43
 

 

Seasonality

 

Our fleet consists of dry bulk vessels that operate in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. The dry bulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. Such seasonality will affect the rates we obtain on the vessels in our fleet that operate on the spot market.

 

Permits and Authorizations

 

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We have been able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

 

Inspection by Classification Societies

 

Every oceangoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

 

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned. For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

 

  Ø Annual Surveys . For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

  Ø Intermediate Surveys . Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

  Ø Class Renewal Surveys . Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the vessel’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

 

44
 

 

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

 

Most vessels are also drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the shipowner within prescribed time limits.

 

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All our vessels that we operate are certified as being “in class” by Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Class NK), American Bureau of Shipping, Germanischer Lloyd or Bureau Veritas. Typically, all new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. Under our standard purchase contracts, unless negotiated otherwise, if the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we would have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel. Although we may not have an obligation to accept any vessel that is not certified on the date of closing, we may determine nonetheless to purchase the vessel, should we determine it to be in our best interests. If we do so, we may be unable to charter such vessel after we purchase it until it obtains such certification, which could increase our costs and affect the earnings we anticipate from the employment of the vessel.

 

Risk Management and Insurance

 

     General

 

The operation of any cargo vessel embraces a wide variety of risks, including the following:

 

  Ø mechanical failure or damage, for example by reason of the seizure of a main engine crankshaft;

 

  Ø cargo loss, for example arising from hull damage;

 

  Ø personal injury, for example arising from collision or piracy;

 

  Ø losses due to piracy, terrorist or war-like action between countries;

 

  Ø environmental damage, for example arising from marine disasters such as oil spills and other environmental mishaps;

 

  Ø physical damage to the vessel, for example by reason of collision;

 

  Ø damage to other property, for example by reason of cargo damage or oil pollution; and

 

  Ø business interruption, for example arising from strikes and political or regulatory change.

 

The value of such losses or damages may vary from modest sums, for example for a small cargo shortage damage claim, to catastrophic liabilities, for example arising out of a marine disaster, such as a serious oil or chemical spill, which may be virtually unlimited. While we maintain the traditional range of marine and liability insurance coverage for our fleet (hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance and protection and indemnity coverage) in amounts and to extents that we believe are prudent to cover normal risks in our operations, we cannot insure against all risks, and we cannot be assured that all covered risks are adequately insured against. Furthermore, there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid by the insurer or that it will always be possible to obtain insurance coverage at reasonable rates. Any uninsured or under-insured loss could harm our business and financial condition.

 

45
 

 

Hull and Machinery and War Risks

 

The principal coverages for marine risks (covering loss or damage to the vessels, rather than liabilities to third parties) are hull and machinery insurance and war risk insurance. These address the risks of the actual or constructive total loss of a vessel and accidental damage to a vessel’s hull and machinery, for example from running aground or colliding with another ship. These insurances provide coverage which is limited to an agreed “insured value” which, as a matter of policy, is never less than the particular vessel’s fair market value. Reimbursement of loss under such coverage is subject to policy deductibles which vary according to the vessel and the nature of the coverage. Hull and machinery deductibles may, for example, be between $75,000 and $150,000 per incident whereas the war risks insurance has a more modest incident deductible of, for example, $30,000.

 

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

 

Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance provided by mutual marine protection and indemnity associations, or “P&I Clubs,” formed by vessel owners to provide protection from large financial loss to one club member by contribution towards that loss by all members.

 

Each of the vessels that we operate is entered in the Gard P&I (Bermuda) Ltd. which we refer to as the Club, for third party liability marine insurance coverage. The Club is a mutual insurance vehicle. As a member of the Club, we are insured, subject to agreed deductibles and our terms of entry, for our legal liabilities and expenses arising out of our interest in an entered ship, out of events occurring during the period of entry of the ship in the Club and in connection with the operation of the ship, against specified risks. These risks include liabilities arising from death of crew and passengers, loss or damage to cargo, collisions, property damage, oil pollution and wreck removal.

 

The Club benefits from its membership in the International Group of P&I Clubs, or the International Group, for its main reinsurance program, and maintains a separate complementary insurance program for additional risks.

 

The Club’s policy year commences each February. The mutual calls are levied by way of Estimated Total Premiums, or ETP, and the amount of the final installment of the ETP varies in accordance with the actual total premium ultimately required by the Club for a particular policy year. Members have a liability to pay supplementary calls which may be levied by the Club if the ETP is insufficient to cover the Club’s outgoings in a policy year.

 

Cover per claim is generally limited to an unspecified sum, being the amount available from reinsurance plus the maximum amount collectable from members of the International Group by way of overspill calls. Certain exceptions apply, including a $1.0 billion limit on claims in respect of oil pollution, a $3.0 billion limit on cover for passenger and crew claims and a sub-limit of $2.0 billion for passenger claims.

 

To the extent that we experience either a supplementary or an overspill call our policy is to expense such amounts.

 

Uninsured Risks

 

Not all risks are insured and not all risks are insurable. The principal insurable risks which nevertheless remain uninsured across our fleet are “loss of hire” and “strikes.” We will not insure these risks because we regard the costs as disproportionate. These insurances provide, subject to a deductible, a limited indemnity for hire that is not receivable by the shipowner for reasons set forth in the policy. For example, loss of hire risk may be covered on a 14/90/90 basis, with a 14 days deductible, 90 days cover per incident and a 90-day overall limit per vessel per year. Should a vessel on time charter, where the vessel is paid a fixed hire day by day, suffer a serious mechanical breakdown, the daily hire will no longer be payable by the charterer. The purpose of the loss of hire insurance is to secure the loss of hire during such periods.

 

46
 

 

Environmental Regulation

 

Sources of Applicable Rules and Standards

 

Shipping is one of the world’s most heavily regulated industries, and it is subject to many industry standards. Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of vessels. These regulations consist mainly of rules and standards established by international conventions, but they also include national, state and local laws and regulations in force in jurisdictions where vessels may operate or are registered, and which may be more stringent than international rules and standards. This is the case particularly in the United States and, increasingly, in Europe.

 

A variety of governmental and private entities subject vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include local port authorities (the U.S. Coast Guard, harbor masters or equivalent entities), classification societies, flag state administration (country vessel of registry), and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require vessel owners to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of their vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require a vessel owner to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of its vessels.

 

Heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers continue to lead to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to stricter environmental standards. Vessel owners are required to maintain operating standards for all vessels that will emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. Because laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.

 

The International Maritime Organization, or IMO, has negotiated a number of international conventions concerned with preventing, reducing or controlling pollution from vessels. These fall into two main categories, consisting firstly of those concerned generally with vessel safety standards, and secondly of those specifically concerned with measures to prevent pollution.

 

Ship Safety Regulation

 

A primary international safety instrument is the Safety of Life at Sea Convention of 1974, as amended, or SOLAS, together with the regulations and codes of practice that form part of its regime. Much of SOLAS is not directly concerned with preventing pollution, but some of its safety provisions are intended to prevent pollution as well as promote safety of life and preservation of property. These regulations have been and continue to be regularly amended as new and higher safety standards are introduced with which we are required to comply.

 

An amendment of SOLAS introduced the International Safety Management, or ISM, Code, which has been effective since July 1998. Under the ISM Code, the party with operational control of a vessel is required to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by the respective flag state for the vessel, under the ISM Code.

 

47
 

 

Another amendment of SOLAS, made after the terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001, introduced special measures to enhance maritime security, including the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or ISPS Code.

 

The vessels that we operate maintain ISM and ISPS certifications for safety and security of operations.

 

Regulations to Prevent Pollution from Ships

 

In the secondary main category of international regulation, the primary instrument is the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or MARPOL, which imposes environmental standards on the shipping industry set out in Annexes I-VI of MARPOL. These contain regulations for the prevention of pollution by oil (Annex I), by noxious liquid substances in bulk (Annex II), by harmful substances in packaged forms within the scope of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (Annex III), by sewage (Annex IV), by garbage (Annex V) and by air emissions (Annex VI).

 

These regulations have been and continue to be regularly amended as new and higher standards of pollution prevention are introduced with which we are required to comply.

 

For example, MARPOL Annex VI sets limits on Sulphur Oxides (SOx) and Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) emissions from vessel exhausts, prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances and limits the emission of volatile organic compound (VOC). Limiting worldwide SOx emissions will mean a cap on the content of sulphur in fuel oil of 3.5%. For special areas (SECAS) the cap is lower at currently at 1.0% and will reduce to 0.1% after January 1, 2015. In addition, within the EU Member States the current cap is now at 0.1%. Limiting NOx emissions is set on a three tier reduction, the final one of which comes into force on January 1, 2016. We anticipate incurring costs at each stage of implementation on all these areas. Currently we are compliant in all our vessels.

 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions

 

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, generally referred to as greenhouse gases, which are suspected of contributing to global warming. Currently, the greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping do not come under the Kyoto Protocol. The European Union confirmed in April 2007 that it plans to expand the European Union emissions trading scheme by adding vessels. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States, entered into the Copenhagen Accord. The Copenhagen Accord is non-binding, but is intended to pave the way for a comprehensive, international treaty on climate change. The IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, which may include market-based instruments or a carbon tax. The EU also has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of an existing EU emissions trading regime to include emissions of greenhouse gases from vessels, and individual countries in the EU may impose additional requirements. In the United States, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, issued an “endangerment finding” regarding greenhouse gases under the Clean Air Act. While this finding in itself does not impose any requirements on our industry, it authorizes the EPA to regulate directly greenhouse gas emissions through a rule-making process. In addition, climate change initiatives are being considered in the United States Congress and by individual states. Any passage of new climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, EU, the United States or other countries or states where we operate that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business through increased compliance costs or additional operational restrictions that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 

48
 

 

Anti-Fouling Requirements

 

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships, or the Anti-fouling Convention. The Anti-fouling Convention prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages must obtain an International Anti-Fouling System Certificate and undergo a survey before the vessel is put into service or when the anti-fouling systems are altered or replaced.

 

Other International Regulations to Prevent Pollution

 

In addition to MARPOL, other more specialized international instruments have been adopted to prevent different types of pollution or environmental harm from vessel. In February 2004, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention. This Convention has not come into force. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements. The BWM Convention will not enter into force until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35.0% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, there has not been sufficient adoption of this standard by governments that are members of the convention for it to take force.

 

Although the United States is not a party to the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended, or the CLC, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the CLC and its Protocols. Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain defenses. The limits on liability outlined in the 1992 Protocol use the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights, or SDR. Under an amendment to the 1992 Protocol that became effective on November 1, 2003, for vessels between 5,000 and 140,000 gross tons (a unit of measurement for the total enclosed spaces within a vessel), liability is limited to approximately 4.51 million SDR plus 631 SDR for each additional gross ton over 5,000. For vessels of over 140,000 gross tons, liability is limited to 89.77 million SDR. The exchange rate between SDRs and U.S. dollars was 0.66432 SDR per U.S. dollar on April 12, 2013. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading with states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to that of the convention. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

 

IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plans. Periodic training and drills for response personnel and for vessels and their crews are required.

 

European Regulations

 

European regulations in the maritime sector are in general based on international law most of which were promulgated by the IMO and then adopted by the Member States. However, since the Erika incident in 1999, when the Erika broke in two off the coast of France while carrying heavy fuel oil, the European Community has become increasingly active in the field of regulation of maritime safety and protection of the environment. It has been the driving force behind a number of amendments of MARPOL (including, for example, changes to accelerate the timetable for the phase-out of single hull tankers, and prohibiting the carriage in such tankers of heavy grades of oil), and if dissatisfied either with the extent of such amendments or with the timetable for their introduction it has been prepared to legislate on a unilateral basis. In some instances where it has done so, international regulations have subsequently been amended to the same level of stringency as that introduced in Europe, but the risk is well established that EU regulations (and other jurisdictions) may from time to time impose burdens and costs on shipowners and operators which are additional to those involved in complying with international rules and standards.

 

49
 

 

In some areas of regulation the EU has introduced new laws without attempting to procure a corresponding amendment of international law. Notably, it adopted in 2005 a directive on ship-source pollution, imposing criminal sanctions for pollution not only where this is caused by intent or recklessness (which would be an offense under MARPOL), but also where it is caused by “serious negligence.” The directive could therefore result in criminal liability being incurred in circumstances where it would not be incurred under international law. Experience has shown that in the emotive atmosphere often associated with pollution incidents, retributive attitudes towards vessel interests have found expression in negligence being alleged by prosecutors and found by courts on grounds which the international maritime community has found hard to understand. Moreover, there is skepticism that the notion of “serious negligence” is likely to prove any narrower in practice than ordinary negligence. Criminal liability for a pollution incident could not only result in us incurring substantial penalties or fines but may also, in some jurisdictions, facilitate civil liability claims for greater compensation than would otherwise have been payable.

 

Compliance Enforcement

 

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for the implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations for all vessels granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Guidelines on Flag State Performance” evaluates flag states based on factors such as sufficiency of infrastructure, ratification of international maritime treaties, implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations, supervision of surveys, casualty investigations and participation at IMO meetings. The vessels that we operate are flagged in the Marshall Islands and Malta. Marshall Islands- and Malta-flagged vessels have historically received a good assessment in the shipping industry.

 

Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have, for example, indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, each of our vessels is ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificate will be maintained.

 

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations may have on our operations.

 

United States Environmental Regulations and Laws Governing Civil Liability for Pollution

 

Environmental legislation in the United States merits particular mention as it is in many respects more onerous than international laws, representing a high-water mark of regulation with which shipowners and operators must comply, and of liability likely to be incurred in the event of non-compliance or an incident causing pollution.

 

U.S. federal legislation, including notably the OPA, establishes an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills, including bunker oil spills from dry bulk vessels as well as cargo or bunker oil spills from tankers. The OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States’ territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. Under the OPA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or substantial threats of discharges of oil from their vessels. In addition to potential liability under the OPA as the relevant federal legislation, vessel owners may in some instances incur liability on an even more stringent basis under state law in the particular state where the spillage occurred.

 

The OPA requires the owner or operator of any non-tank vessel of 400 gross tons or more that carries oil of any kind as a fuel for main propulsion, including bunkers, to prepare and submit a response plan for each vessel. The vessel response plans must include detailed information on actions to be taken by vessel personnel to prevent or mitigate any discharge or substantial threat of such a discharge of oil from the vessel.

 

50
 

 

The OPA limits the liability of responsible parties to the greater of $1,000 per gross ton or $854,400 per non-tank vessel (subject to possible adjustment for inflation).

 

These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable United States federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities.

 

In addition, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances (other than oil) whether on land or at sea, contains a similar liability regime and provides for cleanup, removal and natural resource damages. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million for vessels not carrying hazardous substances as cargo or residue ($5.0 million for vessels carrying hazardous substances) unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations, in which case liability is unlimited.

 

We maintain, for each of our vessels, insurance coverage against pollution liability risks in the amount of $1.0 billion per event. This insurance coverage is subject to exclusions, deductibles and other terms and conditions. If any liabilities or expenses fall within an exclusion from coverage, or if damages from a catastrophic incident exceed the $1.0 billion limitation of coverage per event, our cash flow, profitability and financial position could be adversely impacted.

 

The OPA requires owners and operators of all vessels over 300 gross tons, even those that do not carry petroleum or hazardous substances as cargo, to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential liabilities under the OPA. The U.S. Coast Guard has implemented regulations requiring evidence of financial responsibility for containerships in the amount of $1,300 per gross ton, which includes the OPA limitation on liability of $1,000 per gross ton and the CERCLA liability limit of $300 per gross ton for vessels not carrying hazardous substances as cargo or residue. Under the regulations, vessel owners and operators may evidence their financial responsibility by showing proof of insurance, surety bond, self-insurance or guaranty. We believe our insurance coverage as described above meets the requirements of the OPA.

 

Under the OPA, an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels is required only to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel in the fleet having the greatest limited liability under the OPA.

 

The U.S. Coast Guard’s regulations concerning certificates of financial responsibility provide, in accordance with the OPA, that claimants may bring suit directly against an insurer or guarantor that furnishes the guaranty that supports the certificates of financial responsibility. In the event that such insurer or guarantor is sued directly, it is prohibited from asserting any contractual defense that it may have had against the responsible party and is limited to asserting those defenses available to the responsible party and the defense that the incident was caused by the willful misconduct of the responsible party.

 

The OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states that have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessels owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

The United States Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under CERCLA.

 

51
 

 

The EPA enacted rules governing the regulation of ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of vessels within U.S. waters. Under the rules, commercial vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels), or Regulated Vessels, are required to obtain a CWA permit regulating and authorizing such normal discharges. This permit, which the EPA has designated as the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels, or VGP, incorporates the current U.S. Coast Guard requirements for ballast water management as well as supplemental ballast water requirements, and includes limits applicable to specific discharge streams, such as deck runoff, bilge water and gray water.

 

For each discharge type, among other things, the VGP establishes effluent limits pertaining to the constituents found in the effluent, including best management practices, or BMPs, designed to decrease the amount of constituents entering the waste stream. Unlike land-based discharges, which are deemed acceptable by meeting certain EPA-imposed numerical effluent limits, each of the VGP discharge limits is deemed to be met when a Regulated Vessel carries out the BMPs pertinent to that specific discharge stream. The VGP imposes additional requirements on certain Regulated Vessel types that emit discharges unique to those vessels. Administrative provisions, such as inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements are also included for all Regulated Vessels.

 

The VGP application procedure, known as the Notice of Intent, or NOI, may be accomplished through the “eNOI” electronic filing interface, which became operational in June 2009. We submitted NOIs for all our vessels to which the CWA applies. In March 2013, the EPA issued the 2013 Vessel General Permit which will become effective on December 19, 2013. The 2013 Vessel General Permit contains more specified and stringent limits on the effluents than the existing VGP, and specific measures with respect to ships operating on the Great Lakes.

 

In addition, pursuant to Section 401 of the CWA, which requires each state to certify federal discharge permits such as the VGP, certain states have enacted additional discharge standards as conditions to their certification of the VGP. These local standards bring the VGP into compliance with more stringent state requirements, such as those further restricting ballast water discharges and preventing the introduction of non-indigenous species considered to be invasive. The VGP and related state-specific regulations and any similar restrictions enacted in the future will increase the costs of operating in the relevant waters.

 

The U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, was enacted in 1996 in response to growing reports of harmful organisms being released into U.S. ports through ballast water taken on by vessels in foreign ports. NISA established a ballast water management program for vessels entering U.S. waters. Under NISA, mid-ocean ballast water exchange is voluntary, except for vessels heading to the Great Lakes or Hudson Bay, or vessels engaged in the foreign export of Alaskan North Slope crude oil. However, NISA’s reporting and record keeping requirements are mandatory for vessels bound for any port in the United States. Although ballast water exchange is the primary means of compliance with NISA’s guidelines, compliance can also be achieved through the retention of ballast water on board the ship, or the use of environmentally sound alternative ballast water management methods approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. If the mid-ocean ballast exchange is made mandatory throughout the United States, or if water treatment requirements or options are instituted, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers. Although we do not believe that the costs of compliance with a mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on the dry bulk shipping industry. In the absence of federal standards, states have enacted legislation or regulations to address invasive species through ballast water and hull cleaning management and permitting requirements. For instance, in 2007 the state of California enacted legislation extending its ballast water management program to regulate the management of “hull fouling” organisms attached to vessels and adopted regulations limiting the number of organisms in ballast water discharges. In addition, in November 2008, the Sixth Circuit affirmed a District Court’s dismissal of challenges to the state of Michigan’s ballast water management legislation mandating the use of various techniques for ballast water treatment. Individual states may proceed with the enactment of similar requirements that could increase the costs of operating in state waters.

 

52
 

 

Security Regulations

 

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. In November 2002, the MTSA came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter went into effect on July 1, 2004, and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the newly created ISPS Code. Among the various requirements are:

 

  Ø on-board installation of automatic information systems to enhance vessel-to-vessel and vessel-to-shore communications;

 

  Ø on-board installation of ship security alert systems;

 

  Ø the development of vessel security plans; and

 

  Ø compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to be aligned with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid International Ship Security Certificate that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. The vessels in our fleet that we operate have on board valid International Ship Security Certificates and, therefore, will comply with the requirements of the MTSA.

 

International Laws Governing Civil Liability to Pay Compensation or Damages

 

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, which imposes strict liability on shipowners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of “bunker oil.” The Bunker Convention defines “bunker oil” as “any hydrocarbon mineral oil, including lubricating oil, used or intended to be used for the operation or propulsion of the ship, and any residues of such oil.” The Bunker Convention also requires registered owners of vessels over a certain size to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended, or the 1976 Convention). The Bunker Convention entered into force in November 2008. In other jurisdictions, liability for spills or releases of oil from vessels’ bunkers continues to be determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

 

Outside the United States, national laws generally provide for the owner to bear strict liability for pollution, subject to a right to limit liability under applicable national or international regimes for limitation of liability. The most widely applicable international regime limiting maritime pollution liability is the 1976 Convention. Rights to limit liability under the 1976 Convention are forfeited where a spill is caused by a shipowners’ intentional or reckless conduct. Some states have ratified the 1996 LLMC Protocol to the 1976 Convention, which provides for liability limits substantially higher than those set forth in the 1976 Convention to apply in such states. Finally, some jurisdictions are not a party to either the 1976 Convention or the 1996 LLMC Protocol, and, therefore, shipowners’ rights to limit liability for maritime pollution in such jurisdictions may be uncertain.

 

C.  Organizational Structure

 

Globus is a holding company. We own eight operational subsidiaries, seven of which are Marshall Islands corporations and one of which is incorporated in Malta. Seven of our operational subsidiaries each own one vessel and our eighth operational subsidiary, our Manager, provides the technical and day-to-day commercial management of our fleet. Our Manager maintains ship management agreements with each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries.

 

53
 

 

D.  Property, Plants and Equipment

 

In August 2006, our Manager entered into a rental agreement for 350 square meters of office space for our operations within a building owned by Cyberonica S.A., a company related to us through common control. Rental expense is currently €14,578 per month. The rental agreement provides for an annual increase in rent of 2% above the rate of inflation as set by the Bank of Greece. The contract runs for nine years and can be terminated by us with six months notice. We do not presently own any real estate.

 

We have no manufacturing capacity, nor do we produce any products.

 

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

 

Item 4A.  Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. We believe that the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results or plan of operations could differ materially from those anticipated by forward-looking information due to factors discussed under “Item 3.D.  Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. Please see the section “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward- Looking Statements” at the beginning of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

A.  Operating Results

 

Overview

 

We are an integrated dry bulk shipping company, which began operations in September 2006, providing marine transportation services on a worldwide basis. We own, operate and manage a fleet of dry bulk vessels that transport iron ore, coal, grain, steel products, cement, alumina and other dry bulk cargoes internationally. Following the conclusion of our initial public offering on June 1, 2007, our common shares were listed on the AIM under the ticker “GLBS.L.” On July 29, 2010, we effected a one-for-four reverse stock split, with our issued share capital resulting in 7,240,852 common shares of $0.004 each. On November 24, 2010, we redomiciled into the Marshall Islands pursuant to the BCA and a resale registration statement for our common shares was declared effective by the SEC. Once the resale registration statement was declared effective by the SEC, our common shares began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker “GLBS.” We delisted our common shares from the AIM on November 26, 2010.

 

On June 30, 2011, we completed a follow-on public offering in the United States under the Securities Act, of 2,750,000 common shares at a price of $8.00 per share, the net proceeds of which amounted to approximately $20 million. As of December 31, 2012, our issued and outstanding capital stock consisted of 10,207,517 common shares and 3,347 Series A Preferred Shares. We redeemed 780 Series A Preferred Shares in January 2013.

 

As of December 31, 2010, our fleet consisted of five dry bulk vessels (three Supramaxes, one Panamax and one Kamsarmax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 319,664 dwt. In March 2011, we purchased from an unaffiliated third party a 2007-built Supramax vessel for $30.3 million. The vessel was delivered in September 2011 and was named “Sun Globe.” In May 2011, we purchased from an unaffiliated third party a 2005-built Panamax vessel for $31.4 million. The vessel was delivered in June 2011 and was named “Moon Globe.” As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, our fleet consisted of seven dry bulk vessels (four Supramaxes, two Panamax and one Kamsarmax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 452,886 dwt. 

 

54
 

  

We intend to grow our fleet through timely and selective acquisitions of modern vessels in a manner that we believe will provide an attractive return on equity and will be accretive to our earnings and cash flow based on anticipated market rates at the time of purchase. There is no guarantee however, that we will be able to find suitable vessels to purchase or that such vessels will provide an attractive return on equity or be accretive to our earnings and cash flow.

 

Our strategy is to employ our vessels on a mix of all types of charter contracts, including bareboat charters, time charters and spot charters. We may, from time to time, enter into charters with longer durations depending on our assessment of market conditions.

 

We seek to manage our fleet in a manner that allows us to maintain profitability across the shipping cycle and thus maximize returns for our shareholders. To accomplish this objective we have deployed our vessels primarily on a mix of bareboat and time charters (with terms of between three months and five years) and spot charters. According to our assessment of market conditions, we have adjusted the mix of these charters to take advantage of the relatively stable cash flow and high utilization rates associated with time charters or to profit from attractive spot charter rates during periods of strong charter market conditions.

 

The average number of vessels in our fleet for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 7.0, 5.8 and 4.0, respectively.

 

Our operations are managed by our Athens, Greece-based wholly owned subsidiary, Globus Shipmanagement Corp., our Manager, who provides in-house commercial and technical management exclusively for our vessels. Our Manager enters into a ship management agreement with each of our wholly owned vessel-owning subsidiaries to provide such services.

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

We believe that the important measures for analyzing trends in our results of operations consist of the following:

 

  Ø Ownership days . We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

 

  Ø Available days . We define available days as the number of our ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a period during which vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

 

  Ø Operating days . Operating days are the number of available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that the vessels are off-hire due to any reason, including unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels generate revenues.

 

  Ø Fleet utilization . We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our operating days during a period by the number of our available days during the period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys or vessel positioning.

 

55
 

 

  Ø Average number of vessels . We measure average number of vessels by the sum of the number of days each vessel was part of our fleet during a relevant period divided by the number of calendar days in such period.

 

  Ø TCE rates . We define TCE rates as our revenue less net revenue from our bareboat charters less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our available days during the period excluding bareboat charter days, which is consistent with industry standards. TCE is a non-GAAP measure. TCE rate is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters are generally not expressed in per day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters generally are expressed in such amounts.

 

The following table reflects our ownership days, available days, operating days, average number of vessels and fleet utilization for the periods indicated. 

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
Ownership days     2,562       2,125       1,458       2,314       2,878  
Available days     2,498       2,111       1,458       2,277       2,808  
Operating days     2,471       2,083       1,441       2,246       2,781  
Bareboat charter days     366       365       186       -       -  
Fleet utilization     98.9 %     98.7 %     98.8 %     98.6 %     99.0 %
Average number of vessels     7.0       5.8       4.0       6.3       7.9  
Daily time charter equivalent (TCE) rate   $ 10,660     $ 15,619     $ 18,996     $ 21,550     $ 32,736  

 

We utilize TCE because we believe it is a meaningful measure to compare period-to-period changes in our performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., voyage charters, spot charters and time charters) under which our vessels may be employed between the periods. Our management also utilizes TCE to assist them in making decisions regarding employment of our vessels. We believe that our method of calculating TCE is consistent with industry standards and is determined by dividing revenue after deducting voyage expenses, and net revenue from our bareboat charters, by available days for the relevant period excluding bareboat charter days. Voyage expenses primarily consist of brokerage commissions and port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage, which would otherwise be paid by the charter under a time charter contract.

 

The following table reflects the calculation of our daily TCE rates for the periods indicated.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    (Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except number of days and daily
TCE rates)
 
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
                               
Revenue     32,197       35,559       28,860       52,812       98,597  
Less: Voyage expenses     4,450       3,283       2,152       3,742       6,674  
Less: bareboat charter net revenue     5,020       5,006       2,545       -       -  
Net revenue excluding bareboat charter net revenue     22,727       27,270       24,163       49,070       91,923  
Available days net of bareboat charter days     2,132       1,746       1,272       2,277       2,808  
Daily TCE rate     10,660       15,619       18,996       21,550       32,736  

 

56
 

 

Lack of Historical Operating Data for Vessels Before their Acquisition

 

Consistent with shipping industry practice, we were not and have not been able obtain the historical operating data for the secondhand vessels we purchase, in part because that information is not material to our decision to acquire such vessels, nor do we believe such information would be helpful to potential investors in our common shares in assessing our business or profitability. We purchased our vessels under a standardized agreement commonly used in shipping practice, which, among other things, provides us with the right to inspect the vessel and the vessel’s classification society records. The standard agreement does not provide us the right to inspect, or receive copies of, the historical operating data of the vessel. Accordingly, such information was not available to us. Prior to the delivery of a purchased vessel, the seller typically removes from the vessel all records, including past financial records and accounts related to the vessel. Typically, the technical management agreement between a seller’s technical manager and the seller is automatically terminated and the vessel’s trading certificates are revoked by its flag state following a change in ownership.

 

In addition, and consistent with shipping industry practice, we treat the acquisition of vessels from unaffiliated third parties as the acquisition of an asset rather than a business. We believe that, under the applicable provisions of Rule 11-01(d) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, the acquisition of our vessels does not constitute the acquisition of a “business” for which historical or pro forma financial information would be provided pursuant to Rules 3-05 and 11-01 of Regulation S-X.

 

Although vessels are generally acquired free of charter, we may in the future acquire some vessels with charters. Where a vessel has been under a voyage charter, the vessel is usually delivered to the buyer free of charter. It is rare in the shipping industry for the last charterer of the vessel in the hands of the seller to continue as the first charterer of the vessel in the hands of the buyer. In most cases, when a vessel is under time charter and the buyer wishes to assume that charter, the vessel cannot be acquired without the charterer’s consent and the buyer entering into a separate direct agreement, called a novation agreement, with the charterer to assume the charter. The purchase of a vessel itself does not transfer the charter because it is a separate service agreement between the vessel owner and the charterer.

 

If the Company acquires a vessel subject to a time charter, it amortizes the amount of the component that is attributable to favorable or unfavorable terms relative to market terms and is included in the cost of that vessel, over the remaining term of the lease. The amortization is included in line “amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels” in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

If we purchase a vessel and assume or renegotiate a related time charter, we must take the following steps before the vessel will be ready to commence operations:

 

  Ø obtain the charterer’s consent to us as the new owner;

 

  Ø obtain the charterer’s consent to a new technical manager;

 

  Ø in some cases, obtain the charterer’s consent to a new flag for the vessel;

 

  Ø arrange for a new crew for the vessel, and where the vessel is on charter, in some cases, the crew must be approved by the charterer;

 

  Ø replace all hired equipment on board, such as gas cylinders and communication equipment;

 

  Ø negotiate and enter into new insurance contracts for the vessel through our own insurance brokers;

 

  Ø register the vessel under a flag state and perform the related inspections in order to obtain new trading certificates from the flag state;

 

  Ø implement a new planned maintenance program for the vessel; and

 

  Ø ensure that the new technical manager obtains new certificates for compliance with the safety and vessel security regulations of the flag state.

 

57
 

 

The following discussion is intended to help you understand how acquisitions of vessels affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our business is comprised of the following main elements:

 

  Ø

employment and operation of our dry bulk vessels; and

     
  Ø management of the financial, general and administrative elements involved in the conduct of our business and ownership of our dry bulk vessels.

 

The employment and operation of our vessels require the following main components:

 

  Ø vessel maintenance and repair;

 

  Ø crew selection and training;

 

  Ø vessel spares and stores supply;

 

  Ø contingency response planning;

 

  Ø onboard safety procedures auditing;

 

  Ø accounting;

 

  Ø vessel insurance arrangement;

 

  Ø vessel chartering;

 

  Ø vessel security training and security response plans (ISPS);

 

  Ø obtaining ISM certification and audit for each vessel within the six months of taking over a vessel;

 

  Ø vessel hire management;

 

  Ø vessel surveying; and

 

  Ø vessel performance monitoring.

 

The management of financial, general and administrative elements involved in the conduct of our business and ownership of our vessels requires the following main components:

 

  Ø management of our financial resources, including banking relationships, i.e., administration of bank loans and bank accounts;

 

  Ø management of our accounting system and records and financial reporting;

 

  Ø administration of the legal and regulatory requirements affecting our business and assets; and

 

58
 

 

  Ø management of the relationships with our service providers and customers.

 

The principal factors that affect our profitability, cash flows and shareholders’ return on investment include:

 

  Ø rates and periods of hire;

 

  Ø levels of vessel operating expenses, including repairs and drydocking;

 

  Ø purchase and sale of vessels;

 

  Ø depreciation expenses;

 

  Ø

financing costs; and

 

  Ø fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

 

Revenue

 

Overview

 

We generate revenues by charging our customers for the use of our vessels to transport their dry bulk commodities. Under a time charter, the charterer pays us a fixed daily charter hire rate and bears all voyage expenses, including the cost of bunkers (fuel oil) and port and canal charges. We remain responsible for paying the chartered vessel’s operating expenses, including the cost of crewing, insuring, repairing and maintaining the vessel, the costs of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. Under a bareboat charter, the charterer pays us a fixed daily charter hire rate and bears all voyage expenses, as well as the vessel’s operating expenses.

 

Spot charters can be spot voyage charters or spot time charters. Spot voyage charters involve the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo on a load-port to discharge-port basis, subject to various cargo handling terms, and the vessel owner is paid on a per-ton basis. Under a spot voyage charter, the vessel owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including capital costs, voyage and expenses, such as port, canal and bunker costs. A spot time charter is a contract to charter a vessel for an agreed period of time at a set daily rate. Under spot time charters, the charterer pays the voyage expenses.

 

Revenues

 

Our revenues are driven primarily by the number of vessels in our fleet, the number of days during which our vessels operate and the amount of daily hire rates that our vessels earn under charters or on the spot market, which, in turn, are affected by a number of factors, including:

 

  Ø the duration of our charters;

 

  Ø the number of days our vessels are hired to operate on the spot market;

 

  Ø our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals;

 

  Ø the amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels for employment;

 

  Ø the amount of time that our vessels spend in drydocking undergoing repairs;

 

  Ø maintenance and upgrade work;

 

59
 

 

  Ø the age, condition and specifications of our vessels;

 

  Ø levels of supply and demand in the dry bulk shipping industry; and

 

  Ø other factors affecting spot market charter rates for dry bulk vessels.

 

Our revenues in 2010 declined as a result of the reduction in the size of our fleet, which decreased our ownership, available and operating days. Revenues also decreased in 2010 due to lower daily time charter and spot rates earned on average from our vessels compared to 2009.

 

Our revenues in 2011 increased compared to 2010 as a result of the increase in the size of our fleet, which increased our ownership, available and operating days.

 

Our revenues in 2012 decreased mainly due to lower daily time charter and spot rates earned on average from our vessels compared to 2011.

 

Employment of our Vessels

 

As of December 31, 2012, we employed our vessels as follows:

 

Ø m/v Tiara Globe – on a spot time charter with Oman Charter Company that began in December 2012 and expired during February 2013 at a gross rate of $8,000 per day.

 

Ø m/v Star Globe – on a time charter with Daebo Shipping International Co. Ltd. that began in November 2012 and expired in April 2012, at the gross rate of $8,000 per day.

 

Ø m/v River Globe – on a spot time charter with LuYang Chartering Co. Ltd. that began in December 2012 and expired during January 2013, at the gross rate of $9,250 per day.

 

Ø m/v Jin Star – on a bareboat charter with Eastern Media International Corporation and Far Eastern Silo & Shipping (Panama) S.A. that began in June 2010 for a period of 56 months (which can be extended for one year at the charterer’s option, and thereafter extended one additional year at our option), at the gross rate of $14,250 per day.

 

Ø m/v Sky Globe – on a time charter with Hyundai Merchant Marine that began in August 2011 and is scheduled to expire 24 months from such date, at the gross rate of $12,000 per day for the first year and $12,500 per day for the second year.

 

Ø m/v Moon Globe – on a time charter with Western Ocean Shipping Inc that began in June 2011 and is scheduled to expire 24 months from such date, at the net rate of $18,000 per day.

 

Ø m/v Sun Globe – on a time charter with Qingdao Ocean Shipping Co that began in September 2011 and is scheduled to expire in a minimum of 40 months (maximum of 42 months) from such date, at the gross rate of $16,000 per day.

 

Our charter agreements subject us to counterparty risk. In depressed market conditions, charterers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter parties or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should counterparties to one or more of our charters fail to honor their obligations under their agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.

 

60
 

 

Voyage Expenses

 

We charter our vessels primarily through time charters under which the charterer is responsible for most voyage expenses, such as the cost of bunkers (fuel oil), port expenses, agents’ fees, canal dues, extra war risks insurance and any other expenses related to the cargo.

 

Whenever we employ our vessels on a voyage basis (such as trips for the purpose of geographically repositioning a vessel or trip(s) after the end of one time charter and up to the beginning of the next time charter), we incur voyage expenses that include port expenses and canal charges and bunker (fuel oil) expenses.

 

If we charter our vessels on bareboat charters, the charterer will pay for most of the voyage expenses.

 

As is common in the shipping industry, we have historically paid commissions ranging from 0% to 6.25% of the total daily charter hire rate of each charter to unaffiliated ship brokers and in-house brokers associated with the charterers, depending on the number of brokers involved with arranging the charter.

 

For 2012, 2011 and 2010, commissions amounted to $1.3 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

 

We believe that the amounts and the structures of our commissions are consistent with industry practices.

 

These commissions are directly related to our revenues. We therefore expect that the amount of total commissions will increase as the size of our fleet grows as a result of additional vessel acquisitions and employment of those vessels.

 

Net Revenue

 

We calculate our net revenue by subtracting our voyage expenses from our revenues. Net revenue is not a recognized measurement under IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative or comparable to net income.

 

Vessel Operating Expenses

 

Vessel operating expenses include costs for crewing, insurance, repairs and maintenance, lubricants, spare parts and consumable stores, statutory and classification tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. We calculate daily vessel operating expenses by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days for the relevant time period excluding bareboat charter days.

 

Our vessel operating expenses have historically fluctuated as a result of changes in the size of our fleet. In addition, a portion of our vessel operating expenses is in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, such as costs related to repairs, spare parts and consumables. These expenses may increase or decrease as a result of fluctuation of the U.S. dollar against these currencies.

 

We expect that crewing costs will increase in the future due to the shortage in the supply of qualified sea-going personnel. In addition, we expect that maintenance costs will increase as our vessels age. Other factors that may affect the shipping industry in general, such as the cost of insurance, may also cause our expenses to increase. To the extent that we purchase additional vessels, we expect our vessel operating expenses to increase accordingly.

 

Depreciation

 

The cost of our vessels is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each vessel. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value. We estimate the useful life of our vessels to be 25 years from the date of delivery from the shipyard. Furthermore, we estimate the residual values of our vessels as of December 31, 2012 to be $335 per light-weight ton. We do not expect these assumptions to change significantly in the near future. We expect that these charges will increase if we acquire additional vessels.

 

61
 

 

Depreciation of Drydocking Costs

 

Vessels are required to be drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Drydockings occur approximately every 2.5 years. The costs associated with the drydockings are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings, to a maximum of 2.5 years. At the date of acquisition of a secondhand vessel, we estimate the component of the cost that corresponds to the economic benefit to be derived until the first scheduled drydocking of the vessel under our ownership and this component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining period through the estimated drydocking date. We expect that drydocking costs will increase as our vessels age and if we acquire additional vessels.

 

Amortization of Fair Value of Time Charter Attached to Vessels

 

If the Company acquires a vessel subject to a time charter, it amortizes the amount of the component that is attributable to favorable or unfavorable terms relative to market terms and is included in the cost of that vessel, over the remaining term of the lease. The amortization is included in line “amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels” in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

Administrative Expenses

 

Our administrative expenses include payroll expenses, traveling, promotional and other expenses associated with us being a public company, which include the preparation of disclosure documents, legal and accounting costs, director and officer liability insurance costs and costs related to compliance. We expect that our administrative expenses will increase as we enlarge our fleet.

 

Administrative Expenses Payable to Related Parties

 

Our administrative expenses payable to related parties include cash remuneration of our executive officers and directors and rental of our office space.

 

Share Based Payments

 

We operate an equity-settled, share based compensation plan. The value of the service received in exchange of the grant of shares is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the share awards at the grant date. The relevant expense is recognized in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding impact in equity.

 

Impairment Loss

 

We assess at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a vessel may be impaired. The vessel’s recoverable amount is estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amounts, the vessel is written down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the vessel. Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

 

62
 

 

Gain/(Loss) on Sale of Vessels

 

Gain or loss on the sale of vessels is the residual value remaining after deducting from the vessels’ sale proceeds, the carrying value of the vessels at the respective date of delivery to their new owners and the total expenses associated with the sale.

 

Other (Expenses)/Income, Net

 

We include other operating expenses or income that is not classified otherwise. It mainly consists of provisions for insurance claims deductibles and refunds from insurance claims.

 

Interest Income from Bank Balances & Bank Deposits

 

We earn interest on the funds we have deposited with banks as well as from short-term certificates of deposit.

 

Interest Expense and Finance Costs

 

We incur interest expense and financing costs in connection with the indebtedness under our Credit Facility, Kelty Loan Agreement and DVB Loan Agreement. We also incurred financing costs in connection with establishing those arrangements, which is included in our finance costs and amortization and write-off of deferred finance charges. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we had $105.9 million, $111.4 million and $96.7 million of indebtedness outstanding under our then existing credit arrangements, respectively. We incur interest expense and financing costs relating to our outstanding debt as well as our available but undrawn Credit Facility, if any. We will incur additional interest expense in the future on our outstanding borrowings and under future borrowings to finance future acquisitions.

 

Gain/(Loss) on Derivative Financial Instruments

 

We may enter into derivative financial instruments, which mainly consist of interest rate SWAP agreements. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recognized immediately in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

Foreign Exchange Gains/(Losses), Net

 

We generate substantially all of our revenues from the trading of our vessels in U.S. dollars but incur a portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. While we were incorporated in Jersey, the majority of our general and administrative expenses as well as the dividends paid to shareholders were in U.K. pounds sterling. We have since redomiciled into the Marshall Islands and our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Therefore, we do not anticipate having any material expenses in U.K. pounds sterling, and going forward our dividends will be declared and paid in U.S. dollars.

 

For cash management, or treasury, purposes, we convert U.S. dollars into foreign currencies to pay for our non-U.S. dollar expenses, which we then hold on deposit until the date of each transaction. Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates create foreign exchange gains or losses when we mark-to-market these non-U.S. dollar deposits.

 

63
 

 

For accounting purposes, expenses incurred in all foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of each transaction.

 

Because a portion of our expenses is payable in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our expenses may from time to time increase relative to our revenues as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates, which could affect the amount of net income that we report in future periods.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following is a discussion of our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011

 

As of December 31, 2010, our fleet consisted of five dry bulk vessels (three Supramaxes, one Panamax and one Kamsarmax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 319,664 dwt. In March 2011, we purchased from an unaffiliated third party a 2007-built Supramax vessel for $30.3 million. The vessel was delivered in September 2011 and was named “Sun Globe.” In May 2011, we purchased from an unaffiliated third party a 2005-built Panamax vessel for $31.4 million. The vessel was delivered in June 2011 and was named “Moon Globe.” As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, our fleet consisted of seven dry bulk vessels (four Supramaxes, two Panamax and one Kamsarmax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 452,886 dwt.

 

During 2012, we had an operating loss of $80.3 million including a non-cash impairment loss for the year of 2012 of $80.2 million.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we had an average of 7.0 dry bulk vessels in our fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had an average of 5.8 dry bulk vessels in our fleet.

 

Revenue . Revenue decreased by $3.4 million, or 10%, to $32.2 million in 2012, compared to $35.6 million in 2011. Net revenues decreased by $4.6 million, or 14%, to $27.7 million in 2012, from $32.3 million in 2011. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in average TCE rates due to the unfavorable average shipping rates achieved by the vessels in our fleet in 2012 compared to 2011, which effectively reduced our net revenues by approximately $10.5 million, assuming all other variables were held constant. The decrease in our net revenue was partly offset by a 19% increase in total operating days which effectively increased our net revenues by approximately $5.9 million assuming all other variables were held constant. In 2012, we had total operating days of 2,471 and fleet utilization of 98.9%, compared to 2,083 operating days and a fleet utilization of 98.7% in 2011.

 

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses increased by $1.2 million, or 36%, to $4.5 million in 2012, compared to $3.3 million in 2011. This increase is primarily attributable to the one time charge of approximately $1.5 million relating to the non-performance of one of our charterers, Allied Maritime Inc., with the terms of the charter of the m/v Star Globe .

 

Vessel operating expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased by $2.4 million, or 30%, to $10.4 million in 2012, compared to $8.0 million in 2011. The increase in operating expenses is primarily attributable to the 21% increase in ownership days resulting from the increase of the average number of vessels in our fleet from 5.8 vessels in 2011 to 7.0 vessels in 2012. The breakdown of our operating expenses for the year 2012 was as follows:

 

Crew expenses     50 %
Repairs and spares     21 %
Insurance     9 %
Stores     11 %
Lubricants     7 %
Other     2 %

 

64
 

 

Daily vessel operating expenses were $4,736 in 2012 compared to $4,527 in 2011, representing an increase of 5%.

 

Depreciation . Depreciation increased by $1.1 million, or 11%, to $11.3 million in 2012, compared to $10.2 million in 2011. This increase is directly the result of the increase in the average number of vessels in our fleet.

 

Amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels . Amortization amounted to $1.8 million in 2012 compared to $0.8 million in 2011. Amortization refers to the fair value of above market time charters attached to the two vessels the m/v Moon Globe and m/v Sun Globe acquired during the second half of 2011 which is amortized on a straight line basis over the remaining period of the time charters.

 

Administrative expenses. Administrative expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 10%, to $1.9 million in 2012, compared to $2.1 million in 2011. This decrease is primarily a result of our efforts to control administrative expenses and operate more efficiently.

 

Administrative expenses payable to related parties. Administrative expenses payable to related parties decreased by $0.6 million, or 50%, to $0.6 million in 2012, compared to $1.2 million in 2011. This decrease is primarily a result of the termination of the consultancy agreements effected from December 31, 2011, with the companies wholly owned by each of our executive officers that assisted and advised the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in respect of their duties performed outside of Greece.

 

Share based payments. Share based payments increased by $0.6 million, or 150%, to $1.0 million in 2012, compared to $0.4 million in 2011. This increase is directly attributable to the value of Series A Preferred Shares issued during April 2012 of $0.2 million, the amortized portion of the conditional share based award granted to our two executive officers during February 2012 of $0.2 million and the value at grant date of the common shares in Globus that amounted to $0.2 million, issued to our two executive officers during February 2012 as a bonus payment for services rendered.

 

Impairment loss . During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized an impairment loss of $80.2 million. The Company tests for impairment of its long lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Due to the sustained decline in charter rates and vessel values during the last four years and because market expectations for future rates are low and are unlikely to increase to the high levels of 2008 in the foreseeable future, we performed an impairment analysis for all the vessels in our fleet by comparing projected discounted cash flows to the carrying values of vessels. As a result of this analysis we recorded an impairment loss of $55.8 million to the book value of six out of the seven vessels of our fleet. In addition, on December 4, 2012, we decided that the m/v Tiara Globe met the criteria to be classified as non-current asset held for sale and was subsequently measured at the lower of its carrying amount and its fair value less cost to sell. In this respect we recognized an impairment loss of $24.4 million.

 

Interest expense and finance costs. Interest expense increased by $0.6 million, or 21%, to $3.4 million in 2012, compared to $2.8 million in 2011. This increase is mainly due to the increase in our average level of debt during 2012 compared to 2011 as well as due to the increase in our weighted average interest rate to 2.12% during 2012 from 1.69% during 2011. The total outstanding bank loans as of December 31, 2012 amounted to $105.9 million compared to $111.4 million as of December 31, 2011. All of our bank loans are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

Gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments. The valuation of our two interest rate swaps at the end of each period is affected by the prevailing interest rates at that time. At December 31, 2012, the two interest rate SWAP agreements (for $25 million in total, or 24% of our total debt outstanding of $105.9 million) were recorded at fair market value, which is the amount that would be paid by us or to us should those instruments be terminated. The change in the valuation of the SWAP agreements between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was recorded as a $0.7 million non-cash unrealized gain for 2012. 

 

65
 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010

 

As of December 31, 2010, our fleet consisted of five dry bulk vessels (three Supramaxes, one Panamax and one Kamsarmax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 319,664 dwt. In March 2011, we purchased from an unaffiliated third party a 2007-built Supramax vessel for $30.3 million. The vessel was delivered in September 2011 and was named “Sun Globe.” In May 2011, we purchased from an unaffiliated third party a 2005-built Panamax vessel for $31.4 million. The vessel was delivered in June 2011 and was named “Moon Globe.” As of December 31, 2011, our fleet consisted of seven dry bulk vessels (four Supramaxes, two Panamax and one Kamsarmax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 452,886 dwt.

 

During 2011, we had an operating profit of $9.3 million.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had an average of 5.8 dry bulk vessels in our fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had an average of 4.0 dry bulk vessels in our fleet.

 

Revenue . Revenue increased by $6.7 million, or 23%, to $35.6 million in 2011, compared to $28.9 million in 2010. Net revenues increased by $5.6 million, or 21%, to $32.3 million in 2011, from $26.7 million in 2010. The increase is partly attributable to an increase in the size of the fleet, which resulted in a 45% increase in operating days and effectively increased our net revenue by approximately $12.0 million, assuming all other variables were held constant. The increase in our net revenue was partly offset by an 18% decrease in average TCE rates due to the unfavorable average shipping rates achieved by the vessels in our fleet in 2011 compared to 2010, which effectively reduced our net revenues by approximately $6.4 million, assuming all other variables were held constant. In 2011, we had total operating days of 2,083 and fleet utilization of 98.7%, compared to 1,441 operating days and a fleet utilization of 98.8% in 2010.

 

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses increased by $1.1 million, or 50%, to $3.3 million in 2011, compared to $2.2 million in 2010. This increase is attributable to the increase in our revenues and the increase in the size of our fleet.

 

Vessel operating expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased by $2.1 million, or 36%, to $8.0 million in 2011, compared to $5.9 million in 2010. The increase in operating expenses is attributable to the 46% increase in ownership days resulting from the increase of the average number of vessels in our fleet from 4.0 vessels in 2010 to 5.8 vessels in 2011. The breakdown of our operating expenses for the year 2011 was as follows:

 

Crew expenses     52 %
Repairs and spares     17 %
Insurance     11 %
Stores     12 %
Lubricants     6 %
Other     2 %

 

Daily vessel operating expenses were $4,527 in 2011 compared to $4,628 in 2010, representing a decrease of 2%.

 

Depreciation . Depreciation increased by $2.8 million, or 38%, to $10.2 million in 2011, compared to $7.4 million in 2010. This increase is directly the result of the increase in the average number of vessels in our fleet.

 

Amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels . Amortization amounted to $0.8 million in 2011 directly attributable to the time charters attached, with favorable terms relevant to market terms, on the m/v Moon Globe and m/v Sun Globe acquired in 2011. No other vessels have been acquired in the past with time charters attached.

 

Administrative expenses. Administrative expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 9%, to $2.1 million in 2011, compared to $2.3 million in 2010. This decrease is directly the result of the additional costs incurred for listing our common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market in 2010. 

 

66
 

  

Interest expense and finance costs. Interest expense increased by $0.7 million, or 33%, to $2.8 million in 2011, compared to $2.1 million in 2010. This increase is mainly due to the increase in our average level of debt during 2011 compared to 2010 as well as due to the increase in our weighted average interest rate to 1.69% during 2011 from 1.46% during 2010. The total outstanding bank loans as of December 31, 2011 amounted to $111.4 million compared to $96.7 million as of December 31, 2010. All of our bank loans are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

Gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments. The valuation of our two interest rate swaps at the end of each period is affected by the prevailing interest rates at that time. At December 31, 2011, the two interest rate SWAP agreements (for $25 million in total, or 22% of our total debt outstanding of $111.4 million) were recorded at fair market value, which is the amount that would be paid by us or to us should those instruments be terminated. The change in the valuation of the SWAP agreements between December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was recorded as a $0.4 million non-cash unrealized gain for 2011.

 

Inflation

 

Inflation has only a moderate effect on our expenses given current economic conditions. In the event that significant global inflationary pressures appear, these pressures would increase our operating, voyage, administrative and financing costs.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

 

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments of uncertainties and potentially result in material different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application. For a description of all our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: We assess at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a vessel may be impaired. The vessel’s recoverable amount is estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

 

If such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amounts, the vessel is written down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the vessel. This assessment is made at the individual vessel level as separately identifiable cash flow information for each vessel is available. We determine the fair value of our assets based on management estimates and assumptions and by making use of available market data and taking into consideration third party valuations.

 

The estimated future cash flows are determined by considering the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days and an estimated daily time charter equivalent for the unfixed days, based on the most recent 10 year historical average of one-year time charter replacing the extreme values observed in the years 2008 and 2007 with the values in 2002 and 2001 over the remaining estimated life of each vessel, assuming an annual growth rate as published by the International Monetary Fund, or IMF, net of brokerage commissions. Expected outflows for scheduled vessels’ maintenance and vessel operating expenses are based on historical rates, and adjusted annually assuming an average annual inflation rate as published by the IMF. Effective fleet utilization is assumed to be 91%, taking into account the period(s) each vessel is expected to undergo drydocking and estimated off-hire days during the year. We have assumed no change in the remaining estimated useful lives of the current fleet, and scrap values were based on $335 per lightweight ton at disposal.

 

67
 

 

Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized an impairment loss of $80.2 million. Due to the sustained decline in charter rates and vessel values during the last four years and because market expectations for future rates are low and are unlikely to increase to the high levels of 2008 and 2007 in the foreseeable future, we performed an impairment analysis for all the vessels in our fleet by comparing projected discounted cash flows to the carrying values of vessels. As a result of this analysis we recorded an impairment loss of $55.8 million to the book value of six out of the seven vessels of our fleet. In addition, on December 4, 2012, we decided that the m/v Tiara Globe met the criteria to be classified as non-current asset held for sale and was subsequently measured at the lower of its carrying amount and its fair value less cost to sell. In this respect we recognized an impairment loss of $24.4 million.

 

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate impairment are reasonable and appropriate, these assumptions are highly subjective and we are not able to estimate the variability between the assumptions used and actual results that is reasonably likely to result in the future.

 

For the purpose of presenting to our shareholders additional information in order determine how our future results of operations may be impacted in the event that daily time charter rates do not improve from their current levels in future periods, we set forth below an analysis that shows the 1-year, 3-year and 5-year historical average of one year time charter rates and the effect the use of each of these rates would have on our impairment charge.

 

    1-year
(period)
    Impairment
charge
(in millions of
U.S. Dollars)
    3-year
(period)
    Impairment
charge
(in millions of
U.S. Dollars)
    5-year
(period)(1)
    Impairment
charge
(in millions of
U.S. Dollars)
 
Panamax   $ 9,706       16.2     $ 16,309       10.4     $ 17,847       2.8  
Supramax   $ 10,130       17.4     $ 15,028       12.5     $ 16,329       0.7  
Total             33.6               22.9               3.5  

 

(1) We have replaced the average rate for the year 2008, which is considered an extreme value, with the average rate for the year 2006.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we owned and operated a fleet of seven vessels, with an aggregate carrying value of $149.7 million including the value of the m/v Tiara Globe classified as held for sale. The carrying value of each of our vessels does not necessarily represent its fair market value or the amount that could be obtained if the vessel were sold. Our estimates of the market values assume that the vessels are in good and seaworthy condition without need for repair and, if inspected, would be certified as being in class without any recommendations of any kind. Because vessel values are highly volatile, these estimates may not be indicative of either current or future prices that we could achieve if we were to sell any of the vessels. As of December 31, 2012, we believe that for all our remaining vessels other than the m/v Tiara Globe the basic charter-free market value less estimated costs to sell is lower than the vessel’s carrying value by approximately $33.6 million in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2011, the carrying value of all of our vessels exceeded the estimated fair market value of those same vessels by approximately $71.8 million in aggregate.

 

A vessel-by-vessel carrying value summary as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 follows: 

 

68
 

  

Dry bulk Vessels   Dwt     Year
Built
  Date of
Acquisition
  Purchase Price
(in millions of
U.S. Dollars)
  Carrying Value
as of December 31,
2012 (in millions of
U.S. Dollars)
    Carrying Value
as of December 31,
2011 (in millions of
U.S. Dollars)
 
m/v River Globe     53,627     2007     December 2007     57.5     21.0       46.7  
m/v Sky Globe     56,855     2009     May 2010     32.8     22.9       30.7  
m/v Star Globe     56,867     2010     May 2010     32.8     22.5       30.8  
m/v Sun Globe     58,790     2007     September 2011     30.3     24.8       29.6  
m/v Tiara Globe     72,928     1998     December 2007     66.8     8.9       36.3  
m/v Moon Globe     74,432     2005     June 2011     31.4     20.8       30.1  
m/v Jin Star     79,387     2010     June 2010     41.1     28.8       38.3  
                              149.7       242.5  

 

Vessels, net: Vessels are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation (including depreciation of drydocking costs and component attributable to favorable or unfavorable lease terms relative to market terms) and accumulated impairment losses. Vessel cost consists of the contract price for the vessel and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (initial repairs, improvements and delivery expenses, interest and on-site supervision costs incurred during the construction periods). Any seller’s credit, which is the amounts received from the seller of the vessels until date of delivery, is deducted from the cost of the vessel. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when the recognition criteria are met. Otherwise, these amounts are charged to expenses as incurred.

 

Depreciation: We depreciate our vessels based on a straight line basis over the expected useful life of each vessel, which is 25 years from the date of their initial delivery from the shipyard, which we believe is within industry standards and represents the most reasonable useful life for each of our vessels. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value, which is estimated at $335 per lightweight ton. Secondhand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful lives. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge. When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, its useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective.

 

Drydocking costs: Vessels are required to be drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Drydockings occur approximately every 2.5 years. The costs associated with the drydockings are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings, to a maximum of 2.5 years. At the date of acquisition of a secondhand vessel, management estimates the component of the cost that corresponds to the economic benefit to be derived until the first scheduled drydocking of the vessel under our ownership and this component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining period through the estimated drydocking date.

 

Costs capitalized are limited to actual costs incurred, such as shipyard rent, paints and related works and surveyor fees in relation to obtaining the class certification. If a drydocking is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances of previous drydockings are immediately written off. Unamortized balances of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the period of the vessel’s sale.

 

Amortization of lease component: When we acquire a vessel subject to a time charter, we amortize the amount of the component attributable to the favorable or unfavorable terms of the time charter relative to market terms which is included in the cost of that vessel, over the remaining term of the time charter. 

 

69
 

 

Non-current assets held for sale: Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. We determine the fair value of our assets based on management estimates and assumptions and by making use of available market data and taking into consideration third party valuations. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value less costs to sell, we recognize a loss under impairment loss in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a complete sale within one year from the date of classification. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classified as held for sale are not depreciated or amortized.

 

Revenue: We generate our revenues from charterers for the charter hire of our vessels. Vessels are chartered using time charters, where a contract is entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate. If a time charter agreement exists and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, revenue is recognized on a straight line basis over the period of the time charter. Such revenues are treated in accordance with IAS 17 as lease income. Associated voyage expenses, which primarily consist of commissions, are recognized on a pro rata basis over the duration of the period of the time charter. Deferred revenue relates to cash received prior to the financial position date and is related to revenue earned after such date.

 

Voyage expense: Consisting primarily of port expenses and owner’s expenses paid by the charterer, canal and bunker expenses that are unique to a particular charter under time charter arrangements or by us under voyage charter arrangements. Furthermore, voyage expenses include commission on income paid by us. We defer bunker expenses under voyage charter agreements and amortize them over the related voyage.

 

Trade receivables, net: The amount shown as trade receivables at each financial position date includes estimated recoveries from charterers for hire, freight and demurrage billings, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Trade receivables are measured at amortized cost less impairment losses, which are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. At each financial position date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for the purpose of determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. Although we may believe that our provisions are based on fair judgment at the time of their creation, it is possible that an amount under dispute will not be recovered and the estimated provision of doubtful accounts would be inadequate. If any of our revenues become uncollectible, these amounts would be written-off at that time.

 

Derivative financial instruments: Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. The fair value of these instruments at each reporting date is derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets, liabilities (risk adjusted) and market-corroborated inputs, such as market comparables, interest rates, yield curves and other items that allow value to be determined. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recognized immediately in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

B.  Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2012, we had $11.7 million of “cash and bank balances and bank deposits” that consisted of $9.7 million cash short-term bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less and $2.0 million of deposits on pledge.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we had an aggregate bank debt outstanding of $105.9 million, which includes $52.0 million from our Credit Facility, $21.7 million from the Kelty Loan Agreement and $32.2 million from the DVB Loan Agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had $9.3 million of “cash and bank balances and bank deposits” that consisted of $7.3 million cash short-term bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less and $2.0 million of deposits on pledge. In addition we had an amount up to $10.0 million available to be drawn under our Credit Facility. 

 

70
 

  

As of December 31, 2011, we had an aggregate bank debt outstanding of $111.4 million, which includes $52.0 million from our Credit Facility, $23.7 million from the Kelty Loan Agreement and $35.7 million from the DVB Loan Agreement.

 

Our primary uses of funds have been capital expenditures for the acquisition of vessels, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative expenses, expenditures incurred in connection with ensuring that our vessels comply with international and regulatory standards, financing expenses and repayments of bank loans and payments of dividends to our shareholders. We do not have any commitments for newbuilding contracts.

 

Since our operations began in 2006, we have financed our capital requirements with equity contributions from shareholders, long-term bank debt and cash from operations, including cash from sales of vessels. To finance further vessel acquisitions of either new or secondhand vessels, we anticipate that our primary sources of funds will be our current cash, cash from continuing operations, additional indebtedness to be raised and, possibly, future equity or debt financings.

 

Working capital, which is current assets, minus current liabilities, including the current portion of long-term debt and non-current assets and associated liabilities classified as held for sale, amounted to a working capital deficit of $7.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and to a working capital of $3.0 million as of December 31, 2011.

 

Because of the global economic downturn that has affected the international dry bulk industry we may not be able to obtain financing either from our Credit Facility or the equity or debt capital markets. Based on our planned expenditures and assuming no unanticipated expenses, we believe that our cash reserves, expected cash from operations and our shareholders will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for the next twelve months.

 

Cash Flows

 

Cash and bank balances and bank deposits decreased to $11.7 million as of December 31, 2012, compared to $9.3 million as of December 31, 2011 and $24.6 million as of December 31, 2010, while $2.0 million, or 17%, was pledged as collateral at the end of 2012, $2.0 million, or 22%, was pledged as collateral at the end of 2011 and $1.0 million, or 4%, was pledged as collateral at the end of 2010. We consider highly liquid investments such as bank time deposits with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

Net Cash Generated From Operating Activities

 

Net cash generated from operating activities decreased by $5.4 million, or 27%, to $14.4 million in 2012, compared to $19.8 million in 2011. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in average TCE rates due to the unfavorable average shipping rates achieved by the vessels in our fleet in 2012 compared to 2011.

 

Net cash generated from operating activities increased by $3.6 million, or 22%, to $19.8 million in 2011, compared to $16.2 million in 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in the number of operating days due to the increase in the size of our fleet.

 

Net Cash Used In Generated From Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.3 million during 2012, which was directly attributable to $0.3 million used on vessel improvements.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $61.8 million during 2011, which was attributable to net cash of $61.8 million used for the acquisition of the m/v Moon Globe and m/v Sun Globe .

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $72.7 million during 2010, which was attributable to net cash of $106.1 million used for the acquisition of the m/v Star Globe , m/v Sky Globe and m/v Jin Star and $33.0 million generated from the sale of the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe and $0.4 million interest received on our cash balances.

 

71
 

  

Net Cash (Used In) Generated From Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities during 2012 amounted to $11.7 million and consisted of $5.4 million of indebtedness that we repaid under our existing credit and loan facilities, $2.5 million of dividends paid on our common shares and $0.5 million paid on our Series A Preferred Shares and $3.2 million of interest paid.

 

Net cash generated from financing activities in 2011 amounted to $25.7 million and consisted of $37.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt drawn for the acquisition of the m/v Moon Globe and m/v Sun Globe and $20.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of share capital, net of transaction costs, reduced by $22.3 million of indebtedness that we repaid under our existing credit and loan facilities, $1.0 million of pledged cash, $5.1 million of dividends paid, $2.7 million of interest paid and $0.2 million of loan fees.

 

Net cash generated from financing activities in 2010 amounted to $27.0 million and consisted of $62.2 million of proceeds drawn for the acquisition of the m/v Star Globe , m/v Sky Globe and m/v Jin Star and $5.0 million of pledged cash, which was released by the bank reduced by $0.2 million of loan fees paid, $36.1 million of indebtedness that we repaid under our then-existing credit and loan facilities, $1.9 million of interest paid on our loans and $2.0 million of dividends paid in 2010.

 

Indebtedness

 

We operate in a capital intensive industry which requires significant amounts of investment, and we fund a portion of this investment through long-term bank debt.

 

As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we and our vessel-owning subsidiaries had outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement and the DVB Loan Agreement of an aggregate of $105.9 million, $111.4 million and $96.7 million, respectively.

 

Credit Facility

 

General

 

In November 2007, we entered into a $120.0 million secured reducing revolving Credit Facility with Credit Suisse AG, which we have supplemented from time to time. Our Credit Facility is available to us in connection with vessel acquisitions by our vessel-owning subsidiaries as well as for working capital purposes. Our Credit Facility had an original term of eight years and has a remaining term as of December 31, 2012, of approximately 2.9 years.

 

Our Credit Facility permits us to borrow funds up to the reducing facility limit which began at $120.0 million and which is reduced on “Reduction Dates” every six months (in May and November) according to the following agreed schedule: (1) by $10.0 million on each of the first to fourth Reduction Dates, inclusive, (2) by $4.5 million on each of the fifth to fifteenth Reduction Dates, inclusive, and (3) by $30.5 million on the sixteenth and final Reduction Date, which is November 2015. Consequently, on every Reduction Date that the outstanding balance exceeds the applicable reduced facility limit, we must pay a principal installment to the bank to ensure that the outstanding balance remains at or below the applicable facility limit.

 

We can voluntarily prepay principal installments to the bank without penalty at any time between Reduction Dates. Such voluntarily prepaid principal amounts become undrawn amounts under the Credit Facility and we can re-borrow such amounts, or parts thereof, subject to the reducing facility limit. Our Credit Facility has commitment fees of 0.25% per annum on any undrawn amounts under the facility, other than undrawn amounts relating to approximately $14.9 million, in which the commitment fee is 0.5%. Interest on outstanding balances is payable at 0.95% per annum over LIBOR, except when the aggregate security value of the mortgaged vessels is more than 200% of the outstanding balances, in which case the interest is 0.75% per annum over LIBOR.

 

Our ability to borrow amounts under our Credit Facility is subject to satisfaction of certain customary conditions precedent and compliance with terms and conditions included in our Credit Facility documentation. To the extent that the vessels in our fleet that secure our obligations under our Credit Facility are insufficient to satisfy minimum security requirements, we will be required to grant additional security or obtain a waiver or consent from the lender. 

 

72
 

  

Security

 

Our obligations under our Credit Facility are currently secured by a first preferred mortgage on four vessels (the m/v Tiara Globe , m/v River Globe , m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe ), and such other vessels that we may from time to time include with the approval of our lender. Our Credit Facility is also secured by a first priority assignment of any time charter or other contract of employment of any vessel that acts as security, a first priority account pledge over the operating account of the vessel-owning company and an assignment of the vessel’s insurances and earnings. We may grant additional security from time to time in the future. Each of the vessel-owning subsidiaries that owns a vessel pledged as security under our Credit Facility has guaranteed our obligations under the facility.

 

Covenants

 

Our Credit Facility contains financial and other covenants. During December 2012, we were in breach of certain covenants of our Credit Facility and therefore in December 2012 reached an agreement with Credit Suisse to amend our Credit Facility and waive certain covenants, which agreement was memorialized by a supplemental agreement in March 2013. The covenants as in effect and as amended for the period from December 28, 2012 to March 31, 2014 provide that:

 

Ø the aggregate charter free- market value of the mortgaged vessels at all times must equal or exceed 110% (instead of 133%) of the outstanding balance under the facility, minus the aggregate amount, if any, standing to the credit of our operating accounts or any bank accounts opened with the lender, which are subject to an encumbrance in favor of the lender and designated as a “security account” by the lender for purposes of the Credit Facility;

 

Ø Credit Suisse fully waives during the waiver period the requirement that the ratio of our consolidated market adjusted net worth to our total assets to exceed 35% at all times;

 

Ø Globus must maintain consolidated cash and cash equivalents, to be not less than the greater of (1) $5.0 million (instead of $10.0 million) and (2) the sum determined by the bank to be the aggregate of the total principal amount of all borrowed money and interest accruing thereon, payable by the Company and which falls due in the six-month period commencing on any relevant day;

 

Ø Globus will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common shares during the waiver period;

 

Ø during the waiver period, our Credit Facility will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.10%; and

 

Ø Mr. Feidakis maintains at least 35% of our total issued voting share capital; and

 

Our Credit Facility also contains general covenants that require us to comply with the ISPS Code, carry all required licenses and provide financial statements to the bank. In addition, our Credit Facility includes customary events of default, including those relating to a failure to pay principal or interest, a breach of covenant, representation and warranty, a cross-default to other indebtedness and non-compliance with security documents. We are permitted to pay dividends in respect of any of our financial quarters so long as we are not in default of our Credit Facility at the time of the declaration or payment of the dividends nor would a default occur as a result of the declaration or payment of such dividends.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we had a $52.0 million outstanding balance under our Credit Facility which was equal to our Credit Facility. We therefore had no committed amount available to be drawn. The next scheduled semi-annual installment amounting to $3.5 million is due in May 2013.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the covenants of our Credit Facility, as amended. 

 

73
 

  

DVB Loan Agreement

 

In June 2011, through our wholly owned subsidiaries, Artful Shipholding S.A. and Longevity Maritime Limited, we entered into the DVB Loan Agreement for an amount up to $40 million with DVB Bank SE and used funds borrowed thereunder to finance part of the purchase price for the m/v Moon Globe and m/v Sun Globe . We act as guarantor for this loan.

 

In June 2011, $19 million was drawn (Tranche A) for the purpose of partly financing the acquisition of the m/v Moon Globe . Tranche A is payable in 30 quarterly installments of $440,000 and a balloon payment of $5.8 million payable together with the 30 th and last installment payable in December 2018. As of December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal balance of Tranche A was $16.4 million. A quarterly installment of $440,000 was paid during March 2013, and the next quarterly installment is due in June 2013.

 

In September 2011, $18 million was drawn (Tranche B) for the purpose of partly financing the acquisition of the m/v Sun Globe . Tranche B is payable in 30 quarterly installments of $416,250 and a balloon payment of $5.5 million payable together with the 30 th and last installment payable in March 2019. As of December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal balance of Tranche B was $15.9 million. A quarterly installment of $416,250 was paid during March 2013 and the next quarterly installment is due in June 2013.

 

Security

 

The obligations under the DVB Loan Agreement is secured by a first priority mortgage on the m/v Sun Globe and the m/v Moon Globe , as well as assignment of the time charters and assignments of earnings, insurances and requisition compensation.

 

Covenants

 

The DVB Loan Agreement contains the following provisions:

 

  Ø interest on outstanding loan balances to be payable at LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum; and
     
  Ø any outstanding amount under the DVB Loan Agreement may be prepaid in a multiple of $500,000 with five days business prior written notice. A variable prepayment fee applies in case of refinancing of the DVB loan agreement by another lender within the first three years of a new loan, but is not applicable in case of the sale of a vessel or repayment of such facility by equity.

  

During December 2012, we were in breach of certain covenants of the DVB Loan Agreement and therefore in December 2012 reached an agreement with DVB Bank to amend the DVB Loan Agreement and waive certain covenants, which agreement was memorialized by a supplemental agreement in April 2013. The covenants as in effect and as amended for the period from December 31, 2012 to March 31, 2014 provide that:

 

Ø the aggregate charter free- market value of the mortgaged vessels must equal or exceed 107% (instead of 120%) of the outstanding balance under the DVB Loan Agreement less any cash held in DVB Bank’s account and pledged to DVB Bank up to $1.0 million;

 

Ø a quarterly cash sweep mechanism will be put into effect in April 2013 to be implemented on all vessels mortgaged under the DVB Loan Agreement on an individual vessel basis until the security value exceed 130% of the loan outstanding. Under this mechanism, all earnings of these vessels after operating expenses, drydocking provision, general and administrative expenses and debt service, if any, are to be used as applied towards the balloon payment of the relevant tranche;

 

Ø Globus must maintain a minimum market adjusted net worth of more than $20.0 million (instead of $50.0 million) and a minimum liquidity of $5.0 million (instead of the lesser of $10.0 million and $1.0 million per vessel owned by us);

 

74
 

 

Ø the ratio of our market adjusted net worth to our total assets must be greater than 15% (instead of 35%);

 

Ø Globus is not permitted to pay dividends on its common shares during the period of the amendment, and is prohibited from paying dividends to the holders of preferred shares in an amount that will exceed $500,000 per fiscal year;

 

Ø the vessel-owning subsidiaries that own a vessel pledged as security under the DVB Loan Agreement will each maintain a minimum liquidity of $500,000;

 

Ø Mr. Feidakis and Mr. Karageorgiou maintain at least 35% of our total voting share capital; and

 

Ø we maintain our listing on a major stock exchange in the United States, Europe or Asia

 

The DVB Loan Agreement initially contained a covenant that Mr. Feidakis remain a member of our board of directors and Mr. Karageorgiou remain our chief executive officer. This covenant was waived by DVB Bank in November 2011.

 

The amendments to the DVB Loan Agreement were subject to $1.0 million prepayment, which was paid in April 2013, which is classified as current liability in our consolidated statement of financial position, as upon the execution of the supplemental agreement to be applied equally to the balloons of the two tranches of the DVB Loan Agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2012, Globus was in compliance with the loan covenants of the DVB Loan agreement, as amended.

 

Kelty Loan Agreement

 

In June 2010, through our wholly owned subsidiary, Kelty Marine Ltd., we entered into the $26.7 million Kelty Loan Agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft (now Commerzbank) and used funds borrowed thereunder to finance part of the purchase price for the m/v Jin Star . We act as guarantor for this loan.

 

The Kelty Loan Agreement has a term of seven years and is payable in 28 equal quarterly installments of $500,000 starting in September 2010, as well as a balloon payment of $12.65 million payable together with the 28th and final installment payable in June 2017. Interest on outstanding balances under the Kelty Loan Agreement is payable at LIBOR plus a variable margin. The applicable margin is determined on the basis of the “loan to value ratio,” which is a fraction where the numerator is the principal amount outstanding under the Kelty Loan Agreement and the denominator is the charter free market value of the m/v Jin Star and any amount of free liquidity maintained with Commerzbank. Set forth below is the margin that will apply to the loan, depending on the applicable loan to value ratio in any given application period:

 

Loan to Value Ratio   Margin  
         
Less than 45%     2.25 %
         
Equal or greater than 45% and less than or equal to 60%     2.40 %
         
Greater than 60% and less than or equal to 70%     2.50 %
         
Greater than 70%     2.75 %

 

Kelty Marine can prepay the loan in a minimum amount of $1 million and multiples thereof, up to $2 million per year without any penalty. The Kelty Loan Agreement had a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on the amount of the undrawn balance of the agreement through September 30, 2010, and had a 0.75% flat management fee on the loan amount. As of December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal balance was $21.7 million. A quarterly installment of $500,000 was paid during March 2013 and the next quarterly installment is due in June 2013.

 

75
 

 

Security

 

The loan is secured by a first preferred mortgage on the m/v Jin Star , assignment of insurances, earnings and requisition compensation on the vessel and assignment of the bareboat charter.

 

Covenants

 

The Kelty Loan Agreement contains financial and other covenants requiring Kelty Marine to, among other things, ensure that:

 

Ø Kelty Marine does not undergo a change of control;

 

Ø Kelty Marine and/or the Company maintain at least $1 million in minimum liquidity with Commerzbank;

 

Ø the ratio of our shareholders’ equity to total assets is not less than 25%;

 

Ø we must have a minimum equity of $50 million;

 

Ø the market value of the m/v Jin Star and any additional security provided, including the minimum liquidity with Commerzbank, is or exceeds 130% of the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under the Kelty Loan Agreement; and

 

Ø Mr. Feidakis and Mr. Karageorgiou, our founders, maintain in the aggregate at least 37% of the shareholding in us.

  

The Kelty Loan Agreement permits us to declare and pay dividends without prior written permission of the lender so long as there is no event of default under such agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we were not in compliance with the security value requirement that requires the market value of the m/v Jin Star and any additional security provided, including the minimum liquidity with the lender, to be equal or greater than 130% of the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under the Kelty Loan Agreement. In such circumstances, upon request from our lender, we would have been required to either provide the lender acceptable additional security with a net realizable value at least equal to the shortfall, or prepay an amount that will eliminate the shortfall, which as of December 31, 2012 amounted to $5.8 million. In April 2013, the Company reached an agreement with Commerzbank to prepay $3.0 million together with the next scheduled installment due on June 28, 2013 for the Company to be fully compliant with the provisions of the Kelty Loan Agreement.

 

All our loan arrangements contain a cross-default provision that provide that if we are in default under any of our loan arrangements, the lender of another loan arrangement can declare a default under its other loan arrangement, which could result in our default of all of our loan arrangements. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in our loan arrangements, the refusal of any lender to grant or extend a waiver could result in most of our indebtedness being accelerated, notwithstanding that other lenders have waived covenant defaults under their respective loan arrangements.

 

The relevant shortfall as of December 31, 2012 of $5.8 million was classified as current liability in our consolidated statement of financial position. We classified as current liability the amount that we would have been required to pay as of December 31, 2012 to satisfy the security value requirement, in the event Commerzbank requested such additional security in the form of a cash payment.

 

76
 

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we were not in breach of any provisions of our Credit Facility, the Kelty Loan Agreement or the DVB Loan Agreement.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The major trading currency of our business is the U.S. dollar. Movements in the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies can potentially impact our operating and administrative expenses and therefore our operating results.

 

In November 2008, in an effort to mitigate the exposure to interest rate movements, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements for a notional amount of $25 million in total, which remain in place on the date of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

We believe that we have a low risk approach to treasury management. Cash balances are invested in term deposit accounts, with their maturity dates projected to coincide with our liquidity requirements. Credit risk is diluted by placing cash on deposit with a variety of institutions in Europe, including a small number of banks in Greece, which are selected based on their credit ratings. We have policies to limit the amount of credit exposure to any particular financial institution.

 

As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we did not use and have not used any financial instruments designated in our financial statements as those with hedging purposes.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with our vessel acquisitions or vessel improvements. We have no agreements to purchase any additional vessels, but may do so in the future. We expect that any purchases of vessels will be paid for with cash from operations, with funds from new credit facilities from banks with whom we currently transact business, with loans from banks with whom we do not have a banking relationship but will provide us funds at terms acceptable to us, with funds from equity or debt issuances or any combination thereof.

 

We incur additional capital expenditures when our vessels undergo surveys. This process of recertification may require us to reposition these vessels from a discharge port to shipyard facilities, which will reduce our operating days during the period. The loss of earnings associated with the decrease in operating days, together with the capital needs for repairs and upgrades, is expected to result in increased cash flow needs. We expect to fund these expenditures with cash on hand.

 

C.  Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

We incur, from time to time, expenditures relating to inspections for acquiring new vessels that meet our standards. Such expenditures are insignificant and they are expensed as they incur.

 

77
 

 

D.  Trend Information

 

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire and spot market rates that we are able to realize. Charter hire and spot market rates paid for dry bulk vessels are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand. To the extent that either supply or demand is significantly affected, we believe this would cause rates to fluctuate.

 

While global trade is likely to continue to grow, we expect the overcapacity in the shipping market to continue to exert considerable pressure on charter rates, negating any upward trends possibly arising from any favorable price and volume developments in the underlying markets. There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates will remain at their currently low levels or whether they will improve or deteriorate and, if so, when and to what degree. Charter rates may remain at depressed levels for some time, which will adversely affect our revenue and profitability. As a result of the volatility and rate decline witnessed in the charter markets, the continued lack of availability of credit to finance vessel acquisitions and an overwhelming orderbook delivery rate during 2012 and 2011, vessel values are expected to remain under severe pressure.

 

E.  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

F.  Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and their maturity dates as of December 31, 2012:

 

    Within
One Year
    One to Three
Years
    Three to
Five Years
    More than
Five years
    Total  
    (in thousands of U.S. Dollars)  
Long term debt   $ 20,190       54,850       16,735       14,154       105,929  
Interest on long term debt (1)     3,349       3,480       1,641       404       8,874  
Operating lease obligations(2)     247       425       -       -       672  

 

(1) Includes swap settlements.

 

(2) We rent our office space from Cyberonica S.A. for an amount of €14,578 per month, which we expect will increase at a rate of 2.5% per year. We assume an average Euro:U.S. dollar exchange rate of 1.0:1.4.

 

G.  Safe Harbor

 

See the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 6.  Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

A. Directors, Senior Management and Officers

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our officers and directors. Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms, other than any members of our board of directors that may serve at the option of the holders of preferred shares, if any are issued with relevant appointment powers. The term of our Class I directors expires at our annual general meeting of shareholders in 2014, the term of our Class II directors expires at our annual general meeting of shareholders in 2015 and the term of our Class III directors expires at our annual general meeting of shareholders in 2013. Officers are appointed from time to time by our board of directors and hold office until a successor is appointed or their employment is terminated. The business address of each of the directors and officers is c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp., 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece.

 

78
 

 

Name   Position   Age
Georgios Feidakis   Chairman of the Board of Directors   62
Georgios Karageorgiou   Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer   48
Amir Eilon   Director   64
Jeffrey O. Parry   Director   53
Olga Lambrianidou   Secretary   57

 

Georgios (“George”) Feidakis , a Class III director, is our founder and principal shareholder and has served as chairman of the board of directors since inception. Mr. Feidakis is also the major shareholder and Chairman of F.G. Europe S.A., a company Mr. Feidakis has been involved with since 1994 and that has been listed on the Athens Stock Exchange since 1968, and acts as a director and executive for several of its subsidiaries. FG Europe is active in four lines of business and distributes well known brands in Greece, the Balkans, Turkey and Italy. FG Europe is in the air-conditioning and white/brown electric goods market in Greece and is active in power generation and mobile telephony. Mr. Feidakis is also the director and chief executive officer of R.F. Energy S.A., a company that plans, develops and controls the operation of energy projects, and acts as a director and executive for several of its subsidiaries.

 

Georgios (“George”) Karageorgiou , a Class I director, has served as our chief executive officer since our inception and was appointed our president in 2011 and in January 2013, immediately after the resignation of Mr. Elias Deftereos, our Chief Financial Officer. From 1992 to March 2004, Mr. Karageorgiou worked as a director and corporate secretary for Stelmar Shipping Limited, a shipping company listed on the New York Stock Exchange between 2001 and 2004. Mr. Karageorgiou worked as a projects engineer for Kassos Maritime Enterprises from 1990 to 1992. Mr. Karageorgiou was also a director of easyGroup Ltd, easyJet Holdings Ltd, easyInternetCafe Ltd, easyCruise Ltd, Stelinvest Corp. and a number of other easyGroup subsidiaries from 1995 through March 2005. Mr. Karageorgiou holds a B.E. in Mechanical Engineering and an M.E. in Ocean Engineering from Stevens Institute of Technology and an M.Sc. in Shipping Trade and Finance from City University Business School.

 

Amir Eilon , a Class III director, has served as our director since June 2007. Mr. Eilon has been a director of Eilon & Associates Limited since February 1999, which provides general corporate advice. Mr. Eilon was previously a non-executive chairman of Spring plc, listed on the London Stock Exchange, from mid-2004 to August 2009 and a director of Flamingo Holdings, a venture capital backed private company, from March 2007 to April 2009. Mr. Eilon was the managing director of Credit Suisse First Boston Private Equity from 1998 to 1999, the managing director of BZW from 1990 to 1998, where he was head of global capital markets, and the managing director of Morgan Stanley, London from 1985 to 1990, where he was responsible for international equity capital markets.

 

Jeffrey O. Parry , a Class II director, has served as our director since July 2010. Mr. Parry is currently the president of Mystic Marine Advisors LLC, a Connecticut-based advisory firm specializing in turnaround and emerging shipping companies, and has been affiliated with such company since August 1998. From July 2008 to October 2009, he was president and chief executive officer of Nasdaq-listed Aries Maritime Transport Limited (now named NewLead Holdings Ltd.). Mr. Parry has also served as the managing director of A.G. Pappadakis & Co. Ltd, an Athens-based shipowner from March 2007 to July 2008, and managing director of Poten Capital Services LLC, a U.S. broker/dealer firm specializing in shipping from February 2003 to March 2007. Mr. Parry holds a B.A. from Brown University and an MBA from Columbia University. Mr. Parry started his career as a stevedore on the New York waterfront. Mr. Parry is a director of TBS Shipping Limited since April 2012, and acted as its interim chief executive officer from October 2012 to December 2012.

 

79
 

 

Olga Lambrianidou , our secretary, has been a corporate consultant to the Company since November 2010, and was appointed as secretary to the Company in December 2012. Prior to joining us, Ms. Lambrianidou was the Corporate Secretary and Investor Relations Officer of NewLeads Holdings Ltd., formerly known as Aries Maritime Limited from 2008 to 2010, and of DryShips Inc., a drybulk publicly trading shipping company from 2006 to 2008. Ms. Lambrianidou was Corporate Secretary, Investor Relations Officer and Human Resources Manager with OSG Ship Management (GR) Ltd., formerly known as Stelmar Shipping Ltd. from 2000 to 2006. Prior to 2000, Ms. Lambrianidou worked in the banking and insurance fields in the United States. She holds a BBA Degree in Marketing/English Literature from Pace University and an MBA Degree in Banking/Finance from the Lubin School of Business of Pace University in New York.

 

There are no family relationships between any of our directors or senior management. There are no arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any person referred to above was selected as a director or member of senior management.

 

B.  Compensation

 

The aggregate compensation other than share based compensation paid to members of our senior management in 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $0.2 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million respectively. In addition, our senior management received an aggregate of 72,410 common shares and 3,347 Series A Preferred Shares in 2012; 33,563 common shares in 2011; and 29,521 common shares in 2010. The aggregate compensation other than share based compensation paid to our non-employee directors in 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $145,000, $145,000 and $124,000 respectively, plus reimbursements for actual expenses incurred while acting in their capacity as a director. In addition, in 2012, 2010 and 2011, non-employee directors received an aggregate of 15,780 common shares, 7,800 common shares and 2,822 common shares, respectively.

 

Our Greek employees are bound by Greek labor law, which provides certain payments to these employees upon their dismissal or retirement. We have accrued as of December 31, 2012 a non-current liability of $77,000 for such payments.

 

We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors.

 

C.  Board Practices

 

Our board of directors and executive officers will oversee and supervise our operations.

 

Each director holds office until his successor is elected or appointed, unless his office is earlier vacated in accordance with the articles of incorporation or with the provisions of the BCA. In addition to cash compensation, we pay each of Mr. Eilon and Mr. Parry $20,000 in our shares annually. The members of our senior management are appointed to serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors and committees of our board of directors schedule regular meetings over the course of the year. Under the Nasdaq rules, we believe that Mr. Eilon and Mr. Parry are independent.

 

We have an Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee and a Nomination Committee.

 

The Audit Committee is comprised of Amir Eilon and Jeffrey O. Parry. It is responsible for ensuring that our financial performance is properly reported on and monitored, for reviewing internal control systems and the auditors’ reports relating to our accounts and for reviewing and approving all related party transactions. Our board of directors has determined that Amir Eilon is our audit committee financial expert. Each Audit Committee member has experience in reading and understanding financial statements, including statements of financial position, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows.

 

The Remuneration Committee is comprised of George Feidakis, Amir Eilon and Jeffrey O. Parry. It is responsible for determining, subject to approval from our board of directors, the remuneration guidelines to apply to our executive officers, secretary and other members of the executive management as our board of directors designates the Remuneration Committee to consider. It is also responsible for determining the total individual remuneration packages of each director including, where appropriate, bonuses, incentive payments and share options. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for declaring dividends on our Series A Preferred Shares, if any. The Remuneration Committee will also liaise with the Nomination Committee to ensure that the remuneration of newly appointed executives falls within our overall remuneration policies.

 

80
 

 

The Nomination Committee is comprised of George Feidakis, Amir Eilon and Jeffrey O. Parry. It is responsible for reviewing the structure, size and composition of our board of directors and identifying and nominating candidates to fill board positions as necessary.

 

D.  Employees

 

As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately thirteen full-time employees and four consultants, all of whom were hired through our Manager. All of these employees are located in Greece and are engaged in the service and management of our fleet. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, although certain crew members are parties to collective bargaining agreements. We do not employ a significant number of temporary employees.

 

E.  Share Ownership

 

With respect to the total number of common shares owned by all of our officers and directors, individually and as a group, please read “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.”

 

Incentives program

 

We allocate a portion of annual compensation to awards of our common shares, or awards, under our long term incentive program, because we believe that equity awards are important to align our employees’ interests with those of our shareholders. Our long term incentive program is administered by our Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee generally measures our performance in terms of total shareholder return, which is calculated based on changes in our share price and our dividends paid over a calendar year, which we refer to as TSR.

 

Our board of directors believes that these awards will keep our employees focused on our growth, as well as dividend growth and its impact on our share price, over an extended time period. In addition, our board of directors believes a gradual vesting schedule of awards will help us retain both our executive officers and key employees.

 

2012 Grants

 

Our board of directors determined in February 2012 to grant two conditional equity settled awards to our then two executive officers.

 

A conditional equity settled award of 51,729 and 19,214 common shares of Globus was granted to our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, respectively, subject to the award holders continuing their employment until December 31, 2013. 100% of the shares granted will vest at December 31, 2013 if the average TSR from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2013 is equal to or greater than 10%, and the number of shares vesting will be prorated if TSR is calculated to be less than 10%. In addition, 100% of the shares granted will vest if our average net income from January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013 is 10 times the value of the shares granted (valued at a price of $9.06 per share) and prorated for average net income achieved below the target amount.

 

A conditional equity settled award of 137,029 common shares and 50,896 common shares of Globus was granted to our chief executive officer and chief financial officer respectively, subject to the award holders continuing their employment until December 31, 2014. 100% of shares granted will vest at December 31, 2014 if the average TSR from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2014 is equal to or greater than 10%, and the number of shares vesting will be prorated if TSR is calculated to be less than 10%. In addition, 100% of the shares granted will vest if our average net income from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014 is 10 times the value of the shares granted (valued at a price of $3.31 per share) and prorated for average net income achieved below the target amount.

 

81
 

 

2011 and 2010 Grants

 

No awards were granted during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

2009 Grants

 

On December 10, 2009, we granted to our two executive officers and a number of managers and staff of our Manager a conditional award of 575,199 shares, which following our four-for-one reverse split of our common shares, became an effective award of 143,799, with a conditional right for the shares to be allotted and delivered to them in the future at no cost, subject to the employees continuing service. These shares were to vest on a daily basis over the next three years, and one third of these shares were to be allotted and delivered to them at nil cost on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. If a cash dividend was paid during the vesting period, additional shares were granted and calculated in accordance with the terms of our long term incentive plan. Due to the cash dividends declared and paid during the three year vesting period from December 10, 2009 to December 10, 2012, an additional 14,118 common shares of the Company were added to the initially granted shares and 4,973 common shares were forfeitured. On December 10, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the first, second and third anniversary of the award, 47,823, 52,989 and 52,132 common shares, respectively, were issued and delivered to the relevant award holders.

 

There are no other outstanding awards.

 

Item 7.  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

A.  Major Shareholders

 

The following table sets forth information concerning ownership of our common shares as of April 29, 2013 by persons who beneficially own more than 5.0% of our outstanding common shares, each person who is a director of our company, each executive officer named in this annual report on Form 20-F and all directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

The numbers of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership are based on approximately 10,212,645 common shares outstanding on April 29, 2013. All common shares owned by the shareholders listed in the table below have the same voting rights as the other of our outstanding common shares.

 

The address for those individuals for which an address is not otherwise indicated is: c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp., 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece.

 

82
 

 

Name and address of beneficial owner   Number of common
shares beneficially
owned as of April 29, 2013
    Percentage of common
shares beneficially owned as
of April 29, 2013
 
George Feidakis (1)     5,204,475       51.0 %
George Karageorgiou     354,184       3.5 %
Amir Eilon     25,755       *  
Jeffrey O. Parry     14,826       *  
                 
All executive officers and directors as a group (four persons)     5,599,240       54.8 %

 

*Less than 1.0% of the outstanding shares.

(1) Mr. George Feidakis beneficially owns 4,724,475 of his common shares through Firment Trading Limited, a Cypriot company, for which he exercises sole voting and investment power through two companies that hold Firment Trading’s shares in trust for Mr. Feidakis. Mr. Feidakis beneficially owns 480,000 common shares through F.G. Europre S.A., a Greek company of which Mr. Feidakis is the majority shareholder. Mr. Feidakis and Firment Trading Limited disclaim beneficial ownership over such common shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests in such shares.

 

To the best of our knowledge, except as disclosed in the table above, we are not owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by another corporation or by any foreign government. To the best of our knowledge, there are no agreements in place that could result in a change of control of us.

 

In the normal course of business, there have been institutional investors that buy and sell our shares. It is possible that significant changes in the percentage ownership of these investors will occur.

 

B.  Related Party Transactions

 

Consulting Agreements

 

In addition to employment agreements, we had entered into separate consulting agreements with companies wholly owned by each of our executive officers for them to assist and advise our executive officers in respect of their respective duties performed outside of Greece. We terminated these consulting agreements in December 2011.

 

Lease

 

During the 2012, 2011 and 2010 fiscal years, we paid $226,000, $243,000 and $232,000, respectively, to Cyberonica S.A., a company owned by Mr. Feidakis, for the rental of 350 square meters of office space for our operations.

 

Business Opportunities Agreement

 

In November 2010, Mr. Feidakis entered into a business opportunities arrangement with us. Under this agreement, Mr. Feidakis is required to disclose to us any business opportunities relating to dry bulk shipping that may arise during his service to us as a member of our board of directors that could reasonably be expected to be a business opportunity that we may pursue. Mr. Feidakis agreed to disclose all such opportunities, and the material facts attendant thereto, to our board of directors for our consideration and if our board of directors fails to adopt a resolution regarding an opportunity within seven business days of disclosure, we will be deemed to have declined to pursue the opportunity, in which event Mr. Feidakis will be free to pursue it. Mr. Feidakis is also prohibited for six months after the termination of the agreement to solicit any of our or our subsidiaries’ senior employees or officers. Mr. Feidakis’ obligations under the business opportunities agreement will also terminate when he no longer beneficially owns our shares representing at least 30% of the combined voting power of all our outstanding shares or any other equity, or no longer serves as our director. Mr. Feidakis remains free to conduct his other businesses that are not related to dry bulk shipping.

 

83
 

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In November 2010, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Firment Trading Limited and Kim Holdings S.A., pursuant to which we granted to them and their affiliates (including Mr. George Feidakis and Mr. George Karageorgiou) and certain of their transferees, the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions to require us to register under the Securities Act our common shares held by them. Under the registration rights agreement, these persons have the right to request us to register the sale of shares held by them on their behalf and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. In addition, these persons have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings requested by shareholders or initiated by us.

 

Employment of Relative of Mr. Feidakis

 

In October 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with the son of our chairman of the board of directors and largest beneficial shareholder, Mr. Feidakis, to act in a non-managerial position.

 

C.  Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 8.  Financial Information

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

See Item 18.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We have not been involved in any other legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any other proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

Our Dividend Policy and Restrictions on Dividends

 

Our dividend policy is to pay to holders of our shares a variable quarterly dividend in excess of 50% of the net income of the previous quarter subject to any reserves our board of directors may from time to time determine are required. We believe this policy maintains an appropriate level of dividend cover taking into account the likely effects of the shipping cycle and the need to retain cash to reinvest in vessel acquisitions.

 

In calculating our dividend to holders of our shares, we exclude any gain on the sale of vessels and any unrealized gains or losses on derivatives. Our board of directors, in its discretion, can determine in the future whether any capital surpluses arising from vessel sales are included in the calculation of a dividend. Dividends will be paid in U.S. dollars equally on a per-share basis between our common shares and our Class B shares, to the extent any are issued and outstanding.

 

Our Remuneration Committee will also determine by unanimous resolution, in its sole discretion, when and to the extent dividends are paid to the holders of our Series A Preferred Shares.

 

84
 

 

We are a holding company, with no material assets other than the shares of our subsidiaries. Therefore, our ability to pay dividends depends on the earnings and cash flow of those subsidiaries and their ability to pay dividends to us. Additionally, the declaration and payment of any dividend is subject at all times to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition and anticipated cash requirements and availability, additional acquisitions of vessels, restrictions in our debt arrangements, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of distributions to shareholders, required capital and drydocking expenditures, reserves established by our board of directors, increased or unanticipated expenses, a change in our dividend policy, additional borrowings, future issuances of securities or as a result of losses in connection with actions of the former charterer of the m/v Star Globe for which we are currently in arbitration proceedings to recover and other factors, many of which will be beyond our control.

 

Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received from the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such dividend.

 

We historically paid dividends to our shareholders in amounts ranging from $0.03 per share to $0.50 per share. Historical dividend payments should not provide any promise or indication of future dividend payments.

Dividends declared and paid during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

Dividends declared and paid on common shares during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

2012   $ per share     $000’s     Date declared   Date Paid
Quarterly dividend     0.16       1,622     February 28, 2012   March 22, 2012
                         
Quarterly dividend     0.085       862     May 8, 2012   May 31, 2012
                         
              2,484          

 

Dividends declared and paid on Series A Preferred shares during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

2012   $ per share     $000’s     Date declared   Date Paid
1st Preferred dividend     80.00       268     May 8, 2012   May 8, 2012
                         
2nd Preferred dividend     37.50       125     September 5, 2012   September 5, 2012
                         
3rd Preferred dividend     39.75       133     December 4, 2012   December 4, 2012
                         
              526          

 

Dividends declared and paid on common shares during the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

2011   $ per share     $000’s     Date declared   Date Paid
Quarterly dividend     0.16       1,166     February 24, 2011   March 17, 2011
                         
Quarterly dividend     0.16       1,166     May 5, 2011   May 31, 2011
                         
Quarterly dividend     0.16       1,166     June 4, 2011   July 28, 2011
                         
Quarterly dividend     0.16       1,608     October 20, 2011   November 9, 2011
                         
              5,106          

 

85
 

 

Currently, we are prohibited from paying dividends to our common shareholders under our amended loan arrangements. Please see the section of this annual report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”

 

B.  Significant Changes

 

There have been no significant changes since the date of the annual consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 9.  The Offer and Listing

 

Our common shares began trading in the United Kingdom on the London Stock Exchange through the AIM on June 6, 2007 under the stock symbol “GLBS.L.” All such trades were conducted with pounds sterling. Our common shares were suspended from trading on the AIM as of November 24, 2010 and were delisted from the AIM on November 26, 2010.

 

On November 24, 2010, we redomiciled into the Marshall Islands pursuant to the BCA and a resale registration statement for our common shares was declared effective by the SEC. Once the resale registration statement was declared effective by the SEC, our common shares began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker “GLBS.”

 

The following table lists the high and low sales prices on the AIM and the Nasdaq Global Market, as applicable, for our common shares for the last six months; the last nine fiscal quarters; and the last five fiscal years (since we began trading on the AIM).

 

On July 29, 2010, we effected a four-for-one reverse split of our common shares. Prices indicated below with respect to our common share price include inter-dealer prices, without retail mark up, mark down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. All prices are quoted in U.S. dollars, using a using an exchange rate of U.K. pounds sterling:U.S. dollar of 1.0:1.6. 

 

86
 

 

Period Ended   High     Low  
             
Monthly                
March 2013   $ 2.49     $ 1.81  
February 2013   $ 2.13     $ 1.80  
January 2013   $ 2.51     $ 1.70  
December 2012   $ 1.86     $ 1.48  
November 2012   $ 2.54     $ 1.75  
October 2012   $ 2.50     $ 2.18  
                 
Quarterly                
First Quarter 2013   $ 2.51     $ 1.70  
Fourth Quarter 2012   $ 2.54     $ 1.48  
Third Quarter 2012   $ 3.19     $ 2.15  
Second Quarter 2012   $ 5.29     $ 2.81  
First Quarter 2012   $ 5.77     $ 3.90  
Fourth Quarter 2011   $ 5.20     $ 2.50  
Third Quarter 2011   $ 7.95     $ 4.58  
Second Quarter 2011   $ 10.92     $ 6.84  
First Quarter 2011   $ 10.50     $ 7.80  
                 
Yearly                
2012   $ 5.77     $ 1.48  
2011   $ 10.92     $ 2.50  
2010   $ 13.59     $ 6.05  
2009   $ 6.98     $ 2.82  
2008   $ 35.52     $ 4.16  

 

Item 10.  Additional Information

 

A. Share Capital

 

Not Applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

Purpose

 

Our objects and purposes, as provided in Section 1.3 of our articles of incorporation, are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA.

 

Common Shares and Class B Shares

 

Generally, Marshall Islands law provides that the holders of a class of stock of a Marshall Islands corporation are entitled to a separate class vote on any proposed amendment to the relevant articles of incorporation that would change the aggregate number of authorized shares or the par value of that class of shares or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of that class so as to affect it adversely. Except as described below, holders of our common shares and Class B shares will have equivalent economic rights, but holders of our common shares will be entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B shares will be entitled to 20 votes per share. Each holder of Class B shares (not including the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries) may convert, at its option, any or all of the Class B shares held by such holder into an equal number of common shares.

 

87
 

 

Except as otherwise provided by the BCA, holders of our common shares and Class B shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors.

 

The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares that have been issued and which we may issue in the future.

 

Holders of our common shares do not have conversion, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities.

 

There is no limitation on the right to own securities or the rights of non-resident shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our securities under Marshall Islands law or our articles of incorporation or bylaws.

 

Preferred Shares

 

Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish and issue up to 100 million preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the rights and preferences of that series, including:

 

  Ø the designation of the series;

 

  Ø the number of preferred shares in the series;

 

  Ø the preferences and relative participating option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

 

  Ø the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series (subject to terms set forth below with regard to the policy of our board of directors regarding preferred shares).

 

Our board of directors may issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of us or the removal of management. We intend to issue one preferred share to Mr. Feidakis or his affiliate that will provide the holder with the ability to appoint any one person to be a director, who may also be the chairman of our board of directors, for so long as such holder and his or its affiliates also hold in the aggregate at least 30% of the voting power of our shares. Such preferred share will have no voting or dividend rights.

 

We issued in April 2012 an aggregate of 3,347 Series A Preferred Shares to our two executive officers, and 2,567 Series A Preferred Shares remain outstanding. The holders of our Series A Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive, if funds are legally available, dividends payable in cash in an amount per share to be determined by unanimous resolution of our Remuneration Committee, in its sole discretion. Our board of directors or Remuneration Committee will determine whether funds are legally available under the BCA for such dividend. Any accrued but unpaid dividends will not bear interest. Except as may be provided in the BCA, holders of our Series A Preferred Shares do not have any voting rights. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our Series A Preferred Shares will be entitled to a preference in the amount of the declared and unpaid dividends, if any, as of the date of liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Our Series A Preferred Shares are not convertible into any of our other capital stock.

 

The Series A Preferred Shares are redeemable at the written request of the Remuneration Committee, at par value plus all declared and unpaid dividends as of the date of redemption plus any additional consideration determined by a unanimous resolution of the Remuneration Committee. We redeemed and cancelled 780 Series A Preferred Shares in January 2013.

 

88
 

 

Liquidation

 

In the event of our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment in full of the amounts, if any, required to be paid to our creditors and the holders of preferred shares, our remaining assets and funds shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of our common shares and Class B shares, and the holders of common shares and the holders of Class B shares shall be entitled to receive the same amount per share in respect thereof.

 

Dividends

 

Declaration and payment of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of dividend payments to holders of our shares will depend on a series of factors and risks described under “Item 3.D.  Risk Factors,” and includes risks relating to earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, restrictions in our current and future loan arrangements, the provisions of the Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends and other factors. The BCA generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from paid-in capital in excess of par value and our earnings or while we are insolvent or if we would be rendered insolvent upon paying the dividend.

 

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common shares and Class B shares will be entitled to share equally in any dividends that our board of directors may declare from time to time out of funds legally available for dividends.

 

Conversion

 

Our common shares will not be convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each of our Class B shares will be convertible at any time at the election of the holder thereof into one of our common shares. All conversions will be effected on a one-for-one basis. We will not reissue or resell any Class B shares that shall have been converted into common shares.

 

Directors

 

Our directors will be elected by the vote of the plurality of the votes cast by holders with voting power of our voting shares. Our articles of incorporation provide that our board of directors must consist of at least three members. Shareholders may change the number of directors only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock (subject to the rights of any holders of preferred shares). The board of directors may change the number of directors only by a majority vote of the entire board of directors. We intend to issue one preferred share to Mr. Feidakis or his affiliate that will provide the holder with the ability to appoint any one person to be a director, who may also be the chairman of our board of directors, for so long as such holder and his or its affiliates also hold in the aggregate at least 30% of the voting power of our shares. Such preferred share will have no voting or dividend rights.

 

No contract or transaction between us and one or more of our directors or officers will be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of our board of directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if (1) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to our board of directors or the committee and the board of directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the board of directors, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors; or (2) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders.

 

Our board of directors has the authority to fix the compensation of directors for their services.

 

89
 

 

Classified Board of Directors

 

Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year.

 

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

 

Our articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of 66-2/3% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Our bylaws require parties to provide advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors other than the board of directors and shareholders holding 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

No Cumulative Voting

 

The BCA provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our articles of incorporation provide otherwise. Our articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting.

 

Shareholder Meetings

 

Under our bylaws, annual shareholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called by the chairman of our board of directors, by resolution of our board of directors or by holders of 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting. Our board of directors may set a record date between 15 and 60 days before the date of any meeting to determine the shareholders that will be eligible to receive notice and vote at the meeting.

 

Dissenters’ Right of Appraisal and Payment

 

Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which our shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange to fix the value of the shares.

 

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

 

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

 

Amendment to our Articles of Incorporation

 

Except as otherwise provided by law, any provision in our articles of incorporation requiring a vote of shareholders may only be amended by such a vote. Further, certain sections may only be amended by affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the voting shares.

 

90
 

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a takeover attempt or hostile change of control that a shareholder may consider in its best interest, including those attempts that may result in a premium over the market price for our common shares held by shareholders.

 

Two Classes of Shares

 

Our Class B shares will have 20 votes per share, while our common shares, which is the only class of shares listed on an established U.S. securities exchange, will have one vote per share. Because of this share structure, any issuance of Class B shares may cause such holders to be able to significantly influence matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even if such holders and their affiliates come to own significantly less than 50% of the aggregate number of outstanding common shares and Class B shares. This control over shareholder voting could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other shareholders may view as beneficial and which would require shareholder approval.

 

Blank Check Preferred Shares

 

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 100 million shares of blank check preferred shares. As of April 2012, we had outstanding 3,347 Series A Preferred Shares issued to our executive officers. We currently have outstanding 2,567 Series A Preferred Shares. Except as may be provided in the BCA, holders of our Series A Preferred Shares do not have any voting rights.

 

Classified Board of Directors

 

Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board of directors provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board of directors for two years.

 

No Cumulative Voting

 

The BCA provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our articles of incorporation provide otherwise. Our articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting.

 

Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders

 

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, by resolution of our board of directors or by holders of 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

 

Our bylaws provide that, with a few exceptions, shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

 

Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 150 days nor more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

 

91
 

 

Business Combinations

 

Although the BCA does not contain specific provisions regarding “business combinations” between companies organized under or redomiciled pursuant to the laws of the Marshall Islands and “interested shareholders,” these provisions are contained in our articles of incorporation. Specifically, our articles of incorporation contain provisions that prohibit us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years following the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, unless, in addition to any other approval that may be required by applicable law:

 

  Ø prior to the date of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

 

  Ø upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85.0% of our voting shares outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by (1) persons who are directors and officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ø at or after the date of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder.

 

Among other transactions, a “business combination” includes any merger or consolidation of us or any directly or indirectly majority-owned subsidiary of ours with (1) the interested shareholder or any of its affiliates or (2) with any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested shareholder. Generally, an “interested shareholder” is any person or entity (other than us and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours) that:

 

  Ø owns 15.0% or more of our outstanding voting shares;

 

  Ø is an affiliate or associate of ours and was the owner of 15.0% or more of our outstanding voting shares at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested shareholder; or

 

  Ø is an affiliate or associate of any person listed in the first two bullets, except that any person who owns 15.0% or more of our outstanding voting shares, as a result of action taken solely by us will not be an interested shareholder unless such person acquires additional voting shares, except as a result of further action by us and not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person.

 

Additionally, the restrictions regarding business combinations do not apply to persons that became interested shareholders prior to the effectiveness of our articles of incorporation.

 

92
 

 

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our articles of incorporation include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law and provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses to our directors and officers and expect to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors and officers for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and the directors’ and officers’ insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, may otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, an investor in our common shares may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

There is no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

 

C.  Material Contracts

 

We refer you to “Item 7.B. Related Party Transactions” for a discussion of our agreements with companies related to us. We also refer you to “Item 4.  Information on the Company,” “Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness” and “Item 6.E. Share Ownership—Long Term Incentive Plan” for a description of other material contracts.

 

Other than these agreements, we have no material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which the Company or any member of the group is a party.

 

D.  Exchange Controls

 

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

 

E.  Taxation

 

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

 

The following is applicable only to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Marshall Islands.

 

Because we do not, and we do not expect that we or any of our future subsidiaries will, conduct business or operations in the Marshall Islands, and because we anticipate that all documentation related to any offerings of our securities will be executed outside of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law our shareholders will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding tax on our distributions. In addition, our shareholders will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common shares, and our shareholders will not be required by the Marshall Islands to file a tax return related to our common shares.

 

Malta Tax Considerations

 

One of our subsidiaries is incorporated in Malta, which imposes taxes on us that are immaterial to our operations.

 

93
 

 

United States Tax Considerations

 

This discussion of United States federal income taxes is based upon provisions of the Code, existing final, temporary and proposed regulations thereunder and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect on the effective date of this annual report on Form 20-F and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. No rulings have been or are expected to be sought from the IRS with respect to any of the United States federal income tax consequences discussed below, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not take contrary positions.

 

Further, the following summary does not deal with all United States federal income tax consequences applicable to any given holder of our common shares, nor does it address the United States federal income tax considerations applicable to categories of investors subject to special taxing rules, such as expatriates, banks, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, partnerships, S corporations, estates and trusts, investors that hold their common shares as part of a hedge, straddle or an integrated or conversion transaction, investors whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar or investors that own, directly or indirectly 10% or more of our stock by vote or value. Furthermore, the discussion does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or estate or gift tax consequences, or any state tax consequences, and is limited to people that will hold their common shares as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Each shareholder is encouraged to consult, and discuss with his or her own tax advisor the United States federal, state, local and non-United States tax consequences particular to him or her of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of common shares. Further, it is the responsibility of each shareholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal, tax returns that may be required of it.

 

Pursuant to U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations, the Company and its tax advisors hereby inform you that: (1) any tax advice contained in this annual report on Form 20-F is not intended and was not written to be used, and cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purposes of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer; and (2) each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of the Company

 

Taxation of Operating Income

 

Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules described below in “—The Section 883 Exemption,” a foreign corporation that earns only transportation income is generally subject to United States federal income taxation under one of two alternative tax regimes: (1) the 4% gross basis tax or (2) the net basis tax and branch profits tax. Since its redomiciliation, the Company is a Marshall Islands corporation and its subsidiaries are incorporated in the Marshall Islands or Malta. There is no comprehensive income tax treaty between the Marshall Islands and the United States, so the Company and its Marshall Islands subsidiaries cannot claim an exemption from this tax under a treaty.

 

The 4% Gross Basis Tax

 

The United States imposes a 4% United States federal income tax (without allowance of any deductions) on a foreign corporation’s United States source gross transportation income to the extent such income is not treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. For this purpose, transportation income includes income from the use, hiring or leasing of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel (and thus includes time charter, spot charter and bareboat charter income). The United States source portion of transportation income is 50% of the income attributable to voyages that begin or end, but not both begin and end, in the United States. As a result of this sourcing rule the effective tax rate is 2% of the gross income attributable to U.S. voyages. Generally, no amount of the income from voyages that begin and end outside the United States is treated as United States source, and consequently none of the transportation income attributable to such voyages is subject to this 4% tax. (Although the entire amount of transportation income from voyages that begin and end in the United States would be United States source, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries expects to have any transportation income from voyages that both begin and end in the United States.)

 

94
 

 

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax

 

The Company and each of its subsidiaries do not expect to engage in any activities in the United States (other than port calls of its vessels) or otherwise have a fixed place of business in the United States. Consequently, the Company and its subsidiaries are not expected to be subject to the net basis or branch profits taxes. Nonetheless, if this situation were to change or if the Company or a subsidiary of the Company were to be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, all or a portion of the Company’s or such subsidiary’s taxable income, including gain from the sale of vessels, could be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of this United States trade or business, or effectively connected income. Any effectively connected income, net of allowable deductions, would be subject to United States federal corporate income tax (with the highest statutory rate currently being 35%). In addition, an additional 30% branch profits tax would be imposed on the Company or such subsidiary at such time as the Company’s or such subsidiary’s after-tax effectively connected income is deemed to have been repatriated to the Company’s or subsidiary’s offshore office.

 

The 4% gross basis tax described above is inapplicable to income that is treated as effectively connected income. A non-United States corporation’s United States source transportation income would be considered to be effectively connected income only if the non-United States corporation has or is treated as having a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of the transportation income and substantially all of its United States source transportation income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation (such as a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States). The Company and its vessel-owning subsidiaries believe that their vessels will not operate to and from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the intended mode of shipping operations and other activities, the Company and its vessel-owning subsidiaries do not expect to have any effectively connected income.

 

The Section 883 Exemption

 

Both the 4% gross basis tax and the net basis and branch profits taxes described above are inapplicable to transportation income that qualifies for the Section 883 Exemption. To qualify for the Section 883 Exemption a foreign corporation must, among other things:

 

  Ø be organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States (an “Equivalent Exemption”);

 

  Ø satisfy one of the following three ownership tests (discussed in more detail below): (1) the more than 50% ownership test, or 50% Ownership Test, (2) the controlled foreign corporation test, or CFC Test, or (3) the “Publicly Traded Test”; and

 

  Ø meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements (which include the filing of United States income tax returns).

  

The Company is a Marshall Islands corporation, and each of the vessels in its fleet is owned by a separate wholly owned subsidiary organized in the Marshall Islands or Malta. The U.S. Department of the Treasury recognizes the Marshall Islands and Malta as jurisdictions which grant an Equivalent Exemption; therefore, the Company and each of its vessel-owning subsidiaries meets the first requirement for the Section 883 Exemption for periods after November 24, 2010.

 

95
 

 

The 50 % Ownership Test

 

In order to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test, a non-United States corporation must be able to substantiate that more than 50% of the value of its shares is owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders.” For this purpose, qualified shareholders are: (1) individuals who are residents (as defined in the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883 Regulations) of countries, other than the United States, that grant an Equivalent Exemption, (2) non-United States corporations that meet the Publicly Traded Test of the Section 883 Regulations and are organized in countries that grant an Equivalent Exemption, or (3) certain foreign governments, non-profit organizations, and certain beneficiaries of foreign pension funds. In order for a shareholder to be a qualified shareholder, there generally cannot be any bearer shares in the chain of ownership between the shareholder and the taxpayer claiming the exemption (unless such bearer shares are maintained in a dematerialized or immobilized book-entry system as permitted under the Section 883 Regulations). A corporation claiming the Section 883 exemption based on the 50% Ownership Test must obtain all the facts necessary to satisfy the IRS that the 50% Ownership Test has been satisfied (as detailed in the Section 883 Regulations). For the taxable year ended December 31, 2011, the Company believes that each of its vessel-owning subsidiaries satisfied the 50% Ownership Test based on the beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the value of its shares by a qualifying shareholder, assuming that such shareholder meets all of the substantiation and reporting requirements under Section 883 of the Code and the Section 883 Regulations for such taxable year, and that each such subsidiary should therefore qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for such taxable year.

 

The CFC Test

 

The CFC Test requires that a non-United States corporation be treated as a controlled foreign corporation, or a CFC, for United States federal income tax purposes for more than half of the days in the taxable year. A CFC is a foreign corporation, more than 50% of the vote or value of which is owned by significant U.S. shareholders (meaning U.S. persons who own at least 10% of the voting power of the foreign corporation). In addition, more than 50% of the value of the shares of the CFC must be owned by qualifying U.S. persons for more than half of the days during the taxable year concurrent with the period of time that the company qualifies as a CFC. For this purpose, a qualifying U.S. person is defined as a U.S. citizen or resident alien, a domestic corporation or domestic trust, in each case, if such U.S. person provides the company claiming the exemption with an ownership statement. Please read “—United States Federal Income Taxation of the Company—The Publicly Traded Test.” The Company does not believe that the requirements of the CFC Test will be met in the near future with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

The Publicly Traded Test

 

The Publicly Traded Test requires that one or more classes of equity representing more than 50% of the voting power and value in a non-United States corporation be “primarily and regularly traded” on an established securities market either in the United States or in a foreign country that grants an Equivalent Exemption. The Section 883 Regulations provide, in relevant part, that the shares of a non-United States corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of shares that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. The Section 883 Regulations also generally provide that shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of shares in the corporation representing in the aggregate more than 50% of the total combined voting power and value of all classes of shares of the corporation are listed on an established securities market. Also, with respect to each class relied upon to meet this requirement (1) such class of shares must be traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year, and (2) the aggregate number of shares of such class of shares traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of shares outstanding during such year or as adjusted for a short taxable year. These two tests are deemed to be satisfied if such class of shares is traded on an established market in the United States and such shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares.

 

96
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Section 883 Regulations provide, in relevant part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding shares, to which we refer as the 5 Percent Override Rule.

 

For purposes of being able to determine the person who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of the Company’s common shares, or 5% Shareholders, the Section 883 Regulations permit the Company to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the SEC, as owning 5% or more of the Company’s common shares.

 

In the event the 5 Percent Override Rule is triggered, the Section 883 Regulations provide that such rule will not apply if the Company can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, there are sufficient qualified shareholders within the meaning of Section 883 and the Section 883 Regulations to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of the total value of the Company’s common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.

 

The Company and its vessel-owning subsidiaries should satisfy the 50% Ownership Test. The stock in the Company’s vessel-owning subsidiaries is not publicly traded, but if the Company meets the Publicly Traded Test described above, the Company also may be a qualifying shareholder for purposes of applying the 50% Ownership Test as to any subsidiary claiming the Section 883 Exemption. However, if for any period after the Company issues the Class B shares, the common shares represent less than 50% of the voting power of the Company, the Company would not be able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test for such period because less than 50% of the stock of the Company, measured by voting power, would be listed on an established securities market.

 

A foreign corporation can only claim the Section 883 Exemption if it receives the ownership statements required under the Section 883 Regulations certifying as to the matters required to satisfy the relevant ownership test, each an ownership statement. Each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries has received, or expects to receive, ownership statements, relating to the year ended December 31, 2012, certifying the qualifying shareholder status of a shareholder beneficially owning more than 50% of the value of each such subsidiary’s stock and the status of intermediaries as required to support a claim by each vessel-owning subsidiary of the Section 883 Exemption.

 

Each of the Company’s vessel-owning subsidiaries has claimed the Section 883 Exemption on the basis that it satisfies the 50% Ownership Test and the Company intends to continue to comply with the substantiation, reporting and other requirements that are applicable under Section 883 of the Code to enable such subsidiaries to claim the exemption on this basis.

 

In the future, if the shareholders or the relative ownership in the Company changes, if the Company believes that it (or its subsidiaries) can qualify for the Section 883 Exemption, each shareholder who is or may be a qualifying person will be asked to provide to the Company an ownership statement for purposes of substantiating the relevant company’s entitlement for the exemption. An ownership statement is required to be signed by the shareholder under penalties of perjury and contains information regarding the residence of the shareholder and its ownership in the company claiming the Section 883 Exemption. If the Company or a subsidiary needs to obtain additional ownership statements in order to establish a Section 883 Exemption, there is no guarantee that shareholders representing a sufficient ownership interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries will provide ownership statements to the relevant company so that it will satisfy any of the Section 883 ownership tests and the Section 883 Exemption would not apply to the Company. If in future years the shareholders fail to update or correct such statements, the Company and its subsidiaries may not continue to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption.

 

A corporation’s qualification for the Section 883 Exemption is determined for each taxable year. If the Company and/or its subsidiaries were not to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption in any year, the United States income taxes that become payable would have a negative effect on the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to the Company’s shareholders.

 

97
 

 

United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

 

If the Company’s subsidiaries qualify for the Section 883 Exemption, then gain from the sale of any vessel would be exempt from tax under Section 883. If, however, the gain is not exempt from tax under Section 883, the Company will not be subject to United States federal income taxation with respect to such gain provided that the income from the vessel has never constituted effectively connected income and that the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under United States federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. To the extent possible, the Company will attempt to structure any sale of a vessel so that it is considered to occur outside of the United States.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders

 

As used herein, “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of the Company’s common shares that is an individual citizen or resident of the United States for United States federal income tax purposes, a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source or a trust where a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust (or a trust that has made a valid election under U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust). A “Non-United States Holder” generally means any owner (or beneficial owner) of common shares that is not a United States Holder, other than a partnership. If a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the common shares (including their status as United States Holders or Non-United States Holders).

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, any distributions made by the Company with respect to the common shares to a United States Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income as described in more detail below, to the extent of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of the Company’s earnings and profits will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the United States Holder’s tax basis in its common shares and, thereafter, as capital gain. United States Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us.

 

Dividends paid on the shares of a non-U.S. corporation to an individual generally will not be treated as qualified dividend income that is taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15% through 2012. The preferential rate of federal tax on qualified dividends will expire unless Congress enacts legislation to extend it beyond December 31, 2012. However, dividends paid in respect of the Company’s common shares paid prior to that date may qualify as qualified dividend income if: (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States; (2) the Company is not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or in the immediately preceding taxable year; (3) the United States Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend and (4) the United States Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. The first requirement is met as our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. The second requirement is expected to be met as more fully described below under “—Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification.” Satisfaction of the final two requirements will depend on the particular circumstances of each United States Holder. Consequently, if any of these requirements are not met, the dividends paid to individual United States Holders in respect of the Company’s common shares would not to be treated as qualified dividend income and would be taxed as ordinary income at ordinary rates.

 

98
 

 

Amounts taxable as dividends generally will be treated as income from sources outside the United States and will, depending on your circumstances, be “passive” or “general” income which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you. However, if (1) the Company is 50% or more owned, by vote or value, by United States persons and (2) at least 10% of the Company’s earnings and profits are attributable to sources within the United States, then for foreign tax credit purposes, a portion of our dividends would be treated as derived from sources within the United States. Under such circumstances, with respect to any dividend paid for any taxable year, the United States source ratio of the Company’s dividends for foreign tax credit purposes would be equal to the portion of the Company’s earnings and profits from sources within the United States for such taxable year, divided by the total amount of the Company’s earnings and profits for such taxable year.

 

Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification

 

A non-United States entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes will be a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to a “look through” rule, either: (1) 75% or more of its gross income is “passive” income or (2) 50% or more of the average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. If a corporation is a PFIC in any taxable year that a person holds shares in the corporation (and was not a qualified electing fund with respect to such year, as discussed below), the shares held by such person will be treated as shares in a PFIC for all future years (absent an election which, if made, may require the electing person to pay taxes in the year of the election). A United States Holder of shares in a PFIC would be required to file an annual information return on IRS Form 8621 containing information regarding the PFIC as required by U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations.

 

While there are legal uncertainties involved in this determination, including as a result of adverse recent case law described herein, based upon the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ expected operations as described herein and based upon the current and expected future activities and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, the income of the Company and such subsidiaries from time charters should not constitute “passive income” for purposes of applying the PFIC rules, and the assets that the Company owns for the production of this time charter income should not constitute passive assets for purposes of applying the PFIC rules.

 

Although there is no legal authority directly on point, this view is based principally on the position that the gross income that the Company and its subsidiaries derive from time charters constitutes services income rather than passive rental income. The Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals decided in Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir., April 13, 2009) that a typical time charter is a lease, and not a contract for the provision of transportation services. In that case, the court was considering a tax issue that turned on whether the taxpayer was a lessor where a vessel was under a time charter, and the court did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of the Tidewater case is applied to the Company’s situation and the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ time charters are treated as leases, the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ time charter income could be classified as rental income and the Company would be a PFIC unless more than 25% of the income of the Company (taking into account the subsidiary look through rule) is from spot charters plus other active income or an active leasing exception applies. The IRS has announced that it will not follow the reasoning of the Tidewater case and would have treated the income from the time charters at issue in that case as services income, including for other purposes of the Code. The Company intends to take the position that all of its time, voyage and spot chartering activities will generate active services income and not passive leasing income, but in the absence of direct legal authority specifically relating to the Code provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with this position. Although the matter is not free from doubt as described herein, based on the current operations and activities of the Company and its subsidiaries and on the relative values of the vessels in the Company’s fleet and the charter income in respect of the vessels, Globus Maritime Limited should not be treated as a PFIC during the taxable year ended December 31, 2012.

 

99
 

 

Based on the Company’s intention and expectation that the Company’s subsidiaries’ income from spot, time and voyage chartering activities plus other active operating income will be greater than 25% of the Company’s total gross income at all relevant times and that the gross value of the vessels subject to such time, voyage or spot charters will exceed the gross value of all the passive assets the Company owns at all relevant times, Globus Maritime Limited does not expect that it will constitute a PFIC with respect to a taxable year in the near future.

 

The Company will try to manage its vessels and its business so as to avoid being classified as a PFIC for a future taxable year; however there can be no assurance that the nature of the Company’s assets, income and operations will remain the same in the future (notwithstanding the Company’s current expectations). Additionally, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept the Company’s position that the time charters that the Company’s subsidiaries have entered into or any other time charter that the Company or a subsidiary may enter into will give rise to active income rather than passive income for purposes of the PFIC rules, or that future changes of law will not adversely affect this position. The Company has not obtained a ruling from the IRS on its time charters or its PFIC status and does not intend to seek one. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common shares and the prices at which they trade. In addition, the costs of any contest on the issue with the IRS will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution and thus will be borne indirectly by the Company’s shareholders.

 

If Globus Maritime Limited were to be classified as a PFIC in any year, each United States Holder of the Company’s shares will be subject (in that year and all subsequent years) to special rules with respect to: (1) any “excess distribution” (generally defined as any distribution received by a shareholder in a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the shareholder in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the shareholder’s holding period for the shares), and (2) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the common shares. Under these rules:

 

  Ø the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the United States Holder’s holding period;

 

  Ø the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the first year in which the Company was a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the current year; and

 

  Ø the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years in the United States Holder’s holding period will be subject to United States federal income tax at the highest rate in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge will be added as though the amount of the taxes computed with respect to these other taxable years were overdue.

 

In order to avoid the application of the PFIC rules, United States Holders may make a qualified electing fund, or a QEF, election provided in Section 1295 of the Code in respect of their common shares. Even if a United States Holder makes a QEF election for a taxable year of the Company, if the Company was a PFIC for a prior taxable year during which such holder held the common shares and for which such holder did not make a timely QEF election, the United States Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described above. Additionally, to the extent any of the Company’s subsidiaries is a PFIC, an election by a United States Holder to treat Globus Maritime Limited as a “Qualifying Electing Fund” would not be effective with respect to such holder’s deemed ownership of the stock of such subsidiary and a separate QEF election with respect to such subsidiary is required. In lieu of the PFIC rules discussed above, a United States Holder that makes a timely, valid QEF election will, in very general terms, be required to include its pro rata share of the Company’s ordinary income and net capital gains, unreduced by any prior year losses, in income for each taxable year (as ordinary income and long-term capital gain, respectively) and to pay tax thereon, even if no actual distributions are received for that year in respect of the common shares and even if the amount of that income is not the same as the amount of actual distributions paid on the common shares during the year. If the Company later distributes the income or gain on which the United States Holder has already paid taxes under the QEF rules, the amounts so distributed will not again be subject to tax in the hands of the United States Holder. A United States Holder’s tax basis in any common shares as to which a QEF election has been validly made will be increased by the amount included in such United States Holder’s income as a result of the QEF election and decreased by the amount of nontaxable distributions received by the United States Holder. On the disposition of a common share, a United States Holder making the QEF election generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized upon such disposition and its adjusted tax basis in the common share. In general, a QEF election should be made by filing a Form 8621 with the United States Holder’s federal income tax return on or before the due date for filing such Holder’s federal income tax return for the first taxable year for which the Company is a PFIC or, if later, the first taxable year for which the United States Holder held common shares. In this regard, a QEF election is effective only if certain required information is made available by the PFIC. Subsequent to the date that the Company first determines that it is a PFIC, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide any United States Holder of common shares, upon request, with the information necessary for such United States Holder to make the QEF election.

 

100
 

 

In addition to the QEF election, Section 1296 of the Code permits United States Holders to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to marketable shares in a PFIC, generally meaning shares regularly traded on a qualified exchange or market and certain other shares considered marketable under U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations. As the Company’s common shares are listed on an established securities market, such common shares are marketable for purposes of this election. If a United States Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of its common shares, such United States Holder generally would, in each taxable year: (1) include as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares, and (2) be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of such United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election (with the United States Holder’s basis in the common shares being increased and decreased, respectively, by the amount of such ordinary income or ordinary loss). The consequences of this election are generally less favorable than those of a QEF election for United States Holders that are sensitive to the distinction between ordinary income and capital gain, although this is not necessarily the case.

 

United States Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of making a mark-to-market or QEF election, as well as other United States federal income tax consequences of holding shares in a PFIC.

 

As previously indicated, if the Company were to be classified as a PFIC for a taxable year in which the Company pays a dividend or the immediately preceding taxable year, dividends paid by the Company would not constitute “qualified dividend income” and, hence, would not be eligible for the reduced rate of United States federal income tax that is available through 2012.

 

Consequences of Controlled Foreign Corporation Classification of the Company

 

If more than 50% of either the total combined voting power of the shares of the Company entitled to vote or the total value of all of the Company’s outstanding shares were owned, directly, indirectly or constructively by (i) citizens or residents of the United States, (ii) U.S. partnerships or corporations, or U.S. estates or trusts (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), each of which owned, directly, indirectly or constructively 10% or more of the total combined voting power of the Company shares entitled to vote (each a “U.S. Shareholder”), the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries generally would be treated as CFCs. U.S. Shareholders of a CFC are treated as receiving current distributions of their shares of Subpart F Income of the CFC even if they do not receive actual distributions. The Company or its subsidiaries may have income that would be treated as Subpart F Income, such as interest income, services income of Globus Shipmanagement or passive leasing income in respect of vessel charters. (Please read “—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders—Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification”). Consequently, any United States Holders who are also U.S. Shareholders may be required to include in their U.S. federal taxable income their pro rata share of the Subpart F income of the Company and its subsidiaries, regardless of the amount of cash distributions received. The Company believes that its time charter income will not be treated as passive rental income, but there can be no assurance that the IRS will accept this position. Please read “—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders—Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification.”

 

101
 

 

In the case where the Company and its subsidiaries are CFCs, to the extent that the Company’s distributions to a United States Holder who is also a U.S. Shareholder are attributable to prior inclusions of Subpart F income of such United States Holder, such distributions are not required to be reported as additional income of such United States Holder.

 

Whether or not the Company or a subsidiary will be a CFC will depend on the identity of the shareholders of the Company during each taxable year of the Company. As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, the Company should not be a CFC based on the current shareholders in the Company.

 

If the Company or one of its subsidiaries is a CFC, certain burdensome U.S. federal income tax and administrative requirements would apply to United States Holders that are U.S. Shareholders, but such United States Holders generally would not also be subject to all of the requirements generally applicable to owners of a PFIC. For example, a United States Holder that is a U.S. Shareholder will be required to annually file IRS Form 5471 to report certain aspects of its indirect ownership of a CFC. United States Holders should consult with their own tax advisors as to the consequences to them of being a U.S. Shareholder in a CFC.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

 

A United States Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the United States Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the United States Holder’s tax basis in such common shares. Assuming the Company does not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year, this gain or loss will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. A United States Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to severe limitations.

 

A United States Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the United States Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the United States Holder’s tax basis in such shares.

 

If a United States Holder’s holding period for the common shares is more than one year, the gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss assuming that the Company does not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-United States Holders

 

A Non-United States Holder will generally not be subject to United States federal income tax on dividends paid in respect of the common shares or on gains recognized in connection with the sale or other disposition of the common shares provided that the Non-United States Holder makes certain tax representations regarding the identity of the beneficial owner of the common shares, that such dividends or gains are not effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business and that, with respect to gain recognized in connection with the sale or other disposition of the common shares by a non-resident alien individual, such individual is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and other conditions are met. If the Non-United States Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, the income from the common shares, including dividends and gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed above relating to the taxation of United States Holders.

 

102
 

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

Information reporting to the IRS may be required with respect to payments on the common shares and with respect to proceeds from the sale of the common shares. With respect to Non-United States Holders, copies of such information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-United States Holder resides under the provisions of any applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information agreement. A “backup” withholding tax may also apply to those payments if:

 

  Ø a holder of the common shares fails to provide certain identifying information (such as the holder’s taxpayer identification number or an attestation to the status of the holder as a Non-United States Holder);

 

  Ø such holder is notified by the IRS that he or she has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on his or her federal income tax returns; or

 

  Ø in certain circumstances, such holder has failed to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax and may be refunded (or credited against the holder’s United States federal income tax liability, if any), provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

United States Holders of common shares may be required to file forms with the IRS under the applicable reporting provisions of the Code. For example, such United States Holders may be required, under Sections 6038, 6038B and/or 6046 of the Code, to supply the IRS with certain information regarding the United States Holder, other United States Holders and the Company if (1) such person owns at least 10% of the total value or 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares entitled to vote or (2) the acquisition, when aggregated with certain other acquisitions that may be treated as related under applicable regulations, exceeds $100,000. In the event a United States Holder fails to file a form when required to do so, the United States Holder could be subject to substantial tax penalties.

 

Non-United States Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

 

We encourage each United States Holder and Non-United States Holder to consult with his, her or its own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to him, her or it of holding and disposing of the Company’s common shares, including the applicability of any federal, state, local or foreign tax laws and any proposed changes in applicable law.

 

F.  Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not Applicable.

 

G.  Statement by Experts

 

Not Applicable.

 

103
 

 

H.  Documents on Display

 

We file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report on Form 20-F and the accompanying exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or from the SEC’s website http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330 and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates.

 

I.  Subsidiary Information

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 11.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rates

 

We are exposed to market risks associated with changes in interest rates relating to our loan arrangements with Credit Suisse, Commerzbank and DVB Bank. As of December 31, 2012, we had a $52.0 million outstanding balance under our Credit Facility with Credit Suisse, $21.7 million principal balance outstanding under the Kelty Loan Agreement with Commerzbank and $32.2 million principal balance outstanding under the DVB Loan Agreement with DVB Bank. Interest costs incurred under our loan arrangements are included in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

In 2012, the weighted average interest rate for our then-outstanding facilities was 2.12% and the respective interest rates ranged from 1.16% to 3.08%, including margins.

 

We will continue to have debt outstanding, which could impact our results of operations and financial condition. Although we may in the future prefer to generate funds through equity offerings on terms acceptable to us rather than through the use of debt arrangements, we may not be able to do so. We expect to manage any exposure in interest rates through our regular operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

 

We entered into two interest rate swap agreements in order to manage future interest costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates.

 

The total notional principal amount of these swaps as of each of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $25 million, which have specified rates and durations.

 

Through these swap transactions, we effectively hedged the interest rate exposure of 24% of our loans outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

 

The following table sets forth the sensitivity of our existing loans as of December 31, 2012 as to a 1.0% (100 basis points) increase in LIBOR taking into account our interest rate swap agreements that are currently in place, during the next five years, and reflects the additional interest expense that will be incurred.

 

Year   Amount  
2013   $ 0.8 million  
2014   $ 0.9 million  
2015   $ 0.7 million  
2016   $ 0.4 million  
2017   $ 0.2 million  

 

104
 

 

Currency and Exchange Rates

 

We generate revenues from the trading of our vessels in U.S. dollars but historically incur certain amounts of our operating expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. While we were incorporated in Jersey, the majority of our general and administrative expenses (including stock exchange fees and advisor fees) were payable in U.K. pounds sterling. For cash management, or treasury, purposes, we convert U.S. dollars into foreign currencies which we then hold on deposit until the date of each transaction. Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates create foreign exchange gains or losses when we mark-to-market these non-U.S. dollar deposits.

 

For accounting purposes, expenses incurred in Euro and other foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of each transaction. Because a portion of our expenses are incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our expenses may from time to time increase relative to our revenues as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates, which could affect the amount of net income that we report in future periods. While we historically have not mitigated the risk associated with exchange rate fluctuations through the use of financial derivatives, we may determine to employ such instruments from time to time in the future in order to minimize this risk. Our use of financial derivatives would involve certain risks, including the risk that losses on a hedged position could exceed the nominal amount invested in the instrument and the risk that the counterparty to the derivative transaction may be unable or unwilling to satisfy its contractual obligations, which could have an adverse effect on our results.

 

Commodity Risk Exposure

 

The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates as a result of events outside our control, including geo-political developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. Because we do not intend to hedge our fuel costs, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.

 

Inflation

 

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to us in the current and foreseeable economic environment. In the event that inflation becomes a significant factor in the global economy, inflationary pressures would result in increased operating, voyage and finance costs.

 

Item 12.  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13.  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

None.

 

Item 14.  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

In April 2012, we filed a Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock with the Marshall Islands, setting forth the preferences and rights of our Series A Preferred Shares, which are described in “Item 10.B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Preferred Shares.” In April 2012, we issued to our two executive officers, an aggregate of 3,347 Series A Preferred Shares. In January 2013, we redeemed 780 of these Series A Preferred Shares. Holders of Series A Preferred Shares may receive dividends prior to the holders of our shares, and also have a liquidation preference.

 

105
 

 

Item 15.  Controls and Procedures

 

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 20-F. Disclosure controls and procedures are defined under SEC rules as controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within required time periods. Disclosure controls and procedures include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

 

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

 

Based upon that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the evaluation date.

 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

Management has conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 is effective.

 

(c)  Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

None.

 

106
 

 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

 

Our management, including our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

 

Item 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Our board of directors has determined that Amir Eilon is our audit committee financial expert and he is considered to be “independent” according to the SEC rules.

 

Item 16B.  Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees. Our code of ethics is posted on our website and is available upon written request by our shareholders at no cost to Globus Shipmanagement Corp., 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirements regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website.

 

Item 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Our principal accountants, Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, have billed us for audit, audit-related and non-audit services as follows:

 

    2012     2011  
             
Audit Fees   $ 130,000       218,000  
Audit-Related Fees     -       -  
Tax Fees     9,400       3,700  
All Other Fees     -       -  
                 
Total   $ 139,400       221,700  

 

Audit fees for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were paid in Euro.

 

Audit fees represent compensation for professional services rendered for the audit of the consolidated financial statements and for the review of the quarterly financial information as well as services in connection with the registration statements and related consents and comfort letters and any other audit services required for SEC or other regulatory filings.

 

Tax fees relate to services for assisting the Company in submitting tax declarations for those subsidiaries whose vessels performed voyages to the United States within 2011 and 2010.

 

107
 

 

The Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment, replacement, compensation, evaluation and oversight of the work of the independent auditors. As part of this responsibility, the Audit Committee pre-approves the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors in order to assure that they do not impair the auditor’s independence from the Company. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy which sets forth the procedures and the conditions pursuant to which services proposed to be performed by the independent auditors may be pre-approved.

 

Item 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Our audit committee is comprised of two independent members of our board of directors. Otherwise, our Audit Committee conforms to each other requirement applicable to audit committees as required by the applicable corporate governance standards of Nasdaq.

 

Item 16E.  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

None.

 

Item 16F.  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

None.

 

Item 16G.  Corporate Governance

 

While a number of the Nasdaq’s corporate governance standards do not apply to us as a foreign private issuer, we intend to comply with a number of those rules. The practices that we will follow in lieu of Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules are as follows:

 

  Ø in lieu of a nomination committee and remuneration committee comprised entirely of independent directors, our nomination and remuneration committees will be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Each of these committees will be comprised of a minimum of two individuals. There is nothing to prohibit shareholders identifying and recommending potential candidates to become board members;

 

  Ø in lieu of holding regularly scheduled meetings of the board of directors at which only independent directors are present, we will not be holding such regularly scheduled meetings;

 

  Ø in lieu of a board of directors that is comprised by a majority of independent directors, our board of directors is not comprised of a majority of independent directors;

 

  Ø in lieu of an audit committee comprised of three independent directors, our audit committee has two members; and

 

  Ø As of March 2013, in lieu of obtaining shareholder approval prior to the issuance of designated securities (including adoption of any equity incentive plan), we will comply with provisions of the BCA, which allows the board of directors to approve share issuances.

 

Item 16H.  Mining Safety Disclosure

 

Not Applicable.

 

108
 

 

PART III

 

Item 17.  Financial Statements

 

See Item 18.

 

Item 18.  Financial Statements 

 

The following financial statements beginning on page F-1 are filed as a part of this annual report on Form 20-F. 

 

109
 

 

  

Item 19.  Exhibits

 

1.1 Articles of Incorporation of Globus Maritime Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-170755) filed on November 24, 2010)
   
1.2 Bylaws of Globus Maritime Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 1 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-170755) filed on November 24, 2010)
   
1.3

Certificate of Designation for Series A Preferred Stock of Globus Maritime Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (Reg. No. 001-34985) filed on April 27, 2012)

   
4.1 Credit Facility between Credit Suisse and Global Maritime Limited, as supplemented (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-170755) filed on November 22, 2010)
   
4.2 Loan Agreement between Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft and Kelty Marine Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-170755) filed on November 22, 2010)
   
4.3 Business Opportunities Agreement between Globus Maritime Limited and Georgios Feidakis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-170755) filed on November 22, 2010)
   
4.4 Registration Rights Agreement between Globus Maritime Limited, Firment Trading Limited and Kim Holdings S.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-170755) filed on November 22, 2010)
   
4.5 Memorandum of Agreement, dated March 18, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (Reg. No. 001-34985) filed on March 28, 2011)
   
4.6 Sixth Supplemental Agreement to Facility Agreement, dated May 5, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Current Report on Form 6-K (Reg. No. 001-34985) filed on May 9, 2011)
   
4.7 Memorandum of Agreement, dated May 2, 2011 and Addendum No. 1 to the Memorandum of Agreement, dated May 6, 2011 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-174290) filed on May 17, 2011)
   
4.8

Committed Term Sheet, dated June 1, 2011, between DVB Bank SE and Globus Maritime Limited (previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-174290) filed on June 6, 2011)

 

110
 

 

4.9 Loan Agreement among DVB Bank SE, Artful Shipping S.A. and Longevity Maritime Limited (previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-174290) filed on June 22, 2011)
   
4.10* First Supplemental Agreement to Loan Agreement dated March 1, 2012
   
4.11* Second Supplemental Agreement to Loan Agreement among DVB Bank SE, Artful Shipping S.A. and Longevity Maritime Limited, dated April 10, 2013
   
4.12* Seventh Supplemental Agreement to Facility Agreement, dated March 26, 2013
   
8.1* Subsidiaries of Globus Maritime Limited
   
11.1 Code of Ethics & Conduct of Globus Maritime Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 to Globus Maritime Limited’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (Reg. No. 001-34985) filed on March 28, 2011)
   
12.1/12.2* Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
   
13.1/13.2* Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 

* Filed herewith.

 

111
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

  GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
     
  By:   /s/ Georgios Karageorgiou
    Name: Georgios Karageorgiou
    Title: President, Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 

Date: April 30, 2013

 

112
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

 
 

 

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-1
   
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position F-2
   
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income F-3
   
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity F-4
   
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows F-5
   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-6 to F-41

 

 
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Globus Maritime Limited

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Globus Maritime Limited (“Globus”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 These financial statements are the responsibility of Globus’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of Globus’ internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Globus’ internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Globus Maritime Limited at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A.

Athens, Greece

April 30, 2013

 

F- 1
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTOF FINANCIAL POSITION

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

          December 31,  
    Notes     2012     2011  
ASSETS                        
                         
NON-CURRENT ASSETS                        
Vessels, net     5       140,860       242,507  
Office furniture and equipment             96       75  
Other non-current assets             10       10  
Total non-current assets             140,966       242,592  
CURRENT ASSETS                        
Cash and bank balances and bank deposits     3       11,653       9,301  
Trade receivables, net     2.7       728       1,386  
Inventories     6       658       554  
Prepayments and other assets     7       2,841       2,226  
Total current assets             15,880       13,467  
Vessel classified as held for sale     2.29,5       8,876       -  
              24,756       13,467  
TOTAL ASSETS             165,722       256,059  
                         
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES                        
                         
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS                        
Share capital     10       41       40  
Share premium     10       109,753       109,229  
(Accumulated deficit) / Retained earnings             (54,612 )     30,750  
Total equity             55,182       140,019  
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES                        
Long-term borrowings, net of current portion     12       78,735       105,518  
Provision for staff retirement indemnities     2.19       77       66  
Total non-current liabilities             78,812       105,584  
CURRENT LIABILITIES                        
Current portion of long-term borrowings     12       20,074       5,297  
Trade accounts payable     8       1,720       945  
Accrued liabilities and other payables     9       1,099       1,206  
Derivative financial instruments     18       738       1,431  
Deferred revenue     2.4       1,387       1,577  
Total current liabilities             25,018       10,456  
Long-term borrowings associated with Vessel classified as held for sale     12       6,710       -  
              31,728       10,456  
TOTAL LIABILITIES             110,540       116,040  
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES             165,722       256,059  

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 2
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)

 

          For the year ended December 31,  
    Notes     2012     2011     2010  
REVENUE:                                
Time charter revenue             32,197       35,559       28,860  
                                 
EXPENSES & OTHER OPERATING INCOME:                                
Voyage expenses     14       (4,450 )     (3,283 )     (2,152 )
Vessel operating expenses     14       (10,400 )     (7,967 )     (5,887 )
Depreciation     5       (11,255 )     (10,180 )     (7,367 )
Depreciation of dry docking costs     5       (763 )     (318 )     (410 )
Amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels     5       (1,823 )     (779 )     -  
Administrative expenses     15       (1,869 )     (2,078 )     (2,310 )
Administrative expenses payable to related parties     4       (598 )     (1,150 )     (1,066 )
Share based payments     13       (977 )     (364 )     (311 )
Impairment loss     5       (80,244 )     -       -  
Gain on sale of vessels             -       -       7  
Other expenses, net             (68 )     (124 )     (35 )
                                 
Operating (loss)/profit before financing activities             (80,250 )     9,316       9,329  
                                 
Interest income from bank balances and bank deposits             47       52       247  
Interest expense and finance costs     16       (3,358 )     (2,821 )     (2,133 )
Gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments     18       693       369       (570 )
Foreign exchange gains/(losses), net             64       9       (870 )
Total finance costs, net             (2,554 )     (2,391 )     (3,326 )
                                 
TOTAL (LOSS)/PROFIT FOR THE YEAR             (82,804 )     6,925       6,003  
Other Comprehensive Income             -       -       -  
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME FOR THE YEAR             (82,804 )     6,925       6,003  
                                 
  (Loss)/earnings per share (U.S.$):                                
- Basic (loss)/earnings per share  for the year     11       (8.22 )     0.80       0.83  
- Diluted (loss)/earnings per share for the year     11       (8.22 )     0.79       0.82  

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 3
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except share and per share data)

 

    Issued share     Share     (Accumulated
Deficit)/
     
    Capital     Premium     Retained     Total  
    (note 10)     (note 10)     Earnings     Equity  
Balance at January 1, 2010     29       88,516       24,913       113,458  
Profit for the year     -       -       6,003       6,003  
Other comprehensive income     -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive income for the year     -       -       6,003       6,003  
Share based payment (note 13)     -       301       10       311  
Dividends paid (note 17)     -       -       (1,984 )     (1,984 )
Balance at December 31, 2010     29       88,817       28,942       117,788  
Profit for the year     -       -       6,925       6,925  
Other comprehensive income     -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive income for the year     -       -       6,925       6,925  
Proceeds from public offering (note 10)     11       21,989       -       22,000  
Transaction costs (note 10)     -       (1,952 )     -       (1,952 )
Share based payment (note 13)     -       375       (11 )     364  
Dividends paid  (note 17)     -       -       (5,106 )     (5,106 )
Balance at December 31, 2011     40       109,229       30,750       140,019  
Loss for the year     -       -       (82,804 )     (82,804 )
Other comprehensive income     -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive loss for the year     -       -       (82,804 )     (82,804 )
Share based payment (note 13)     1       524       452       977  
Dividends paid (note 17)     -       -       (3,010 )     (3,010 )
Balance at December 31, 2012     41       109,753       (54,612 )     55,182  

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 4
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

            For the year ended December 31,  
    Notes     2012     2011     2010  
Cash flows from operating activities:                                
(Loss)/profit for the year             (82,804 )     6,925       6,003  
Adjustments for:                                
Depreciation     5       11,255       10,180       7,367  
Depreciation of deferred dry docking costs     5       763       318       410  
Amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels     5       1,823       779       -  
Payment of deferred dry docking costs     5       (941 )     (485 )     (19 )
Gain on sale of vessels             -       -       (7 )
Impairment loss     5       80,244       -       -  
Provision for staff retirement indemnities     2.19       11       10       13  
(Gain)/loss on derivative financial instruments     18       (693 )     (369 )     570  
Interest expense and finance costs     16       3,358       2,821       2,133  
Interest income             (47 )     (52 )     (247 )
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses, net             (3 )     (10 )     36  
Share based payment     13       977       364       311  
(Increase)/decrease in:                                
Trade receivables, net             658       (1,105 )     55  
Inventories             (104 )     (87 )     (112 )
Prepayments and other assets             (621 )     (689 )     (149 )
Increase/(decrease) in:                                
Trade accounts payable             775       (401 )     188  
Accrued liabilities and other payables             (91 )     524       (385 )
Deferred revenue             (190 )     1,051       15  
Net cash generated from operating activities             14,370       19,774       16,182  
Cash flows from investing activities:                                
Vessel acquisitions     5       -       (61,774 )     (106,084 )
Vessel improvements     5       (345 )     -       -  
Net proceeds from sale of vessels             -       -       33,037  
Purchases of office furniture and equipment             (49 )     (53 )     (26 )
Interest received             53       45       354  
Net cash used in investing activities             (341 )     (61,782 )     (72,719 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                                
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt     12       -       37,000       62,170  
Repayment of long-term debt             (5,425 )     (22,296 )     (36,082 )
Pledged bank deposits     3       -       (1,000 )     5,000  
Proceeds from issuance of share capital net of transaction costs             -       20,048       -  
Payment of financing costs             -       (240 )     (200 )
Dividends paid     17       (3,010 )     (5,106 )     (1,984 )
Interest paid             (3,245 )     (2,725 )     (1,870 )
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities             (11,680 )     25,681       27,034  
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents             2,349       (16,327 )     (29,503 )
Foreign exchange gains/(losses) on cash and bank deposits             3       10       (36 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year     3       7,301       23,618       53,157  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year     3       9,653       7,301       23,618  

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 5
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Basis of presentation and general information

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Globus Maritime Limited (“Globus”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”). Globus was formed on July 26, 2006 under the laws of Jersey. On June 1, 2007, Globus concluded its initial public offering in the United Kingdom and its shares were admitted for trading on the Alternative Investment Market (“AIM”). On November 24, 2010 Globus was redomiciled to the Marshall Islands and its shares were admitted for trading in the United States (NASDAQ Global Market) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On November 26, 2010 Globus shares were effectively delisted from AIM. On June 30, 2011 Globus completed its first follow-on public offering in the United States under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the net proceeds of which amounted to $20,048 (note 10).

 

The address of the registered office of Globus is: Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

 

The principal business of the Company is the ownership and operation of a fleet of dry bulk motor vessels (“m/v”), providing maritime services for the transportation of dry cargo products on a worldwide basis. The Company conducts its operations through its vessel owning subsidiaries.

 

The consolidated financial statements of Globus and its subsidiaries include the financial statements of the following companies:

 

Company

  Country of
Incorporation
 

Date of

Incorporation/Redomiciliation

  Activity  
               
Globus Maritime Limited   Marshall Islands   November 24, 2010   Holding Co.  
Globus Shipmanagement Corp.   Marshall Islands   July 26, 2006   Management Co.  

 

The operations of the vessels are managed by Globus Shipmanagement Corp. (the “Manager”), a wholly owned Marshall Islands corporation. The Manager has an office in Greece, located at 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 166 74 Glyfada, Greece and provides the commercial, technical, cash management and accounting services necessary for the operation of the fleet in exchange for a management fee. The management fee is eliminated on consolidation. The consolidated financial statements also include the financial statements of the following vessel-owning subsidiaries, all wholly owned by the Company as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

Company   Country of
Incorporation
 

Vessel Delivery
Date

 

 

Vessel Owned

 
               
Chantal Maritime Co. (The company was dissolved on February 19, 2010)   Marshall Islands   September 15, 2006   m/v Ocean Globe (Sold in November 2008)  
Sibelle Marine Inc. (The company was dissolved on October 14, 2011)   Marshall Islands   September 26, 2006   m/v Sea Globe (Sold in February 2010)  
Supreme Navigation Co.   Marshall Islands   November 14, 2006   m/v Coral Globe (Sold in February 2010)  

 

F- 6
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Basis of presentation and general information (continued)

 

 

Company

  Country of
Incorporation
 

Vessel Delivery
Date

 

 

Vessel Owned

 
               
Adagio Marine S.A. (The company was dissolved on October 14, 2011)   Marshall Islands   December 6, 2006   m/v Lake Globe (sold in November 2009)  
Abrosa Shipping Inc. (The company was dissolved on May 16, 2011)   Marshall Islands   January 11, 2007   m/v Gulf Globe (sold in October 2009)  
Eleanor Maritime Limited (The company was dissolved on January 25, 2011)   Marshall Islands   July 9, 2007   m/v Island Globe (sold in September 2009)  
Devocean Maritime Ltd.   Marshall Islands   December 18, 2007   m/v River Globe  
Elysium Maritime Limited   Marshall Islands   December 18, 2007   m/v Tiara Globe  
Domina Maritime Ltd.   Marshall Islands   May 19, 2010   m/v Sky Globe  
Dulac Maritime S.A.   Marshall Islands   May 25, 2010   m/v Star Globe  
Kelty Marine Ltd.   Marshall Islands   June 29, 2010   m/v Jin Star  
Artful Shipholding S.A.   Marshall Islands   June 22, 2011   m/v Moon Globe  
Longevity Maritime Limited   Malta   September 15, 2011   m/v Sun Globe  
Rosario Maritime Inc.   Marshall Islands   -   Dormant  

 

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, were approved for issuance by the Board of Directors on April 29, 2013.

 

2. Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies

 

2.1 Basis of Preparation: The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for vessel classified as held for sale and derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand ($ 000s) except when otherwise indicated.

 

Statement of Compliance: These consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

 

Basis of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Globus and its subsidiaries listed in note 1. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies.

 

All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Company.

 

F- 7
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2. Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.2 Standards amendments and interpretations:

 

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year except for the following amended IFRS which have been adopted by the Company as of 1 January 2012:

 

Ø IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures (Amended) - Enhanced Derecognition Disclosure Requirements

 

The amendment requires additional disclosure about financial assets that have been transferred but not derecognised to enable the user of the financial statements to understand the relationship with their associated liabilities. In addition, the amendment requires disclosures about continuing involvement in derecognised assets to enable the user to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with such involvement. The Company does not have any assets with these characteristics so there has been no effect on the presentation of its financial statements.

 

Ø IAS 12 Income Taxes- Recovery of Underling Assets (Amendment)

 

The amendment clarifies the determination of deferred tax on investment property measured at fair value. The amendment introduces a reputable presumption that deferred tax on investment property measured using the fair value model in IAS 40 should be determined on the basis that its carrying amount will be recovered through sale. Furthermore, it introduces the requirement that deferred tax on non-depreciable assets that are measured using the revaluation model in IAS 16 should always be measured on a sale basis of the assets. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2012. This amendment did not have an impact on Company s financial position, performance or its disclosures.

 

Standards issued but not yet effective and not early adopted:

 

IAS 1 Financial Statement Presentation – Presentation of items of Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”) : The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012. The amendments to IAS 1 change the grouping of items presented in OCI. Items that could be reclassified (or ‘recycled’) to profit or loss at a future point in time (for example, upon derecognition or settlement) would be presented separately from items that will never be reclassified. The amendment affects presentation only and is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial position or performance.

 

IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Amendment): The amendment becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The IASB has issued numerous amendments to IAS 19. These range from fundamental changes such as removing the corridor mechanism and the concept of expected returns on plan assets to simple clarifications and rewording. The amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or performance.

 

IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (as revised in 2011): The amendment becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. As a consequence of the new IFRS 10 and IFRS 12, what remains of IAS 27 is limited to accounting for subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates in separate financial statements. The Company does not present separate financial statements.

 

IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (as revised in 2011): The amendment becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. As a consequence of the new IFRS 11 and IFRS 12, IAS 28 has been renamed IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures , and describes the application of the equity method to investments in joint ventures in additions to associates. The amendment is not expected to have an impact on the Company ’s financial position or performance.

 

F- 8
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2. Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.2 Standards amendments and interpretations (continued)

 

· IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation (Amended) - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities: The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. This amendment clarifies the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off” and also clarifies the application of the IAS 32 offsetting criteria to settlement systems (such as central clearing house systems) which apply gross settlement mechanisms that are not simultaneous. The amendments to IAS 32 are to be retrospectively applied. Earlier application is permitted. However, if an entity chooses to early adopt, it must disclose that fact and also make the disclosures required by the IFRS 7 Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities amendments. This amendment affects presentation only and has no impact on financial position or performance of the Company.

 

· IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures (Amended) - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities: The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The amendment introduces common disclosure requirements. These disclosures would provide users with information that is useful in evaluating the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. The amendments to IFRS 7 are to be retrospectively applied. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of the amendment on the financial position or performance of the Company.

 

· IFRS 9 Financial Instruments – Classification and Measurement: The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015. IFRS 9, as issued, reflects the first phase of the IASBs work on the replacement of IAS 39 and applies to classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities as defined in IAS 39. The standard was initially effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013, but amendments to IFRS 9 Mandatory Effective Date of IFRS 9 and Transition Disclosures, issued in December 2011, moved the mandatory effective date to 1 January 2015. In subsequent phases, the IASB will address hedge accounting and impairment of financial assets. The adoption of the first phase of IFRS 9 will have an effect on the classification and measurement of financial assets, but will not have an impact on classification and measurements of financial liabilities. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the financial position or performance of the Company.

 

· IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements: This standard becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. IFRS 10 replaces the portion of IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements . It also includes the issues raised in SIC-12 Consolidation-Special Purpose Entities. IFRS 10 establishes a single control model that applies to all entities including special purpose entities. The changes introduced by IFRS 10 will require management to exercise significant judgment to determine which entities are controlled, and therefore, are required to be consolidated by a parent, compared with the requirements that were in IAS 27. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the financial position or performance of the Company.

 

· IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements: This standard becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31 Interest in Joint Ventures and SIC- 13 Jointly-Controlled Entities- Non-monetary Contributions by Venturers. IFRS 11 removes the option to account for jointly controlled entities (‘JCE’s’) using proportionate consolidation. Instead, JCE’s that meet the definition of joint venture must be accounted for using the equity method. The application of this new standard is not expected to have an impact on the financial position or performance of the Company.

 

F- 9
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2 Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.2 Standards amendments and interpretations (continued)

 

· IFRS 12 Disclosure of Involvement with Other Entities: This standard becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. IFRS 12 includes all of the disclosures that were previously in IAS 27 related to consolidated financial statements, as well as all of the disclosures that were previously included in IAS 31 and IAS 28. These disclosures relate to an entity’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and structured entities. A number of new disclosures are also required. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the financial position or performance of the Company.

 

· IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement: This standard becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance under IFRS for all fair value measurements. IFRS 13 does not change when an entity is required to use fair value, but rather provides guidance on how to measure fair value under IFRS when fair value is required or permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on the financial position and performance.

 

· IFRIC Interpretation 20 Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine: The interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.This interpretation only applies to stripping costs incurred in surface mining activity during the production phase of the mine ('production stripping costs'). Costs incurred in undertaking stripping activities are considered to create two possible benefits a) the production of inventory in the current period and/or b) improved access to ore to be mined in a future period (striping activity asset). Where cost cannot be specifically allocated between the inventory produced during the period and the stripping activity asset, IFRIC 20 requires an entity to use an allocation basis that is based on a relevant production measure. Early application is permitted. The application of this interpretation will not have an impact on the financial position or performance of the Company as it is not involved in mining activities.

 

· The IASB has issued the Annual Improvements to IFRSs – 2009 – 2011 Cycle, which contains amendments to its standards and the related Basis for Conclusions. The annual improvements project provides a mechanism for making necessary, but non-urgent, amendments to IFRS. The effective date for the amendments is for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The below stated improvements are not expected to have an impact on the presentation of the financial statements or the financial position and performance of the Company.

 

Ø IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements : This improvement clarifies the difference between voluntary additional comparative information and the minimum required comparative information. Generally, the minimum required comparative period is the previous period.
Ø IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment: This improvement clarifies that major spare parts and servicing equipment that meet the definition of property, plant and equipment are not inventory.
Ø IAS 32 Financial Instruments, Presentation: This improvement clarifies that income taxes arising from distributions to equity holders are accounted for in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes.
Ø IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting: The amendment aligns the disclosure requirements for total segment assets with total segment liabilities in interim financial statements. This clarification also ensures that interim disclosures are aligned with annual disclosures.

 

· Transition Guidance (Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12): The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The IASB issued amendments to IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements and IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities. The amendments change the transition guidance to provide further relief from full retrospective application.

 

F- 10
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2 Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.2 Standards amendments and interpretations (continued)

 

Transition Guidance (Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12)(continued)

 

The date of initial application in IFRS 10 is defined as ‘the beginning of the annual reporting period in which IFRS 10 is applied for the first time’. The assessment of whether control exists is made at ‘the date of initial application’ rather than at the beginning of the comparative period. If the control assessment is different between IFRS 10 and IAS 27/SIC-12, retrospective adjustments should be determined. However, if the control assessment is the same, no retrospective application is required. If more than one comparative period is presented, additional relief is given to require only one period to be restated. For the same reasons IASB has also amended IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements and IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities to provide transition relief. The application of this amendment is not expected to have an impact on the financial position or performance of the Company.

 

· Investment Entities (Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27): The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014. The amendment applies to a particular class of business that qualify as investment entities. The IASB uses the term ‘investment entity’ to refer to an entity whose business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income or both. An investment entity must also evaluate the performance of its investments on a fair value basis. Such entities could include private equity organisations, venture capital organisations, pension funds, sovereign wealth funds and other investment funds. Under IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, reporting entities were required to consolidate all investees that they control (i.e. all subsidiaries). The Investment Entities amendment provides an exception to the consolidation requirements in IFRS 10 and requires investment entities to measure particular subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss, rather than consolidate them. The amendment also sets out disclosure requirements for investment entities. The application of this amendment is not expected to have an impact on the financial position or performance of the Company.

 

2.3 Significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the amounts of revenues and expenses recognised during the reporting period. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in the future.

 

Judgments: In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgments that had a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

 

Ø Non-current assets classified as held for sale: By a board of directors resolution on December 4, 2012, the Company decided to actively market for sale the vessel m/v Tiara Globe. The Company considered that the vessel met the criteria to be classified as held for sale at that date for the following reasons:

 

· The sale was considered to be highly probable and
· the vessel was available for immediate sale in its present condition.

 

F- 11
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2    Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.3 Significant accounting Judgments, estimates and assumptions (continued)

 

Ø Allowance for doubtful trade receivables: Provisions for doubtful trade receivables are recorded based on management’s expectations on future trade receivables recoveries.

 

Estimates and assumptions: The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the financial position date that have a significant risk of causing a significant adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

 

Ø Carrying amount of vessels, net : Vessels are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation (including depreciation of dry-docking costs and the amortization of the component attributable to favourable or unfavourable lease terms relative to market terms) and accumulated impairment losses. The estimates and assumptions that have the most significant effect on the vessels carrying amount are estimations in relation to useful lives of vessels, their salvage value and estimated dry docking dates. The key assumptions used are further explained in notes 2.9 to 2.13.

 

Ø Impairment of Non-Financial Assets : The Company’s impairment test for non-financial assets is based on the assets’ recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The Company engaged independent valuation specialists to determine the fair value of non-financial assets as at December 31, 2012. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow model. The value in use calculation is most sensitive to the discount rate used for the discounted cash flow model as well as the expected net cash flows and the growth rate used for extrapolation. See note 2.13 and 5.

 

Ø Share based payments : The Company measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions may require determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which is depended on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including, expected volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them. The assumptions and models used for estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions are disclosed in note 13.

 

2.4 Accounting for revenue and related expenses: The Company generates its revenues from charterers for the charter hire of its vessels. Vessels are chartered using time charters, bareboat charter and spot charters, where a contract is entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate. If a time charter agreement exists and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, revenue is recognised on a straight line basis over the period of the time charter. Such revenues are treated in accordance with IAS 17 as lease income as explained in note 2.23 below. Associated voyage expenses, which primarily consist of commissions, are recognised on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the period of the time charter. Deferred revenue relates to cash received prior to the financial position date and is related to revenue earned after such date.

 

Interest income : Revenue is recognised as interest accrues (using the effective interest method).

 

Voyage expenses : Voyage expenses primarily consist of port expenses and owners’ expenses paid by the charterer, canal and bunker expenses that are unique to a particular charter under time charter arrangements or by the Company under voyage charter arrangements.

 

F- 12
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2. Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.4 Accounting for revenue and related expenses (continued)

 

Furthermore, voyage expenses include commission on income paid by the Company. The Company defers bunker expenses under voyage charter agreements and amortizes them over the related voyage.

Vessel operating expenses: Vessel operating expenses are accounted for on an accruals basis.

 

2.5 Foreign currency translation: The functional currency of Globus and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar, which is also the presentation currency of the Company, because the Company’s vessels operate in international shipping markets, whereby the U.S. dollar is the currency used for transactions. Transactions involving other currencies during the period are converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the financial position dates, monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, are translated into the functional currency using the period-end exchange rate. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in foreign exchange gains/ (losses), net in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

2.6 Cash and cash equivalents: The Company considers highly liquid investments such as time deposits and certificates of deposit with original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

 

2.7 Trade receivables, net : The amount shown as trade receivables at each financial position date includes estimated recoveries from charterers for hire, freight and demurrage billings, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Trade receivables are measured at amortized cost less impairment losses, which are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. At each financial position date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for the purpose of determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. The provision for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2012 was $331 (2011:$nil).

 

2.8 Inventories: Inventories consist of lubricants and gas cylinders and are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. The cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method.

 

2.9 Vessels, net: Vessels are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation (including depreciation of dry-docking costs and component attributable to favourable or unfavourable lease terms relative to market terms) and accumulated impairment losses. Vessel cost consists of the contract price for the vessel and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (initial repairs, improvements and delivery expenses, interest, commissions paid and on-site supervision costs incurred during the construction periods). Any seller’s credit, i.e., amounts received from the seller of the vessels until date of delivery is deducted from the cost of the vessel. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalised when the recognition criteria are met. Otherwise these amounts are charged to expenses as incurred.

 

2.10 Deferred dry-docking costs: Vessels are required to be dry-docked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Dry-dockings occur approximately every 2.5 years. The costs associated with the dry-dockings are capitalised and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period between dry-dockings, to a maximum of 2.5 years. At the date of acquisition of a vessel, management estimates the component of the cost that corresponds to the economic benefit to be derived until the first scheduled dry-docking of the vessel under the ownership of the Company and this component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining period through the estimated dry-docking date.

 

F- 13
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2. Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.11 Depreciation: The cost of each of the Company’s vessels is depreciated on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s remaining useful economic life, after considering the estimated residual value of each vessel, beginning when the vessel is ready for its intended use. Management estimates that the useful life of new vessels is 25 years, which is consistent with industry practice. The residual value of a vessel is the product of its lightweight tonnage and estimated scrap value per lightweight ton. The residual values and useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. Historically changes in residual values have not resulted in material changes to the Company’s depreciation charge.

 

2.12 Amortization of lease component: When the Company acquires a vessel subject to an operating lease, it amortizes the amount reflected in the cost of that vessel that is attributable to favourable or unfavourable lease terms relevant to market terms, over the remaining term of the lease. The amortization is included in line “amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels” in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

2.13 Impairment of long-lived assets: The Company assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a vessel may be impaired. The vessel’s recoverable amount is estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amounts, the vessel is written down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the vessel. Impairment losses are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life. See note 5

 

2.14 Long-term debt: Long-term debt is initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received net of financing costs directly attributable to the borrowing. After initial recognition, long-term debt is subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any financing costs and any discount or premium on settlement. Gains and losses are recognised in net profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortization process.

 

2.15 Financing costs: Fees incurred for obtaining new loans or refinancing existing loans are deferred and amortized over the life of the related debt, using the effective interest rate method. Any unamortized balance of costs relating to loans repaid or refinanced is expensed in the period the repayment or refinancing is made.

 

2.16 Borrowing costs: Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that the Company incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds. Borrowing costs are expensed to the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as incurred except borrowing costs that relate to a qualifying asset.

 

F- 14
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2 Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.16 Borrowing costs (continued)

 

A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use. Borrowing costs that relate to qualifying assets are capitalised. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no qualifying assets.

 

2.17 Operating segment: The Company reports financial information and evaluates its operations by charter revenues and not by length of ship employment for its customers i.e., spot or time charters. The Company does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters. As a result, management, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus the Company has determined that it operates as one operating segment. Furthermore, when the Company charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographical information is impracticable.

 

2.18 Provisions and contingencies: Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and, a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. Provisions are reviewed at each financial position date and adjusted to reflect the present value of the expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation. Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote, in which case there is no disclosure. Contingent assets are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed when an inflow of economic benefits is probable.

 

2.19 Pension and retirement benefit obligations: The crew on board the vessels owned by the ship-owning companies owned by Globus is under short-term contracts (usually up to nine months) and, accordingly, no one is liable for any pension or post retirement benefits payable to the crew.

 

Provision for employees’ severance compensation: The Greek employees, of the Company are bound by the Greek Labour law. Accordingly, compensation is payable to such employees upon dismissal or retirement. The amount of compensation is based on the number of years of service and the amount of remuneration at the date of dismissal or retirement. If the employees’ remain in the employment of the Company until normal retirement age, they are entitled to retirement compensation which is equal to 40% of the compensation amount that would be payable if they were dismissed at that time. The number of employees that will remain with the Company until retirement age is not known. The Company has provided for the employees’ retirement compensation liability, an amount of $77 as at December 31, 2012 (2011:$66), calculated by using the Projected Unit Credit Method and disclosed under non-current liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 

2.20 Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities: Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the consolidated financial position only when the Company has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and intend either to settle such asset and liability on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

F- 15
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2. Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.21 Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities:

 

(i) Financial assets: A financial asset (or, where applicable a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognised where:

 

· the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;

 

· the Company retains the right to receive cash flows from the asset, but has assumed an obligation to pay them in full without material delay to a third party under a “pass-through” arrangement; or

 

· the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the assets, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

 

Where the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset and has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognised to the extent of the Company’s continuing involvement in the asset. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Company could be required to repay.

 

(ii) Financial liabilities: A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires.

 

Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and, the difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in profit or loss.

 

2.22 Leases – where the Company is the lessee: Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

 

2.23 Leases – where an entity is the lessor: Leases of vessels where the entity does not transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the vessel are classified as operating leases. Lease income on operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Contingent rents are recognised as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

 

2.24 Insurance: The Company recognizes insurance claim recoveries for insured losses incurred on damage to vessels. Insurance claim recoveries are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, at the time the Company’s vessels suffer insured damages. They include the recoveries from the insurance companies for the claims, provided there is evidence the amounts are virtually certain to be received.

 

2.25 Share based compensation: Globus operates equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. The value of the service received in exchange of the grant of shares is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the share awards at the grant date. The relevant expense is recognized in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding impact in equity.

 

F- 16
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

2. Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

2.26 Share capital: Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are recognised in equity as a deduction from the proceeds.

 

2.27 Dividends: Dividends to shareholders are recognised in the period in which the dividends are declared and appropriately authorised and are accounted for as dividends payable until paid.

 

2.28 Derivative financial instruments at fair value through profit and loss: Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Historically, the Company’s derivative financial instruments have not qualified for hedge accounting, therefore changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognised immediately in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

2.29 Non-current assets held for sale: Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value less costs to sell, the Company recognises a loss under impairment loss in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a complete sale within one year from the date of classification. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classified as held for sale are not depreciated or amortized. Refer to note 5.

 

3 Cash and bank balances and bank deposits

 

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of financial position, cash and bank balances and bank deposits comprise the following:

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Cash on hand     13       3  
Bank balances     1,278       841  
Bank deposits     10,362       8,457  
Total     11,653       9,301  

 

Cash held in banks earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Bank deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Company and earn interest at the respective bank deposit rates.

 

The fair value of cash and bank balances and bank deposits as at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $11,653 and $9,301 respectively.

 

As at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had pledged a part of its bank deposits in order to fulfil collateral requirements. Refer to notes 12 and 18 for further details.

 

F- 17
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

3 Cash and bank balances and bank deposits (continued)

 

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Cash and bank balances and bank deposits     11,653       9,301  
Less: pledged bank deposits     (2,000 )     (2,000 )
Cash and cash equivalents     9,653       7,301  

 

4 Transactions with Related Parties

 

The ultimate controlling party of the Company is Mr. George Feidakis who beneficially owns 4,724,475 common shares through Firment Trading Limited, a Cypriot company controlled by Mr Feidakis, and 480,000 common shares through F.G. Europe S.A. a Greek company listed on the Athens Exchange in which Mr Feidakis acts as the chairman of the Board of Directors and holds the majority of the outstanding shares. As at December 31, 2012 and 2011, Mr Feidakis beneficially owned 51.0% and 51.5%, respectively, of Globus’ shares. The remaining percentage of shares is widely held. The following are the major transactions which have been entered into with related parties during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

On August 20, 2006, Globus Shipmanagement Corp. entered into a rental agreement for 350 square metres of office space for its operations within a building owned by Cyberonica S.A. (a company related through common control). Rental expense is Euro 14,578 ($19) per month up to August 20, 2015. The rental agreement provides for an annual increase in rent of 2% above the rate of inflation as set by the Bank of Greece. The rental agreement runs for 9 years and can be terminated by the Company with 6 months notice. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, rent expense was $226, $243 and $232, respectively. The expense is recognised in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income under administrative expenses payable to related parties.

 

In November 2010, Mr. Feidakis entered into a business opportunities arrangement with Globus. Under this agreement, Mr. Feidakis is required to disclose to Globus any business opportunities relating to dry bulk shipping that may arise during his service to Globus as a member of the board of directors that could be reasonably expected to be a business opportunity that Globus may pursue. Mr. Feidakis agreed to disclose all such opportunities and the material facts attendant thereto, to the board of directors for consideration and if the board of directors fails to adopt a resolution regarding an opportunity within seven business days of disclosure, Globus will be deemed to have declined to pursue the opportunity, in which event Mr. Feidakis will be free to pursue it. Mr. Feidakis is also prohibited for six months after the termination of the agreement to solicit any of the Company’s senior employees or officers. Mr. Feidakis’ obligations under the business opportunities agreement will also terminate when he no longer beneficially owns Globus shares representing at least 30% of the combined voting power of all Globus’ outstanding shares, or no longer serves as a director. Mr. Feidakis remains free to conduct his other businesses that are not related to dry bulk shipping.

 

In November 2010, Globus entered into a registration rights agreement with Firment Trading Limited and Kim Holdings S.A., pursuant to which Globus’ granted to them and their affiliates (including Mr. George Feidakis and Globus chief executive officer) and certain of their transferees, the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions to require Globus to register under the Securities Act of 1933, common shares held by them.

 

F- 18
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

4 Transactions with Related Parties (continued)

 

Under the registration rights agreement, these persons have the right to request Globus to register the sale of shares held by them on their behalf and may require to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. In addition, these persons have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings requested by shareholders or initiated by Globus.

 

In October 2011 Globus Shipmanagement Corp. hired a close family member of the Company’s ultimate controlling party. That person does not currently hold a managerial position and his annual gross compensation is approximately Euro38,000 ($48). During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 total gross compensation was $48 and $10 respectively. The expense is recognised in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income under administrative expenses payable to related parties.

 

Compensation of Key Management Personnel of the Company:

Compensation to Globus non-executive directors is analysed as follows:

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Short-term employee benefits     145       145       124  
Share based payments (note 13)     40       41       31  
Total     185       186       155  

 

Compensation to the Company’s executive directors is analysed as follows:

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Short-term employee benefits     179       752       710  
Share based payments (note 13)     834       205       173  
Total     1,013       957       883  

Short-term employee benefits are recognised in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income under administrative expenses payable to related parties

 

5 Vessels, net

 

The amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position are analysed as follows:

 

    Vessel
cost
    Vessel
depreciation
    Dry
docking
costs
    Depreciation
of dry
docking
costs
    Fair
value of
time
charter
attached
    Amortization
of fair value
of time
charter
attached
    Net
Book
Value
 
Balance as of January 1, 2010     153,152       (60,396 )     1,381       (971 )     -       -       93,166  
Additions     106,084       -       19       -       -       -       106,103  
Depreciation & Amortization     -       (7,353 )     -       (410 )     -       -       (7,763 )
Balance at December  31, 2010     259,236       (67,749 )     1,400       (1,381 )     -       -       191,506  
Additions     56,574       -       1,035       -       4,650       -       62,259  
Depreciation & Amortization     -       (10,161 )     -       (318 )     -       (779 )     (11,258 )
Balance at December 31, 2011     315,810       (77,910 )     2,435       (1,699 )     4,650       (779 )     242,507  
Vessel improvements     345       -       941       -       -       -       1,286  
Impairment loss     (80,244 )     -       -       -       -       -       (80,244 )
Vessels classified as held for sale     (8,784 )     -       (92 )     -       -       -       (8,876 )
Depreciation & Amortization     -       (11,227 )     -       (763 )     -       (1,823 )     (13,813 )
Balance at December 31, 2012     227,127       (89,137 )     3,284       (2,462 )     4,650       (2,602 )     140,860  

 

F- 19
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

5 Vessels, net (continued)

 

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, depreciation, as stated in the income statement component, comprises the following:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Depreciation on vessel cost     11,227       10,161       7,353  
Depreciation on office furniture and equipment     28       19       14  
Total     11,255       10,180       7,367  

 

Pursuant to a board of director’s resolution on December 4, 2012, the Company decided to actively market for sale the vessel m/v Tiara Globe. The Company considered that the vessel met the criteria described in note 2.29 to be classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell. In this respect, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $24,443.

 

As of December 31, 2012 the Company performed an assessment on whether there is an indication that a vessel may be impaired. Discounted future cash flows for each vessel were determined and compared to the vessel’s carrying value. The projected net discounted future cash flows were determined by considering an estimate daily time charter equivalent (based on the most recent blended (for modern and older vessels) average historical one-year time charter rate available for each type of vessel) assuming an annual growth rate as published by the International Monetary Fund, over the remaining estimated life of each vessel, net of brokerage commissions, expected outflows for scheduled vessels maintenance and vessel operating expenses assuming an average annual inflation rate of approximately 4%. In the impairment test exercise conducted at year end we used historical ten-year blended average one-year time charter rates substituting for the years 2007 and 2008 that were considered as extreme values, with the years 2001 and 2002. The average time charter rates used were in line with the overall chartering strategy, especially in periods/years of depressed charter rates; reflecting the full operating history of vessels of the same type and particulars with the Company’s operating fleet (Supramax and Panamax vessels with a deadweight (“dwt”) of over 50,000 and 70,000, respectively) and they covered at least one full business cycle. The average annual inflation rate applied on vessels’ maintenance and operating costs approximated current projections for global inflation rate for the remaining useful life of the Company’s vessels. Effective fleet utilization was assumed at 91% (including ballast days), taking into account the period(s) each vessel is expected to undergo her scheduled maintenance (dry-docking and special surveys), as well as an estimate of the period(s) needed for finding suitable employment and off-hire for reasons other than scheduled maintenance, assumptions in line with the Company’s expectations for future fleet utilization under the current fleet deployment strategy. As of December 31, 2012, the Company concluded that the recoverable amount of the following vessels was lower than their carrying amounts and recognized an impairment loss of $55,801.

 

Vessels   Impairment loss  
m/v River Globe     23,978  
m/v Star Globe     7,439  
m/v Sky Globe     6,820  
m/v Jin Star     7,921  
m/v Sun Globe     2,902  
m/v Moon Globe     6,741  
Total     55,801  

 

F- 20
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

5 Vessels, net (continued)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company acquired m/v Moon Globe for a purchase price of $31,400 and m/v Sun Globe for a purchase price of $30,300.

 

Both vessels were acquired subject to time charters with favourable terms relative to the market. The Company estimated, as of the date of acquisition, the amount included in the cost of the aforementioned vessels that was attributable to the favourable terms of the time charters, relative to market terms to be $2,150 for m/v Moon Globe and $2,500 for m/v Sun Globe.

 

These amounts are amortized on a straight line basis over the remaining term of the respective time charters which is June 2013, for m/v Moon Globe and January 2015, for m/v Sun Globe. Amortization for the year was included in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income under amortization of fair value of time charter attached to vessels.

 

The Company estimated, as of the date of acquisition of the vessels’ an aggregate amount of $300 for m/v Moon Globe and $250 for m/v Sun Globe, representing the component of the cost of the purchase price of the vessel that relates to regular major inspections. These amounts were included in dry-docking costs.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company acquired m/v Star Globe and m/v Sky Globe for a purchase price of US$32,825 each and m/v Jin Star (with a bareboat time charter attached at market terms) for a purchase price of US$41,112.

 

The Company’s vessels have been pledged as collateral to secure the bank loans discussed in note 12.

 

6 Inventories

 

Inventories in the consolidated statement of financial position are analysed as follows:

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Lubricants (at cost)     594       493  
Gas cylinders (at cost)     64       61  
Total     658       554  

 

7 Prepayments and other assets

 

Prepayments and other assets in the consolidated statement of financial position are analysed as follows:

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Insurance claims     225       196  
Interest receivable     2       8  
Bunkers     2,141       1,620  
Other prepayments and other assets     473       402  
Total     2,841       2,226  

 

F- 21
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

8 Trade accounts payable

 

Trade accounts payable in the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2012 and 2011, amounted to $1,720 and $945, respectively. Trade accounts payable are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 60-day terms.

 

9 Accrued liabilities and other payables

 

Accrued liabilities and other payables in the consolidated statement of financial position are analysed as follows:

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Accrued interest     118       134  
Accrued audit fees     93       67  
Other accruals     687       794  
Insurance deductibles     117       130  
Other payables     84       81  
Total     1,099       1,206  

 

· Interest is normally settled quarterly throughout the year.
· Other payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on monthly terms.

 

10 Share Capital and Share Premium

 

The authorised share capital of Globus consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Authorised share capital:                  
500,000,000 Common Shares of par value $0.004 each     2,000       2,000       2,000  
100,000,000 Class B common shares of par value $0.001 each     100       100       100  
100,000,000 Preferred shares of par value $0.001 each     100       100       100  
Total authorised share capital     2,200       2,200       2,200  

 

Holders of Globus’ common shares and Class B shares have equivalent economic rights, but holders of Company’s common shares are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Globus’s Class B shares are entitled to twenty votes per share. Each holder of Class B shares may convert, at its option, any or all of the Class B shares held by such holder into an equal number of common shares.

 

At the annual general shareholders meeting which took place on July 28, 2010, the shareholders of Globus approved the transfer of Globus’s place of domicile to the Marshall Islands and the filing of its new Articles of Incorporation and in the Marshall Islands. On November 24, 2010, upon the redomiciliation of Globus to the Marshall Islands, the authorised share capital amounted to 700,000,000 shares analysed as follows: i) 500,000,000 common shares of par value $0.004 each, ii) 100,000,000 Class B common shares of par value $0.001 each and iii) 100,000,000 preferred shares of par value $0.001 each.

 

F- 22
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

10 Share Capital and Share Premium (continued)

 

Common Shares issued and fully paid   Number of
shares
    USD  
At January 1, 2010     7,239,043       28,956  
Issued during the year (share based compensation note 13)     50,645       203  
At December 31, 2010     7,289,688       29,159  
Issued during the year – follow-on public offering     2,750,000       11,000  
Issued during the year (share based compensation note 13)     60,789       243  
At December 31, 2011     10,100,477       40,402  
Issued during the year (share based compensation note 13)     107,040       428  
At December 31, 2012     10,207,517       40,830  

 

On June 30, 2011 Globus completed its first follow-on public offering in the United States under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and issued 2,750,000 common shares the net proceeds of which amounted to $20,048 (gross proceeds of $22,000 less transaction costs of $1,952).

 

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Globus issued 107,040, 60,789 and 50,645 common shares respectively as share based payments (note 13).

 

Series A Preferred Shares issued   Number of
shares
    USD  
At January 1, 2012     -       -  
Issued during the year (share based compensation note 13)     3,347       3  
At December 31, 2012     3,347       3  

 

By a board of directors resolution dated April 20, 2012, 3,347 series A preferred shares were issued to Company’s two executive officers as share based payment (note 13). The holders of Company’s series A preferred shares are entitled to receive, if funds are legally available, dividends payable in cash in an amount per share to be determined by unanimous resolution of Company’s Remuneration Committee, in its sole discretion. Company’s board of directors or Remuneration Committee will determine whether funds are legally available under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (“BCA”) for such dividend. Any accrued but unpaid dividends will not bear interest. Except as may be provided in the BCA, holders of our series A preferred shares do not have any voting rights. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our series A preferred shares will be entitled to a preference in the amount of the declared and unpaid dividends, if any, as of the date of liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Our series A preferred shares are not convertible into any of our other capital stock.

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, no Class B shares have been issued.

 

Share premium includes the contribution of Globus’ shareholders to the acquisition of the Company’s vessels. Additionally, share premium includes the effects of the acquisition of non-controlling interest, the effects of the Globus initial and follow-on public offerings and the effects of the share based payments described in note 13. Accordingly at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Globus share premium amounted to $109,753, $109,229 and $88,817, respectively.

 

F- 23
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

11 (Loss) / earnings per Share

 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (“LPS”/ ‘‘EPS’’) is calculated by dividing the net (loss)/profit for the year attributable to Globus shareholders by the weighted average number of shares issued, paid and outstanding.

 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net (loss)/profit attributable to common equity holders of the parent by the weighted average shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of common shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential common shares into common shares.

 

The following reflects the (loss)/ earnings and share data used in the basic and diluted loss per share computations:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Net (loss)/profit for the year     (82,804 )     6,925       6,003  
Less: Dividends on preferred shares (note 17)     (526 )     -       -  
Net (loss)/profit attributable to common equity holders     (83,330 )     6,925       6,003  
Weighted average number of shares for basic EPS     10,142,979       8,688,543       7,243,340  
Effect of dilution:                        
Effect of shares awarded treated as options “LTIP” (note 13)     -       49,901       96,881  
Weighted average number of shares adjusted for the effect of dilution     10,142,979       8,738,444       7,340,221  

 

12 Long-Term Debt, net

 

Long-term debt in the consolidated statement of financial position is analysed as follows:

 

    Borrower   Loan
Balance
    Unamortized
Debt Discount
    Total
Borrowings
 
(a)   Globus Maritime Limited     52,000       (117 )     51,883  
(b)   Kelty Marine Ltd.     21,650       (177 )     21,473  
(c)   Artful Shipholding S.A. & Longevity Maritime Limited     32,279       (116 )     32,163  
                             
    Total at December 31, 2012     105,929       (410 )     105,519  
    Less: Portion associated with vessel classified as held for sale     6,710       -       6,710  
    Less: Current Portion     20,190       (116 )     20,074  
    Long-Term Portion     79,029       (294 )     78,735  
                             
    Total at December 31, 2011     111,354       (539 )     110,815  
    Less: Current Portion     5,425       (128 )     5,297  
    Long-Term Portion     105,929       (411 )     105,518  

 

(a) In November 2007, the Company entered into a secured reducing revolving credit facility for $120,000 with a bank for the purpose of financing vessel acquisitions as well as for working capital purposes. The facility is in the name of Globus Maritime Limited as borrower and is guaranteed by the vessel owning subsidiaries of m/v Tiara Globe, m/v River Globe, m/v Star Globe and m/v Sky Globe collateralized by first preferred mortgages over their vessels.

 

F- 24
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

12 Long-Term Debt, net (continued)

 

This reducing revolving credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.95% per annum if the market values of the mortgaged vessels are less than 200% of the outstanding loan balance and 0.75% per annum if the market values of the mortgaged vessels are more than 200% of the outstanding loan balance. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2012 was $52,000 payable in 6 semi-annual installments, one of $3,500 and five of $4,500 starting May 2013, as well as a balloon payment of $26,000 due together with the 6th and final installment due in November 2015. As of December 31, 2012 there was no amount available to be drawn under the revolving credit facility.

 

On December 4, 2012, the Company decided to actively market for sale the vessel m/v Tiara Globe and considered that the vessel met the criteria to be classified as held for sale.

 

The portion of the long-term debt associated with the vessel classified as held for sale amounts to $6,710 and is classified as current liability included in the consolidated statement of financial position under long-term borrowings associated with vessel classified as held for sale.

 

The loan is secured as follows:

 

· First preferred mortgage over: m/v Tiara Globe, m/v River Globe, m/v Star Globe and m/v Sky Globe.
· Guarantees from the owning companies of these vessels.
· First preferred assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessels.
· General pledge of earnings account or any other accounts to be held with the lender.

 

The credit facility contains various covenants requiring us among other things to ensure that:

 

Ø the aggregate market value of the mortgaged vessels at all times is or exceeds 133% of the outstanding balance under the facility, minus the aggregate amount, if any, standing to the credit of Company’s operating accounts or any bank accounts opened with the lender, which are subject to an encumbrance in favor of the lender and designated as a “security account” by the lender for purposes of the credit facility;

 

Ø the ratio of Company’s consolidated market adjusted net worth to Company’s total assets will not be less than 35%;

 

Ø Globus maintain consolidated cash and cash equivalents, including any undrawn commitments so long as such undrawn amount would not trigger an event of default not less than the greater of (1) $10.0 million; and (2) the sum determined by the bank to be the aggregate of the total principal amount of all borrowed money and interest accruing thereon, payable by the Company and which falls due in the six-month period commencing on any relevant day;

 

Ø Mr. Feidakis maintains at least 35% of Company’s total issued voting share capital; and

 

Ø Globus will be permitted to pay dividends on its common shares in respect of any of our financial quarters so long as Globus is not in default on the credit facility at the time of the declaration or payment of the dividends and nor would a default occur as a result of the declaration or payment of such dividend.

 

F- 25
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

12 Long-Term Debt, net (continued)

 

During December 2012, Globus reached an agreement with the lender on certain amendments and waivers to the terms of the credit facility valid for the period from December 28, 2012 to March 31, 2014 (“the waiver period”) as listed below:

 

Ø the aggregate market value of the mortgaged vessels at all times is or exceeds 110% of the outstanding balance under the facility, minus the aggregate amount, if any, standing to the credit of the Company’s operating accounts or any bank accounts opened with the lender, which are subject to an encumbrance in favor of the lender and designated as a “security account” by the lender for purposes of the credit facility.

 

Ø fully waive during the waiver period the requirement that the ratio of the Company’s consolidated market adjusted net worth to its total assets not being less than 35%.

 

Ø Globus to maintain consolidated cash and cash equivalents, to be not less than the greater of (1) $5.0 million; and (2) the sum determined by the bank to be the aggregate of the total principal amount of all borrowed money and interest accruing thereon, payable by the Company and which falls due in the six-month period commencing on any relevant day.

 

Ø Globus is not permitted to pay dividends on its common shares during the waiver period.

 

Ø during the waiver period the facility to bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.10%.

 

As of December 31, 2012, Globus was in compliance with the amended loan covenants.

 

(b ) In June 2010, Kelty Marine Ltd entered into a loan agreement for $26,650 with a bank for the purpose of part financing the acquisition of m/v Jin Star. The loan facility is in the name of Kelty Marine Ltd as the borrower and is guaranteed by Globus (“Guarantor”). The loan facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% if the ratio of the outstanding loan to the market value of m/v Jin Star and any additional security provided at the time being, plus any amount of minimum free liquidity maintained with the bank (Loan to Value ratio, “LtV”) is less than 45%, a margin of 2.40% if the LtV is equal to or exceeds 45% but is less than or equal to 60%, a margin of 2.50% if the LtV exceeds 60% but is less than or equal to 70% and a margin of 2.75% if the LtV exceeds 70%. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2012, was $ 21,650 payable in 18 equal quarterly installments of $500 starting March 2013, as well as a balloon payment of $12,650 due together with the 18th and final installment due in June 2017.

 

The loan is secured as follows:

 

· First preferred mortgage over m/v Jin Star.
· Guarantees from the vessel owning company and from Globus.
· First preferred assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessel as well as of the bareboat charter agreement attached to the vessel.

 

The loan agreement contains various covenants requiring Kelty Marine Ltd to, amongst others things, ensure that

 

Ø Kelty Marine Ltd does not undergo a change of control.

 

Ø the ratio of the Company’s shareholders’ equity to total assets is not less than 25%.

 

F- 26
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

12 Long-Term Debt, net (continued)

 

Ø the Guarantor must have a minimum equity of $50 million.

 

Ø the market value of each vessel and any additional security provided, including the minimum liquidity of $1,000 with the bank, is or exceeds 130% of the loan balance outstanding.

 

Ø the Borrower and or the Guarantor to maintain at the end of each accounting period and all other times during the security period, cash and bank balances and bank deposits of at least $1,000 with the bank.

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company was not in compliance with the security value requirement that requires the market value of the m/v Jin Star and any additional security provided, including the minimum liquidity with the lender, to be equal or greater than 130% of the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under the loan agreement.

 

In such circumstances, upon request from the lender, the Company will have to either provide the lender acceptable additional security with a net realizable value at least equal to the shortfall, or prepay an amount that will eliminate the shortfall, which would amount to $5,765. The amount is classified in the consolidated statement of financial position under current portion of long term-borrowings.

 

(c) In June 2011, Artful Shipholding S.A. and Longevity Maritime Limited entered into a loan agreement for up to $40,000 with a bank for the purpose of part financing the acquisition of m/v Moon Globe and m/v Sun Globe. The loan facility is in the names of Artful Shipholding S.A. and Longevity Maritime Limited as the borrowers and is guaranteed by Globus (“Guarantor”). The loan facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5%.

 

On June 22, 2011, Artful Shipholding S.A. drew down $19,000 (“tranche” (A)), for the purpose of part financing the acquisition of m/v Moon Globe. The balance outstanding of tranche (A) at December 31, 2012, was $16,360 payable in 24 equal quarterly installments of $440 starting March 2013, as well as a balloon payment of $5,800 due together with the 24th and final installment due in December 2018.

 

On September 14, 2011, Longevity Maritime Limited drew down $18,000 (“tranche” (B)) for the purpose of part financing the acquisition of m/v Sun Globe. The balance outstanding of tranche (B) at December 31, 2012, was $15,919 payable in 25 equal quarterly installments of $416 starting March 2013, as well as a balloon payment of $5,513 due together with the 25th and final installment due in March 2019. In accordance with the agreement reached during December 2012 as described below, the Company prepaid on April 9, 2013, $1,000 to be applied to the balloon.

 

The loan is secured as follows:

· First preferred mortgage over m/v Moon Globe and m/v Sun Globe.
· Guarantees from the vessel owning companies and from Globus Maritime Limited.
· First preferred assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessels.

 

F- 27
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

12 Long-Term Debt, net (continued)

 

The loan agreement contains various covenants requiring the vessels owning companies to, amongst others things, ensure that

 

Ø the aggregate fair market value of the m/v Sun Globe and the m/v Moon Globe must equal or exceed 120% of the outstanding balance under the loan agreement less any cash up to $1,000 held in the operating accounts pledged to the lender during the first two years and 130% thereafter.

 

Ø the ratio of the Company’s market adjusted net worth to total assets must be greater than 35%.

 

Ø the company maintain a minimum market adjusted net worth of more than $50,000.

 

Ø the vessel owning subsidiaries must each maintain a minimum liquidity of $500 in an account pledged to the Bank, and

 

Ø a minimum liquidity of the lesser of $10,000 and $1,000 per vessel owned by the Company.

 

During December 2012, Globus reached an agreement with the lender on certain amendments and waivers to the terms of the loan agreement valid for the period from December 31, 2012 to March 31, 2014 (“the waiver period”) as listed below:

 

Ø the aggregate fair market value of the m/v Sun Globe and the m/v Moon Globe must equal or exceed 107% of the outstanding balance under the loan agreement less any cash up to $1,000 held in the operating accounts pledged to the lender.

 

Ø a quarterly cash sweep mechanism with effect from April 12, 2013 will be implemented on all vessels mortgaged under this loan agreement on an individual vessel basis until the security value exceeds 130% of the loan outstanding. Under this mechanism all earnings of these vessels after operating expenses, dry docking provision, general and administrative expenses and debt service, if any, are to be used as applied to the balloon payment of the relevant tranche.

 

Ø the company maintain a minimum market adjusted net worth of more than $20,000.

 

Ø The Company to maintain minimum liquidity of $5,000.

 

Ø the ratio of the Company’s market adjusted net worth to total assets must be greater than 15%.

 

Ø The above amendments were subject to $1,000 prepayment, paid on April 9, 2013, which is classified in the consolidated statement of financial position under current portion of long-term debt, as upon the execution of the supplemental agreement to be applied to the balloon.

 

Ø Globus is not permitted to pay dividends on its common shares during the period of the amendment, and is prohibited from paying dividends to the holders of preferred shares in an amount that will exceed $500 per fiscal year.

 

As of December 31, 2012 Globus was in compliance with the amended loan covenants.

 

F- 28
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

12 Long-Term Debt, net (continued)

 

The contractual annual loan principal payments per bank loan (excluding the liabilities associated with the vessel held for sale) to be made subsequent to December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

    Bank Loan     Total  
    (a)     (b)     (c)        
December 31               tranche (A)     tranche (B)        
2013     8,000       7,765       2,260       2,165       20,190  
2014     9,000       2,000       1,760       1,665       14,425  
2015     35,000       2,000       1,760       1,665       40,425  
2016     -       2,000       1,760       1,665       5,425  
2017     -       7,885       1,760       1,665       11,310  
2018 and thereafter     -       -       7,060       7,094       14,154  
Total     52,000       21,650       16,360       15,919       105,929  

 

The contractual annual loan principal payments per bank loan to be made subsequent to December 31, 2011 were follows:

 

    Bank Loan     Total  
    (a)     (b)     (c)        
December 31               tranche (A)     tranche (B)        
2012     -       2,000       1,760       1,665       5,425  
2013     8,000       2,000       1,760       1,665       13,425  
2014     9,000       2,000       1,760       1,665       14,425  
2015     35,000       2,000       1,760       1,665       40,425  
2016     -       2,000       1,760       1,665       5,425  
2017 and thereafter     -       13,650       9,320       9,259       32,229  
Total     52,000       23,650       18,120       17,584       111,354  

 

The weighted average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are 2.12%, 1.69% and 1.46%, respectively.

 

F- 29
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

13 Share Based Payment

 

Share based payment comprise the following:

    Common shares     Preferred shares     Share
premium
    Retained
earnings
 
Year 2012                                
Non executive directors payment     15,780       -       40       -  
Share bonus to executive directors     39,128       -       181       -  
Series A Preferred shares issued     -       3,347       -       230  
“2009 LTIP” shares issued     52,132       -       303       (17 )
“2012 LTIP” accrued current year     -       -       -       239  
Balance at December 31, 2012     107,040       3,347       524       452  
                                 
Year 2011                                
Non executive directors payment     7,800       -       51       (10 )
“2009 LTIP” shares issued     52,989       -       324       (17 )
“2009 LTIP” accrued current year     -       -       -       16  
Balance at December 31, 2011     60,789       -       375       (11 )
                                 
Year 2010                                
Non executive directors payment     2,822       -       22       9  
“2009 LTIP” shares issued     47,823       -       279       (17 )
“2009 LTIP” accrued current year     -       -       -       17  
“2009 LTIP” portion forfeited     -       -       -       1  
Balance at December 31, 2010     50,645       -       301       10  

 

· For the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Non executive director’s payments:

Refers to the common shares issued or accrued during the year to our non executive directors pursuant to their letters of appointment.

 

Share Bonus to executive directors

By a board of directors resolution dated February 22, 2012 it was decided to allot 39,128 common shares of Globus to our two executive officers as bonus payment for services rendered. The Company recorded an expense of $181 equal to the fair (market) value of the shares as at February 22, 2012 (“the grant date”), which is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, under share based payments, with a corresponding increase in equity under share capital and share premium. All shares were issued and allotted on February 22, 2012.

 

Series A Preferred shares:

Pursuant to a board of directors resolution dated April 20, 2012, 3,347 shares of Series A Preferred shares were granted to Globus’s two executive officers. The holders of Globus’s shares of Series A Preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends payable in cash in an amount per share to be determined by a unanimous resolution of Globus’s Remuneration Committee, in its sole discretion. The Company considers that the issuance of Series A Preferred shares to its executive officers falls under the scope of “IFRS 2 share-based payments” and is considered to be an equity settled share based transaction with employees. The fair value of the Series A Preferred shares was calculated using a discounted cash flow model based on the expectation of future cash dividends.

 

F- 30
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

13 Share Based Payment (continued)

 

The Company recognised an expense of $230 equal to the estimated fair value of the Series A Preferred stock at the grant date which is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, under share based payments, with a corresponding increase in equity under retained earnings. All Series A Preferred shares were issued during April 2012.

 

Long Time Incentive Plan (“2009 LTIP”):

On December 10, 2012, the third and last anniversary of the “ 2009 LTIP”, 52,132 common shares of Globus were issued and allotted to the relevant award holders. The fair (market) value of the common shares issued and allotted on December 10, 2012, was $303.

 

Long Time Incentive Plan (“2012 LTIP”):

By a board of directors resolution dated February 22, 2012 it was decided to grand two conditional equity settled awards to the Globus’s two executive officers:

 

a) A conditional equity settled award of 51,729 and 19,214 common shares of Globus was granted to Globus’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer respectively subject to i) the award holders continuing service until the end of the award period which is defined to be from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2013, ii) 100% of the shares granted will vest at the end of the award period if the average total shareholders return (TSR) during the award period is calculated to be equal or over 10% and prorated if TSR is calculated to be less than 10%, iii) 100% of the shares granted will vest if the average net income of the Company during the award period is 10 times the value of the shares granted valued at the starting price of $9.06 per share (the target amount) and prorated for average net income achieved below the target amount. From February 22, 2012 to December 31, 2012 the Company recognised an accrued expense of $48 in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity under retained earnings.

 

b) A conditional equity settled award of 137,029 common shares and 50,896 common shares of Globus was granted to its chief executive officer and chief financial officer respectively subject to i) the award holders continuing service until the end of the award period which is defined to be from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2014, ii) 100% of shares granted will vest at the end of the award period if the average total shareholders return (TSR) during the award period is calculated to be equal or over 10% and prorated if TSR is calculated to be less than 10%, iii) 100% of the shares granted will vest if the average net income of the Company during the award period is 10 times the value of the shares granted valued at the starting price of $3.31 per share (the target amount) and prorated for average net income below the target amount.

 

From February 22, 2012 to December 31, 2012 the Company recognised an accrued expense of $191 in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity under retained earnings.

 

F- 31
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

13 Share Based Payment (continued)

 

The fair value of the conditional share based awards described above was estimated at grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the awards were granted. The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the valuation of the awards under consideration:

 

    Award (a)     Award (b)  
Measurement date     February 22,2012       February 22, 2012  
Vesting date     December 31, 2013       December 31, 2014  
Share price at measurement date     $4.63 per share       $4.63 per share  
Start price     $9.06 per share       $3.31 per share  
Risk free rate     0.70 %     0.70 %
Dividends     $0,885 per share       $0.245 per share  
Annual volatility     65.0 %     65.0 %
Model used     Monte Carlo       Monte Carlo  
Fair value     $1,46 per share       $3,40 per share  

 

· For the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Non executive director’s payments:

Refers to the common shares issued or accrued during the year to our non executive directors pursuant to their letters of appointment.

 

Long Time Incentive Plan (“2009 LTIP”):

On December 10, 2011, the second anniversary of the “LTIP”, 52,989 common shares of Globus were issued and allotted to the relevant award holders. The fair (market) value of the common shares issued and allotted on December 10, 2011, was $324. From December 10, 2011 to December 31, 2011, the Company recognised an accrued expense of $16 (2010:$17) in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity under retained earnings.

 

· For the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Non executive director’s payments:

Refers to the common shares issued or accrued during the year to our non executive directors pursuant to their letters of appointment.

 

Long Time Incentive Plan (“ 2009 LTIP”):

By a board of directors resolution dated December 10, 2009, it was decided to grand a conditional award totalling 143,800 common shares of Globus to all employees of the Company existing at that date, under the Long Time Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). According to the rules of the LTIP, subject to the employees continuing service, these shares will vest on a daily basis over the next three years, and one third of these shares will be allotted and delivered to them at nil cost on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date subject to i) the employee to be in employment on the date of vesting (vesting-service condition) and ii) Globus be listed on NASDAQ or have raised more than $30,000 from third parties or both (non-vesting conditions) by the year ended December 31, 2010. On November 24, 2010, the shares of Globus were effectively admitted for trading to NASDAQ and thus condition (ii) was satisfied.

 

F- 32
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

13 Share Based Payment (continued)

 

On December 10, 2010, the first anniversary of the “LTIP”, 47,823 common shares of Globus were issued and allotted to the relevant award holders. The fair (market) value as at December 10, 2009, (grant date) of the common shares issued and allotted on December 10, 2010, was $279. From December 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010, the Company recognised an accrued expense of $17 (2009:$17) in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity under retained earnings.

 

14 Voyage Expenses and Vessel Operating Expenses

 

Voyage expenses and vessel operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income consisted of the following:

 

Voyage expenses consisted of:

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Commissions     1,268       1,580       1,496  
Bunkers expenses     2,374       1,065       382  
Other voyage expenses     808       638       274  
Total     4,450       3,283       2,152  

 

Vessel operating expenses consisted of:

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Crew wages and related costs     5,212       4,119       3,078  
Insurance     912       871       597  
Spares, repairs and maintenance     2,192       1,322       1,005  
Lubricants     746       510       429  
Stores     1,094       951       662  
Other     244       194       116  
Total     10,400       7,967       5,887  

 

15 Administrative Expenses

 

The amount shown in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is analysed as follows:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Personnel expenses     1,207       1,284       1,249  
Audit fees     130       134       189  
Travelling expenses     41       47       12  
Consulting fees     149       228       76  
Communication     27       37       50  
Stationery     4       5       7  
NASDAQ registration related expenses     -       -       456  
Other     311       343       271  
Total     1,869       2,078       2,310  

 

F- 33
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

16 Interest Expense and Finance Costs

 

The amounts in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income are analysed as follows:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
Interest payable on long-term borrowings     3,130       2,562       1,712  
Commitment fees payable on long-term borrowings     15       44       50  
Bank charges     41       36       34  
Amortization of debt discount     129       112       275  
Other finance expenses     43       67       62  
Total     3,358       2,821       2,133  

 

17 Dividends paid

 

Dividends declared and paid during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

Dividends declared and paid on common shares during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

2012   $ per share     $000’s     Date declared   Date Paid
Quarterly dividend for 2011     0.16       1,622     February 28, 2012   March 22, 2012
Quarterly dividend for 2012     0.085       862     May 8, 2012   May 31, 2012
              2,484          

 

Dividends declared and paid on Series A Preferred shares during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

2012   $ per share     $000’s     Date declared   Date Paid
1st Preferred dividend     80.00       268     May 8, 2012   May 8, 2012
2nd Preferred dividend     37.50       125     September 5, 2012   September 5, 2012
3rd Preferred dividend     39.75       133     December 4, 2012   December 4, 2012
              526          

 

Dividends declared and paid on common shares during the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

2011   $ per share     $000’s     Date declared   Date Paid
Quarterly dividend for 2010     0.16       1,166     February 24, 2011   March 17, 2011
Quarterly dividend for 2011     0.16       1,166     May 5, 2011   May 31, 2011
Quarterly dividend for 2011     0.16       1,166     June 4, 2011   July 28, 2011
Quarterly dividend for 2011     0.16       1,608     October 20, 2011   November 9, 2011
              5,106          

 

Dividends declared and paid on common shares during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

2010   $ per share     $000’s     Date declared   Date Paid
Interim dividend for 2010     0.113(GBp 7.3)       818     September 6, 2010   September 24, 2010
Quarterly dividend for 2010     0.16       1,166     December 2, 2010   December 28, 2010
              1,984          

 

F- 34
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

18 Derivative financial instruments

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  
Interest rate swaps     -       738       -       1,431  
Total     -       738       -       1,431  

 

During November 2008, the Globus entered into an interest rate swap agreement of a notional amount of $10,000 effective from November 28, 2008 to November 29, 2013. For the period from November 28, 2008 to November 23, 2010 the Company exchanged 6 month Libor interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 2.40%. On November 23, 2010, the swap counterparty had the option to select either (a) to exchange 6 month Libor interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 3.60%, or (b) to exchange 6 month Libor interest rate with 6 month Libor interest rate minus 20 basis points for the remaining period to maturity. On November 23, 2010, the swap counterparty selected option (a). As at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the aforementioned interest rate swap had a fair value of $283 and $580, respectively, in favor of the swap counterparty.

 

On June 17, 2010, Globus and the aforementioned swap counterparty entered into a deed of pledge for an amount of $1,000 against all existing, future and contingent claims of the swap counterparty under the interest rate swap agreement.

 

During November 2008, the Globus entered into an interest rate swap agreement of a notional amount of $15,000 effective from November 28, 2008 to November 28, 2013. For the period from November 28, 2008 to November 29, 2010, Globus, exchanged 3 month Libor interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 2.45%. On November 29, 2010 and for the remaining period to maturity the swap counterparty has the option to select either (a) to exchange 3 month Libor interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 3.64%, or (b) to exchange 3 month Libor interest rate with 3 month Libor interest rate minus 20 basis points. On November 29, 2010, the swap counterparty selected option (a). As at December 31, 2011 and 2010, the aforementioned interest rate swap had a fair value of $455 and $851, respectively, in favor of the swap counterparty.

 

Gains and losses on interest rate swap contracts for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $693 gain, $ 369 gain and $570 loss respectively. The Company recognizes gains and losses on interest rate swap contracts, in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in finance costs.

 

19 Contingencies

 

Various claims, suits and complaints, including those involving government regulations, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, environmental claims, agents, and insurers and from claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which are material for disclosure.

 

20 Commitments

 

The Company enters into time charter and bareboat charter arrangements on its vessels. These non-cancellable arrangements had remaining terms between eight days to twenty five months as of December 31, 2012 and between thirty days to thirty seven months as of December 31, 2011, assuming redelivery at the earliest possible date.

 

F- 35
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

20 Commitments (continued)

 

Future gross minimum lease revenues receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, are as follows (vessel off-hires and dry-docking days that could occur but are not currently known are not taken into consideration; in addition early delivery of the vessels by the charterers is not accounted for):

 

    2012     2011  
Within one year     17,567       22,589  
After one year but not more than five years     11,123       27,671  
Total     28,690       50,260  

 

These amounts include consideration for other elements of the arrangement apart from the right to use the vessel such as maintenance and crewing and its related costs.

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company was a party to an operating lease agreement as lessee (note 4). The operating lease relates to the office premises of the Manager (expiring in August 2015).

 

The future minimum lease payments under this agreement as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 assuming a Euro: US dollar exchange rate of 1:1.4, were as follows:

 

    2012     2011  
Within one year     247       259  
After one year but not more than five years     425       724  
Total     672       983  

 

Total rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, amounted to $226 and $243, respectively.

 

21 Income Tax

 

Under the laws of the countries of the companies’ incorporation and / or vessels’ registration, the companies are not subject to tax on international shipping income; however, they are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax

 

Globus is a foreign corporation with wholly owned subsidiaries that are foreign corporations, which derive income from the international operation of a ship or ships from sources within the United States (“U.S”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Globus believes that to the best of its knowledge, under § 883 of the Internal Revenue Code, its income and the income of its ship-owning subsidiaries, to the extent derived from the international operation of a ship or ships, are currently exempt from U.S. federal income tax.

 

The following is a summary, discussing the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to the Company relating to income derived from the international operation of a ship or ships. The discussion and its conclusion is based upon existing U.S. federal income tax law, including the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and final U.S. Treasury Regulations (the “Regs”) as currently in effect, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

 

F- 36
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

21 Income Tax (continued)

 

Application of § 883 of the Code for the year ended December 31, 2012

 

In general, under § 883, certain non-U.S. corporations are not subject to U.S. federal income tax on their U.S. source income derived from the international operation of a ship or ships.

 

Effective for any tax year ending on September 25, 2004 and thereafter, the Regs provide that a foreign corporation will qualify for the benefits of § 883 if, in relevant part, the foreign country in which the foreign corporation is organized grants an equivalent exemption to corporations organized in the U.S. and the foreign corporation meets the qualified shareholder test described below.

 

A foreign corporation having more than 50 percent of the value of its outstanding shares owned, directly or indirectly by application of specific attribution rules, for at least half of the number of days in the foreign corporation's taxable year by one or more qualified shareholders will meet the qualified shareholder test. In part, an individual who is a shareholder will be considered a qualified shareholder if they are a resident of a qualified foreign country and do not own their interest in the foreign corporation through bearer shares, either directly or indirectly by application of the attribution rules.

 

For the period ended December 31, 2012, Globus and its wholly owned subsidiaries deriving income from the operation of international ships are organized in foreign countries that grant equivalent exemptions to corporations organized in the U.S. Globus and its relevant subsidiaries have more than 50% of the value of their stock for at least half of the number days of their taxable year indirectly owned in the form of registered shares by one individual residing in a qualified foreign country. Accordingly, all of Globus’ and its ship-owning or operating subsidiaries that rely on § 883 for exempting U.S. source income from the international operation of ships would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax for the period ended December 31, 2012. Globus anticipates it and its relevant subsidiaries income will continue to be exempt in the future from U.S. federal income tax. However, in the future, Globus or its subsidiaries may not continue to satisfy certain criteria in the U.S. tax laws and as such, may become subject to the U.S. federal income tax on future U.S. source shipping income.

 

22 Financial risk management objectives and policies

 

The Company’s financial liabilities are bank loans, trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to assist in the financing of Company’s operations and the acquisition of vessels. The Company has various financial assets such as trade receivables and cash and short-term deposits, which arise directly from its operations. The main risks arising from the Company’s financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign currency risk.

 

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates. To manage this, the Company enters into interest rate swaps, in which the Company agrees to exchange, at specific intervals, the difference between fixed and variable interest rate.

 

Interest amounts are calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional principal amount. After taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps, approximately 24% of the Company’s borrowings as at December 31, 2012 and 22% as of December 31, 2011, were at a fixed rate of interest.

 

F- 37
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

22 Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

 

Interest rate risk (continued)

 

Interest rate risk table

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, of the Company’s profit. There is no impact on the Company’s equity.

 

    Increase/Decrease in basis
points
    Effect on profit  
             
2012                
$ Libor     +15       (128 )
      -20       171  
2011                
$ Libor     +15       (116 )
      -20       155  

 

Foreign currency risk

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the Euro exchange rate, with all other variables held constant, to the Company’s profit due to changes in the fair value of monetary assets and liabilities. The Company’s exposure to foreign currency changes for all other currencies as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was not material.

 

    Change in rate     Effect on profit  
             
2012     +10 %   $ 16  
      -10 %     (16 )
                 
2011     +10 %   $ 36  
      -10 %     (36 )

 

Credit risk

 

The Company operates only with recognised, creditworthy third parties including major charterers, commodity traders and government owned entities. Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Company’s exposure to impairment on trade receivable is not significant. The maximum exposure is the carrying value of trade receivable as indicated in the consolidated statement of financial position. With respect to the credit risk arising from other financial assets of the Company such as cash and cash equivalents, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counter parties, which are recognised financial institutions.

 

The Company performs annual evaluations of the relative credit standing of these counter parties. The exposure of these financial instruments is equal to their carrying amount as indicated in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 

F- 38
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

22 Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

 

Concentration of credit risk table:

The following table provides information with respect to charterers who individually, accounted for approximately more than 10% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

    2012     %     2011     %     2010     %  
A     6,574       20 %     3,430       10 %     -       -  
B     5,644       18 %     1,705       5 %     596       2 %
C     5,216       16 %     5,201       15 %     2,723       9 %
D     4,503       14 %     1,547       4 %     -       -  
E     1,753       5 %     5,150       14 %     -       -  
F     1,283       4 %     9,338       26 %     11,239       39 %
G     -       -       -       -       4,195       15 %
Other     7,224       22 %     9,188       26 %     10,107       35 %
Total     32,197       100 %     35,559       100 %     28,860       100 %

 

Liquidity risk

The Company mitigates liquidity risk by managing cash generated by its operations, applying cash collection targets appropriately. The vessels are normally chartered under time-charter, bareboat and spot agreements where, as per the industry practice, the charterer pays for the transportation service 15 days in advance, supporting the management of cash generation. Vessel acquisitions are carefully controlled, with authorisation limits operating up to board level and cash payback periods applied as part of the investment appraisal process. In this way, the Company maintains a good credit rating to facilitate fund raising. In its funding strategy, the Company’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank loans. Excess cash used in managing liquidity is only invested in financial instruments exposed to insignificant risk of changes in market value or are being placed on interest bearing deposits with maturities fixed usually for no more than 3 months. The Company monitors its risk relating to the shortage of funds by considering the maturity of its financial liabilities and its projected cash flows from operations.

 

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s financial liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, based on contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

Year ended December 31, 2012   On
demand
    Less than 3
months
    3 to 12
months
    1 to 5
years
    More than
5 years
    Total  
Long-term debt     5,765       2,029       14,923       76,706       14,558       113,981  
Interest rate swap, net     -       80       665       -       -       745  
Accrued liabilities and other payables     -       1,099       -       -       -       1,099  
Trade payables     -       1,720       -       -       -       1,720  
Total     5,765       4,928       15,588       76,706       14,558       117,545  

 

Year ended December 31, 2011   On
demand
    Less than 3
months
    3 to 12
months
    1 to 5
years
    More than
5 years
    Total  
Long-term debt     -       1,818       6,000       80,713       33,448       121,979  
Interest rate swap, net     -       120       650       768       -       1,538  
Accrued liabilities and other payables     -       1,206       -       -       -       1,206  
Trade payables     -       945       -       -       -       945  
Total     -       4,089       6,650       81,481       33,448       125,668  

 

F- 39
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

22 Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

 

Capital management

 

The primary objective of the Company’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and maximise shareholder value. The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares as well as managing the outstanding level of debt. Lenders may impose capital structure or solvency ratios, refer to note 12. No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Company monitors capital using the ratio of net debt to book capitalisation adjusted for the market value of the Company’s vessels plus net debt. The Company includes within net debt, interest bearing loans gross of unamortized debt discount, less cash and bank balances and bank deposits.

 

Adjusted book capitalization refers to total equity adjusted for the market value of the Company’s vessels. The Company’s policy is to keep the ratio described above between the range of 60% to 80%.

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Interest bearing loans     105,929       111,354  
Cash and bank balances and bank deposits     (11,653 )     (9,301 )
Net debt     94,276       102,053  
                 
Equity     55,182       140,019  
Adjustment for the market value of vessels (charter-free)     (29,961 )     (71,807 )
Adjusted book capitalization     25,221       68,212  
                 
Adjusted book capitalization plus net debt    

119,497

      170,265  
Ratio     78.9 %     59.9 %

 

The increase in the ratio of net debt to adjusted capitalization plus net debt resulted primarily from the steep reduction in the market value of the Company’s vessels.

 

Net debt as calculated above is not consistent with the International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS”) definition of debt. The following reconciliation is provided:

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  
Debt in accordance with IFRS (long & short-term borrowings)     105,519       110,815  
Add: Unamortized debt discount     410       539  
      105,929       111,354  
Less: Cash and bank balances and bank deposits     11,653       9,301  
Net debt     94,276       102,053  

 

 

F- 40
 

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars- except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

23 Financial Instruments

 

Fair values

The carrying values of cash and bank balances, trade receivables and trade payables are reasonable estimates of their fair value due to the short term nature of these financial instruments. The fair values of the credit and loan facilities approximate their carrying value mainly due to the variable interest rate. Derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value.

 

Fair value hierarchy

As at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:

 

Liabilities at fair value   December 31, 2012     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Interest rate swaps     738       -       738       -  
Total     738       -       738       -  

 

Liabilities at fair value   December 31, 2011     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Interest rate swaps     1,431       -       1,431       -  
Total     1,431       -       1,431       -  

 

The Company uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

 

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

 

24 Events after the reporting date

 

Agreements with the lenders

 

On March 26, 2013 and on April 10, 2013 the company signed supplementary agreements concerning certain amendments and waivers to the terms of the credit facility with credit Suisse with reference to the Company as a borrower and the loan agreement with DVB Bank with reference to Artful Shipholding S.A. & Longevity Maritime Limited as borrowers, respectively, based on agreements reached during December 2012. See note 12. In addition, on April 29, 2013, the Company reached an agreement with Commerzbank to prepay $3,000 together with the next scheduled instalment due on June 28, 2013 for the Company to be fully compliant with the provisions of its loan agreement with Commerzbank.

 

Loan prepayment

 

Pursuant to the supplemental agreement reached during December 2012 and signed on March 26, 2013, the Company prepaid the amount of $1,000 on April 9, 2013 to be applied to the balloon.

 

Chief Financial Officer resignation

 

On January 8, 2013 the Globus’s Chief Financial Officer stepped down from his position to pursue other interests. Upon his resignation 780 preferred shares of series A, granted to him on April 20, 2012, were redeemed.

 

F- 41

 

 

Private & Confidential

 

Dated 1 March 2012

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

relating to a

loan of (originally) US$40,000,000

 

to

ARTFUL SHIPHOLDING S.A.

and

LONGEVITY MARITIME LIMITED

 

provided by

DVB BANK SE

 

 

 
 

 

Contents

 

Clause   Page
     
1 Definitions 1
     
2 Agreement of the Bank 4
     
3 Amendments to the Existing Documents 4
     
4 Representations and warranties 7
     
5 Conditions 8
     
6 Relevant Parties’ Confirmation 8
     
7 Expenses 9
     
8 Miscellaneous and notices 9
     
9 Applicable law 10

 

Schedule 1 Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent 12

 

 
 

 

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is dated on 1 March 2012 and made BETWEEN :

 

(1) ARTFUL SHIPHOLDINGS S.A. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Artful Borrower ”);

 

(2) LONGEVITY MARITIME LIMITED , a company incorporated in the Republic of Malta with its registered office at 18/2 South Street, Valetta, VL T 1102, Republic of Malta (the “ Longevity Borrower ”; and together with the Artful Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”);

 

(3) GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Corporate Guarantor ”);

 

(4) GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Manager ”); and

 

(5) DVB BANK SE , a banking corporation incorporated and established under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at Platz der Republik 6, 0-60325 Frankfurt am Main, Federal Republic of Germany (the “ Bank ”).

 

WHEREAS :

 

(A) this Agreement is supplemental to:

 

(a) a facility agreement dated 20 June 2011 (the “ Original Agreement ”) made between (1) the Borrowers as joint and several borrowers and (2) the Bank as lender, as amended and supplemented by a supplemental letter dated 16 November 2011 (the “ Supplemental Letter ”; and together with the Original Agreement, the “ Principal Agreement ”) whereby the Bank agreed (inter alia) to make available to the Borrowers, upon the terms and conditions therein contained, a loan of up to $40,000,000; and

 

(b) a corporate guarantee dated 20 June 2011 (the “ Principal Corporate Guarantee ”) executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Bank;

 

(B) the Borrowers have requested that the Bank provides its consent to (ii) the change of account where each Borrower shall maintain a minimum cash balance of at least $500,000 pursuant to clause 8.1.16 of the Principal Agreement and (ii) the opening of an account by each Borrower with the Bank; and

 

(C) this Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank shall, at the request of the Borrowers, provide its consent to the said changes.

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1 Definitions

 

1.1 Defined expressions

 

Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement shall unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

 

1
 

 

1.2 Definitions

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Artful Minimum Liquidity Account ” means a Dollar account of the Artful Borrower opened or (as the context may require) to be opened by the Artful Borrower with the Bank with account number 2910051048 and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any other account designated in writing by the Bank to be the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

Artful Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge ” means the first priority account pledge executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Artful Borrower in favour of the Bank in respect of the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account in such form as the Bank may require in its sole discretion;

 

Corporate Guarantee ” means the Principal Corporate Guarantee as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

Effective Date ” means the date, no later than 9 March 2012, on which the Bank has received the documents and evidence specified in clause 5 and schedule 1 in a form and substance satisfactory to it;

 

Existing Documents ” means, together, the Principal Agreement and the Principal Corporate Guarantee and “ Existing Document ” means either of them;

 

Government Entity ” means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;

 

Indebtedness ” means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

Loan Agreement ” means the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account ” means a Dollar account of the Longevity Borrower opened or (as the context may require) to be opened by the Longevity Borrower with the Bank with account number 2910051064 and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any other account designated in writing by the Bank to be the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge ” means the first priority account pledge executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Longevity Borrower in favour of the Bank in respect of the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account in such form as the Bank may require in its sole discretion;

 

Minimum Liquidity Account ” means:

 

(a) in relation to the Artful Borrower, the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account; or

 

(b) in relation to the Longevity Borrower, the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account,

 

and “ Minimum Liquidity Accounts ” means, together, both of them;

 

2
 

 

Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges ” means:

 

(a) in relation to the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account, the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge; or

 

(b) in relation to the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account, the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge,

 

and “ Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges ” means, together, both of them;

 

Relevant Documents ” means this Agreement and the Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges; and

 

Relevant Parties ” means, together, the Borrowers, the Manager and the Corporate Guarantor.

 

1.3 Existing Documents

 

References in:

 

(i) the Principal Agreement to “this Agreement”; and

 

(ii) the Principal Corporate Guarantee to “this Guarantee”,

 

shall, with effect from the Effective Date and unless the context otherwise requires, be references to the Principal Agreement and the Principal Corporate Guarantee, respectively, as amended by this Agreement and words such as “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder”, “hereafter”, “hereby” and “hereto”, where they appear in the Principal Agreement and/or the Principal Corporate Guarantee shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.4 Headings

 

Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.5 Construction of certain terms

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.5.1 references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and references to this Agreement includes its schedules;

 

1.5.2 references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any other document shall be construed as references to this Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;

 

1.5.3 references to a “ regulation ” include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any agency, authority, central bank or government department or any self-regulatory or other national or supra-national authority;

 

1.5.4 words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

1.5.5 references to a time of day are to London time;

 

1.5.6 references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;

 

3
 

 

1.5.7 references to a “ guarantee ” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “ guaranteed ” shall be construed accordingly; and

 

1.5.8 references to any enactment shall be deemed to include references to such enactment as reenacted, amended or extended.

 

2 Agreement of the Bank

 

The Bank, relying upon the representations and warranties on the part of the Relevant Parties contained in clause 4 and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, fulfilment on or before [ ] 2012 of the conditions contained in clause 5 and schedule 1, agrees to the amendments to the Existing Documents on the terms set out in clause 3 and consents to each Borrower transferring at least $500,000 from its Operating Account to the relevant Minimum Liquidity Account.

 

3 Amendments to the Existing Documents

 

3.1 Amendments to the Principal Agreement

 

The Principal Agreement shall, with effect on and from the Effective Date, be (and is hereby) amended in accordance with the following provisions (and the Principal Agreement (as so amended) will continue to be binding upon each of the parties hereto upon such terms as so amended):

 

3.1.1 by inserting in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement the following new definitions of “ Account Pledges ”, “ Accounts ”, “ Artful Minimum Liquidity Account ”, “ Artful Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge ”, “ Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account ”, “ Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge ”, “ Minimum Liquidity Account ”, “ Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge ”, “ Supplemental Agreement ” and “ Supplemental Letter ” in the correct alphabetical order:

 

““ Account Pledges ” means, together, the Operating Account Pledges and the Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges and “ Account Pledge ” means each one of them;

 

Accounts ” means, together, the Operating Accounts and the Minimum Liquidity Accounts and “ Account ” means each one of them;

 

Artful Minimum Liquidity Account ” means a Dollar account of the Artful Borrower opened or (as the context may require) to be opened by the Artful Borrower with the Bank with account number 2910051048 and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any other account designated in writing by the Bank to be the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

Artful Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge ” means the first priority account pledge executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Artful Borrower in favour of the Bank in respect of the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account in such form as the Bank may require in its sole discretion;

 

Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account ” means a Dollar account of the Longevity Borrower opened or (as the context may require) to be opened by the Longevity Borrower with the Bank with account number 2910051064 and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any other account designated in writing by the Bank to be the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge ” means the first priority account pledge executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Longevity Borrower in favour of the Bank in respect of the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account in such form as the Bank may require in its sole discretion;

 

4
 

 

Minimum Liquidity Account means:

 

(a) in relation to the Artful Ship and/or the Artful Borrower, the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account; or

 

(b) in relation to the Longevity Ship and/or the Longevity Borrower, the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account,

 

and “ Minimum Liquidity Accounts means, together, both of them;

 

Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge means:

 

(c) in relation to the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account, the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge; or

 

(d) in relation to the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account, the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge,

 

and “ Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges means, together, both of them;

 

Supplemental Agreement ” means the supplemental agreement dated 1 March 2012 made between the Borrowers, the Manager, the Corporate Guarantor and the Bank supplemental to this Agreement;

 

Supplemental Letter ” means the supplemental letter dated 16 November 2011 issued by the Bank and addressed to the Borrowers supplemental to this Agreement;”;

 

3.1.2 by amending the words “Operating Account Pledges” to read “Account Pledges” and by inserting the words “, the Supplemental Letter, the Supplemental Agreement” after the words “any Charter Assignment” in the third line of the definition of “ Security Documents ” in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement; and

 

3.1.3 by deleting clause 7.1.7 of the Principal Agreement and by inserting in its place the following new clause 7.1.7:

 

"7.1.7 Choice of law

 

the choice of English law to govern the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages, the Operating Account Pledges and the Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges), the choice of (i) the law of the relevant Flag State to govern each Mortgage, (ii) Greek law to govern the Operating Account Pledges and (iii) German law to govern the Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges, and the submissions by the Security Parties to the non- exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts, are valid and binding;”;

 

3.1.4 by deleting clause 8.1.16 of the Principal Agreement and by inserting in its place the following new clause 8.1.16:

 

“maintain at all times:

 

(a) from the date of this Agreement and until the Effective Date (as such term is defined in the Supplemental Agreement), in its Operating Account a cash balance of at least $500,000; and

 

(b) after the Effective Date (as such term is defined in the Supplemental Agreement), in its Minimum Liquidity Account, a cash balance of at least $500,000; and”;

 

5
 

 

3.1.5 by deleting clause 10.1.27 of the Principal Agreement and by inserting in its place the following new clause 10.1.27:

 

“10.1.27 Accounts: moneys are withdrawn from any of the Accounts other than in accordance with clause 14; or”;

 

3.1.6 by deleting in clause 14.2 of the Principal Agreement the words “provided that the amount standing to the credit of the relevant Operating Account will after such withdrawal be no less than $500,000,”;

 

3.1.7 by amending the words “Operating Accounts” in the heading of clause 14 of the Principal Agreement to read “Accounts” and by amending in the same manner the Table of Contents of the Principal Agreement;

 

3.1.8 by deleting clause 14.4 of the Principal Agreement and by inserting in its place the following new clause 14.4:

 

14.4 Pledging of Accounts

 

Each Account and all amounts from time to time standing to the credit thereof shall be subject to the security constituted and the rights conferred by the relevant Account Pledge.”; and

 

3.1.9 by adding the following new clauses 14.5 and 14.6:

 

14.5 Minimum Liquidity Accounts: withdrawals

 

Unless the Bank otherwise agrees in writing, neither Borrower shall be entitled to withdraw any moneys from its Minimum Liquidity Account at any time from the date of this Agreement.

 

14.6 Application of Minimum Liquidity Accounts

 

At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank may, without notice to the Borrowers, apply all moneys then standing to the credit of the Minimum Liquidity Accounts (or either of them) (together with interest from time to time accruing or accrued thereon) in or towards satisfaction of any sums due to the Bank under the Security Documents in the manner specified in clause 13.1.”.

 

3.2 Amendments to the Principal Corporate Guarantee

 

The Principal Corporate Guarantee shall with effect on and from the Effective Date, be (and is hereby) amended (and the Principal Corporate Guarantee (as so amended) will continue to be binding upon each of the parties hereto upon such terms as so amended).

 

3.3 by deleting paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 in its entirety and by inserting in its place the following new paragraph 2:

 

“(a) the amount standing to the credit of the Artful Minimum Liquidity Account is $[ ], versus the required minimum amount of $500,000; and

 

(b) the amount standing to the credit of the Longevity Minimum Liquidity Account is $[ ], versus the required minimum amount of $500,000.”.

 

6
 

 

3.4 Continued force and effect

 

Save as amended by this Agreement, the provisions of each of the Existing Documents and the other Security Documents shall continue in full force and effect and each of the Existing Documents and this Agreement shall be read and construed as one instrument.

 

4 Representations and warranties

 

4.1 Primary representations and warranties

 

Each of the Relevant Parties represent and warrant to the Bank that:

 

4.1.1 Existing representations and warranties

 

the representations and warranties set out in clause 7 of the Principal Agreement, clause 4 of the Principal Guarantee and clause 4 of each Manager’s Undertaking were true and correct on the date of the relevant document and are true and correct, including to the extent that they may have been or shall be amended by this Agreement, as if made at the date of this Agreement with reference to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;

 

4.1.2 Corporate power

 

it has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Relevant Document to which it is or will become, a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by it to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of each Relevant Document to which it is or will become, a party;

 

4.1.3 Binding obligations

 

this Agreement and the other Relevant Documents to which it is, or will become, a party constitute its valid and legally binding obligations enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

4.1.4 No conflict with other obligations

 

the execution, delivery and performance of each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party by such Relevant Party will not (i) contravene any existing law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which such Relevant Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which such Relevant Party is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound or (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of such Relevant Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige such Relevant Party to create any Encumbrance on any of its undertakings, assets, rights or revenues;

 

4.1.5 No filings required

 

it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party that it or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Relevant Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Relevant Jurisdiction on or in relation to such Relevant Document and each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Relevant Jurisdiction;

 

4.1.6 Choice of law

 

the choice of English law to govern this Agreement, the choice of German law to govern the Minimum Liquidity Account Pledge to which such Relevant Party is, or will become, a party to and the submission by such Relevant Party to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts are valid and binding; and

 

7
 

 

4.1.7 Consents obtained

 

every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by such Relevant Party in connection with the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party or the performance by such Relevant Party of its obligations under each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same.

 

4.2 Repetition of representations and warranties

 

Each of the representations and warranties contained in clause 4.1 of this Agreement and clause 7 of the Principal Agreement, clause 4 of the Principal Guarantee and clause 4 of each Manager’s Undertaking shall be deemed to be repeated by each Relevant Party (in respect of each document that each is a party to) on the Effective Date as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day.

 

5 Conditions

 

5.1 Documents and evidence

 

The agreement of the Bank referred to in clause 2 shall be subject to the receipt by the Bank or its duly authorised representative of the documents and evidence specified in schedule 1 in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

 

5.2 General conditions precedent

 

The agreement of the Bank referred to in clause 2 shall be further subject to:

 

5.2.1 the representations and warranties in clause 4 being true and correct on the Effective Date as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time; and

 

5.2.2 no Default having occurred and continuing at the time of the Effective Date.

 

5.3 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

The conditions specified in this clause 5 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Bank and may be waived by the Bank in whole or in part with or without conditions.

 

6 Relevant Parties’ Confirmation

 

Each of the Relevant Parties acknowledges and agrees, for the avoidance of doubt, that:

 

6.1 each of the Security Documents to which it is a party, and its obligations thereunder, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the amendments made to the Principal Agreement and the Principal Guarantee by this Agreement; and

 

6.2 with effect from the Effective Date, references to “the Agreement” or “the Loan Agreement” or “the Corporate Guarantee” in any of the other Security Documents to which it is a party shall henceforth be references to the Principal Agreement and the Principal Corporate Guarantee as each is amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement and as from time to time hereafter amended and/or supplemented and shall also be deemed to include the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder.

 

8
 

 

7 Expenses

 

7.1 Expenses

 

The Borrowers agree to pay to the Bank on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank:

 

7.1.1 in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and, where relevant, registration of the Relevant Documents and of any amendment or extension of, or the granting of any waiver or consent under, any of the Relevant Documents; and

 

7.1.2

in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under any of the Relevant Documents or otherwise in respect of the monies owing and obligations incurred under any of the Relevant Documents,

 

together with interest at the rate referred to in clause 3.4 of the Principal Agreement from the date on which such expenses were incurred to the date of payment (as well after as before judgement).

 

7.2 Value Added Tax

 

All expenses payable pursuant to this clause 7 shall be paid together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly chargeable thereon.

 

7.3 Stamp and other duties

 

The Borrowers agree to pay to the Bank on demand all stamp, documentary, registration or other like duties or taxes (including any duties or taxes payable by the Bank) imposed on or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents and shall indemnify the Bank against any liability arising by reason of any delay or omission by the Borrowers to pay such duties or taxes.

 

8 Miscellaneous and notices

 

8.1 Notices

 

Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement shall:

 

8.1.1 be in writing, delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available) or telefax or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form;

 

8.1.2 be deemed to have been received, in the case of a letter, when delivered personally or three (3) days after it has been put into the post and, in the case of a facsimile transmission or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form, at the time of despatch (provided that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the country of the addressee or, if the time of despatch is after the close of business in the country of the addressee, it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day); and

 

8.1.3 be sent:

 

(a) if to the Relevant Parties or any of them:

 

c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp.

128 Vouliagmenis Avenue

166 74 Glyfada

Greece

 

Fax No:      +30 210 960 8352

Attn:          Mr George Karageorgiou

 

9
 

 

(b) if to the Bank at:

 

For credit matters:

 

DVB Bank SE, Frankfurt

Platz der Republik 6

D-60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

 

Fax No:                  +49 69 9750 4526

Attention:                LAM Frankfurt

 

with a copy to:

 

DVB Bank SE

Representative Office Greece

95 Akti Miaouli

185 38 Piraeus

Greece

 

Fax No: +30 210 455 7420

Attention: Dry Bulk Group

 

For Loan Administration Matters:

 

DVB Bank SE

Park House

6th Floor

16-18 Finsbury Circus

London EC2M 7EB

England

 

Fax No:                   + 44 207 256 4352

Attention:                 LAM London

 

8.2 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8.3 Relevant Parties’ obligations

 

Each of the Relevant Parties being party to this Agreement agrees and consents to be bound by this Agreement notwithstanding that any of the other Relevant Party which was intended to sign or be bound may not do so or be effectually bound and notwithstanding that this Agreement may be invalid or unenforceable against any of the other Relevant Parties whether or not the deficiency is known to the Bank. The Bank shall be at liberty to release any of the Relevant Parties from this Agreement and to compound with or otherwise vary the liability or to grant time and indulgence to make other arrangements with any of the Relevant Parties without prejudicing or affecting the rights and remedies of the Bank against the other Relevant Parties.

 

9 Applicable law

 

9.1 Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

10
 

 

9.2 Submission to jurisdiction

 

Each of the Relevant Parties agrees, for the benefit of the Bank, that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with any non-contractual obligations connected with it) against any of its assets may be brought in the English courts. Each of the Relevant Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Messrs Saville & Co at present of One Carey Lane, EC2V 8AE, London, England to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any such legal action or proceedings. The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take proceedings against any of the Relevant Parties in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in anyone or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not. Each of the Relevant Parties further agrees that only the courts of England and not those of any other state shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim which any of the Relevant Parties may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any non-contractual obligations connected with it.

 

9.3 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

 

No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as a deed on the date first above written.

 

11
 

 

Schedule 1

Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent

 

(referred to in clause 5.1)

 

1 Minimum Liquidity Accounts

 

Evidence that each Minimum Liquidity Account has been opened, pledged and that at least $500,000 have been deposited in each account;

 

2 Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges

 

the Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges, each duly executed;

 

3 English process agent

 

a letter from each Relevant Party’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings accepting its appointment under this Agreement as such Relevant Party’s process agent;

 

4 German process agent

 

a letter from the Borrowers’ agent for receipt of service of proceedings accepting its appointment under the Minimum Liquidity Account Pledges as such Borrowers’ process agent; and

 

5 Other matters

 

such other matters or favourable opinions as the Bank may require.

 

12
 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by Elias Deftereos )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Elias Deftereos  
ARTFUL SHIPHOLDING S.A. ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by Elias Deftereos )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Elias Deftereos  
LONGEVITY MARITIME LIMITED ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by Elias Deftereos )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Elias Deftereos  
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by Elias Deftereos )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Elias Deftereos  
GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP. ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

13
 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by Pinelopi-Anna Milion )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Pinelopi-Anna Milion  
DVB BANK SE ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

14

 

 

Private & Confidential

 

  Dated 10 April 2013  

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

relating to a

loan of (originally) US$40,000,000

 

to

ARTFUL SHIPHOLDING S.A.

and

LONGEVITY MARITIME LIMITED

 

provided by

DVB BANK SE

 

 

 
 

 

Contents

 

Clause Page
   
1 Definitions 1
   
2 Agreement of the Bank 3
   
3 Amendments to the Existing Documents 3
   
4 Representations and warranties 8
   
5 Conditions 9
   
6 Relevant Parties Confirmation 10
   
7 Fees and expenses 10
   
8 Miscellaneous and notices 11
   
9 Applicable law 12
   
Schedule 1 Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent 14
   
Schedule 2 “Schedule 1 Form of Compliance Certificate 16

 

 
 

 

THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is dated on 10 April 2013 and made BETWEEN :

 

(1) ARTFUL SHIPHOLDINGS S.A. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960 (the Artful Borrower ”);

 

(2) LONGEVITY MARITIME LIMITED , a company incorporated in the Republic of Malta with its registered office at 18/2 South Street, Valetta, VLT 1102, Republic of Malta (the Longevity Borrower ”; and together with the Artful Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”);

 

(3) GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Corporate Guarantor ”);

 

(4) GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP ., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960 (the Manager ”); and

 

(5) DVB BANK SE , a banking corporation incorporated and established under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at Platz der Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt am Main, Federal Republic of Germany (the Bank ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) this Agreement reflects the terms of an agreement reached between the Bank and the Borrowers during December 2012;

 

(B) this Agreement is supplemental to:

 

(a) a facility agreement dated 20 June 2011 (the “ Original Agreement ”) made between (1) the Borrowers as joint and several borrowers and (2) the Bank as lender, as amended and supplemented by a supplemental letter dated 16 November 2011 (the “ Supplemental Letter ”) and a supplemental agreement dated 1 March 2012 (the “ First Supplemental Agreement ”; and together with the Original Agreement and the Supplemental Letter, the “ Principal Agreement ”) whereby the Bank agreed (inter alia) to make available to the Borrowers, upon the terms and conditions therein contained, a loan of up to $40,000,000; and

 

(b) a corporate guarantee dated 20 June 2011 executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Bank as amended and supplemented by the First Supplemental Agreement (together the “ Principal Corporate Guarantee ”); and

 

(C) this Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank shall, at the request of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, provide its consent to certain amendments to the terms and conditions applicable to the Principal Agreement and/or the Principal Corporate Guarantee.

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1 Definitions

 

1.1 Defined expressions

 

Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement or the Principal Corporate Guarantee shall unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

 

1
 

 

1.2 Definitions

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Artful Mortgage Amendment” means an amendment to the Artful Mortgage executed or (as the context may require) to be executed between the Artful Borrower and the Bank under the Second Supplemental Agreement in such form as the Bank may require;

 

“Corporate Guarantee” means the Principal Corporate Guarantee as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

“Effective Date” means the date, no later than 1 9 April 2013, on which the Bank has received the documents and evidence specified in clause 5 and schedule 1 in a form and substance satisfactory to it;

 

“Existing Documents” means, together, the Principal Agreement and the Principal Corporate Guarantee and “Existing Document” means either of them;

 

“Government Entity” means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority , board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;

 

“Indebtedness” means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

Loan Agreement” means the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by thisAgreement;

 

“Relevant Documents” means this Agreement, the Artful Mortgage Amendment and any other document executed by a Relevant Party in connection with this Agreement; and

 

“Relevant Parties” means, together, the Borrowers, the Manager and the Corporate Guarantor and “Relevant Party” means each one of them.

 

1.3 Existing Documents

 

References in:

 

(i) the Principal Agreement to “this Agreement” ; and

 

(ii) the Principal Corporate Guarantee to “this Guarantee”,

 

shall, with effect from the Effective Date and unless the context otherwise requires, be references to the Principal Agreement and the Principal Corporate Guarantee, respectively, as amended by this Agreement and words such as “herein”, “hereof’, “hereunder”, “hereafter”, “hereby” and “hereto”, where they appear in the Principal Agreement and/or the Principal Corporate Guarantee shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.4 Headings

 

Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2
 

 

1.5 Construction of certain terms

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.5.1 references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and references to this Agreement includes its schedules;

 

1.5 . 2 references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any other document shall be construed as references to this Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;

 

1.5.3 references to a “ regulation ” include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any agency, authority, central bank or government department or any self-regulatory or other national or supra-national authority;

 

1.5.4 words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

1.5 . 5 references to a time of day are to London time;

 

1.5 . 6 references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;

 

1.5.7 references to a “ guarantee ” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and guaranteed shall be construed accordingly; and

 

1.5.8 references to any enactment shall be deemed to include references to such enactment as reenacted, amended or extended.

 

2 Agreement of the Bank

 

2 . 1 The Bank, relying upon the representations and warranties on the part of the Relevant Parties contained in clause 4 and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, fulfilment on or before 19 April 2013 of the conditions contained in clause 5 and schedule 1, agrees to the amendments to the Existing Documents on the terms set out in clause 3.

 

3 Amendments to the Existing Documents

 

3.1 Amendments to the Principal Agreement

 

The Principal Agreement shall, with effect on and from the Effective Date, be (and is hereby) amended in accordance with the following provisions (and the Principal Agreement (as so amended) will continue to be binding upon each of the parties hereto upon such terms as so amended):

 

3.1.1 by deleting in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement the definitions of Artful Mortgage ”, LlBOR and Security Requirement ” and by inserting in their respective places the following new definitions of “ Artful Mortgage ”, “ LlBOR ” and “ Security Requirement ”:

 

““ Artful Mortgage ” means the first preferred Marshall Islands mortgage of the Artful Ship dated 22 June 2011 executed by the Artful Borrower in favour of the Bank, as amended by the Artful Mortgage Amendment;

 

3
 

 

LIBOR means, i n relation to any amount and for any per i od , the offered rate (if any) for deposits of Dollars for such amount and for such period which is :

 

(a) the rate for such per i od as displayed on Reuters page LlBOR01 (British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates) (or such other page as may replace such page LlBOR01 on such system or on any other system of the information vendor for the time being designated by the British Bankers’ Association to calculate the BBA Interest Settlement Rate (as defined in the British Bankers’ Association’s Recommended Terms and Conditions (“BBAIRS” terms) applicable at the relevant time) at or about 11 :00 a.m. on the Quotation Date for such period; or

 

(b) if on such date no such rate is displayed on the Reuters screen or the Reuters screen is not operating at the relevant time, the rate quoted by the Bank as the Bank’s offered rate for deposits of Dollars in an amount approximately equal to the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to be determined for a period equivalent to such period to prime banks in the London Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Date for such period (or, if the Bank shall have made a determination pursuant to clause 3.6, such later time (not being later than 1:00 p.m . on the first day of such period) as the Bank may determine) ,

 

provided however that if the rate determined pursuant to paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above is lower than zero (0), then LlBOR shall be zero (0);

 

Security Requirement ” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank whose certificate shall , in the absence of manifest error, be conclus i ve and binding on the Borrowers) which is at any relevant time:

 

(a) during the period commencing on the day of this Agreement and ending on 30 December 2012, one hundred and twenty per cent (120%) of the Loan minus any amount standing to the credit of the Operating Accounts or, as the case may be, Minimum Liquidity Accounts up to $1,000,000 in aggregate at that time; and

 

(b) during the period commencing on 31 December 2012 and ending on 31 March 2014, one hundred and seven per cent (107%) of the Loan minus any amount standing to the credit of the Minimum Liquidity Accounts up to $1,000,000 in aggregate at that time; and

 

(c) after 31 March 2014, one hundred and thirty per cent (130%) of the Loan minus any amount standing to the credit of the Minimum Liquidity Accounts up to $1 , 000,000 in aggregate at that time;” ;

 

3.1.2 by inserting in clause 1 . 2 of the Principal Agreement the following new definitions of “ Agreed Expenses , Artful Mortgage Amendment , “ Calculation Period ”, “ Capital Expenditure , “ Debt Service , “ Excess Cash ”, Permitted Capital Expenditure , Revision Period and “ Second Supplemental Agreement ” in the correct alphabetical order :

 

““ Agreed Expenses ” means , in relation to a Calculation Period and a Borrower and its Ship, the total voyage and operat i ng expenses and costs (including, without limi t a t i o n , mai n t e nan c e co st , crew wages, insurance cost and management fees) , administrative co s t s a n d d ry- do cking cos t s and the total cost of any intermediate or special survey, all incurred and pai d by th at Borr ow e r f o r that Ship during such Calculation Period , all as shown in the then lat es t fin a ncia l st a t ement s o f that Borrower for such Calculation Period ;

 

Artful Mortgage Amendment ” means an amendment to the Artful Mortgage executed or (as the context may require) to be executed between the Artful Borrower and the Bank under the Second Supplemental Agreement in such form as the Bank may require ;

 

Calculation Period means each quarter of each financial year of the Corporate Guarantor falling wholly or partly after the Effective Date (as such term is defined in the Second Supplemental Agreement);

 

4
 

 

“Capital Expenditure” means expenditure on the acquisition, construction, development or improvement of an asset which would be treated as capital expenditure in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles;

 

Debt Service” means , in relation to a Calculation Period and a Borrower and its Ship, the amount in Dollars which is equal to amounts paid by the Borrowers during such Calculation Period on account of:

 

(a) interest on the Advance relevant to such Ship; plus

 

(b) repayment instalments of the Advance relevant to such Ship under clause 4.1 and all other sums payable by the Borrowers to the extent they relate to that Sh i p and that Borrower under this Agreement and the other Security Documents; plus

 

(c) fees due from the Borrowers to the Bank pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement,

 

in each case as shown in the then latest financial statements of that Borrower for such Calculation Period ;

 

Excess Cash means, in relation to a Calculation Period and a Borrower and its Ship , the amount in Dollars (calculated by the Bank in its sole d i scretion pursuant to clause 8.4) which is equal to :

 

(a) the Earnings of such Ship during such Calculation Period, as shown in the then latest financial statements of that Borrower for such Calculation Period, minus

 

(b) the Debt Service for such Borrower and its Ship for such Calculat i on Period, minus

 

(c) the Agreed Expenses for such Borrower and its Ship for such Calculation Period;

 

“Permitted Capital Expenditure” means any Capital Expenditure :

 

(a) which a Borrower is required to incur in respect of the Ships by any law or regulation; or

 

(b) incurred in the ordinary course of business for the normal maintenance of a Ship; or

 

(c) wh i ch following request by a Borrower the Bank agrees to designate as Permitted Capital Expenditure” for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

Revision Period means the period commencing on 31 December 2012 and 31 March 2014;

 

Second Supplemental Agreement” means the supplemental agreement dated 10 April 2013 made between the Borrowers, the Manager, the Corporate Guarantor and the Bank supplemental to this Agreement ;”;

 

3 . 1.3 by inserting the words “or clause 8.4” after the words “clause 8.2 . 1 (a)” in the first line of clause 4 . 5.4 of the Principal Agreement ;

 

3.1.3 by inserting the following new clause 8.3.17 immediately after clause 8 . 3.16 of the Principal Agreement:

 

“8 . 3.17 during the Revision Period incur any Capital Expenditure other than Permitted Capital Expenditure;”;

 

3.1.5 by inserting the words “(save for clause 8.3.17)” after the words “with the Bank that,” in the first line of clause 8.3 of the Principal Agreement;

 

3.1.6 by renumbering the existing clauses 8 . 3 . 17 , 8 . 3.18 and 8.3 . 19 of the Principal Agreement to clauses 8 . 3 . 18, 8.3.19 and clause 8 . 3.20 respectively;

 

5
 

 

3.1.7 by adding in the Principal Agreement the following new clause 8.4:

 

8.4 Excess Cash recapture

 

8.4.1 During the period commencing on the day of the Effective Date (as such term is defined in the Second Supplemental Agreement) and ending on the last day of the Security Period, the Bank shall, in relation to each Calculation Period and each Borrower, calculate the amount of the Excess Cash of the relevant Borrower and its Ship for such Calculation Period upon receipt of the unaudited financial statements of that Borrower in relation to such Calculation Period.

 

8.4.2 If, and only if, (a) following a calculation the Bank determines the Excess Cash of a Borrower for a Calculation Period to be a positive figure and (b) the Bank determines that the Security Value is less than 130% of the Loan on the last day of such Calculation Period, then the Bank shall notify such Borrower accordingly and of the amount of such Excess Cash.

 

8.4.3 Following each such notification of Excess Cash in respect of a Calculation Period, the Borrowers shall prepay to the Bank such part of the Loan as is equal to that notified amount of Excess Cash.

 

8.4.4 Each prepayment under clause 8.4.3 shall be made no later than the first Interest Payment Date of either Advance falling immediately after such notification .

 

8.4.5 If at any time following the submission of the unaudited financial statements of a Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement in respect of a financial year, the Bank calculates the Excess Cash in respect of a Borrower and a Calculation Period falling during the Revision Period and finds such Excess Cash to be higher than the Excess Cash for that Borrower previously calculated for that same Calculation Period by reference to the quarterly unaudited financial statements of that Borrower, then the Bank may notify the Borrowers of the difference, and the Borrowers shall make a prepayment of the Loan relevant to that Ship equal to the difference. The prepayment shall be made on the next Interest Payment Date falling immediately after such notification.”; and

 

3.1.8 by deleting clause 8.1.5 of the Principal Agreement in its entirety and by inserting in its place the following new clause 8.1.5:

 

“8.1 . 5 Financial statements

 

prepare or cause to be prepared:

 

(a) unaudited financial statements of each Borrower in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied in respect of each quarter of each financial year of such Borrower (namely , each 3-month period ending on 31 March, 30 June , 30 September and 31 December of each calendar year), certified as to their accuracy by two (2) directors of the relevant Borrower;

 

(b) unaudited financial statements of each Borrower in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied in respect of each financial year (namely, each 12-month period ending on 31 December of each calendar year), certified as to their accuracy by two (2) directors of the relevant Borrower;

 

(c) consolidated financial statements of the Group in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied in respect of each financial year (namely , each 12-month period ending on 31 December of each calendar year) and cause the same to be reported on by the Group’s auditors; and

 

(d) unaudited balance sheet and profit and loss accounts of the Group in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied in

 

6
 

 

respect of each quarter of each financial year (namely , each 3-month period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December of each calendar year),

 

together with (A) details of all off-balance sheet and time-charter commitments of the relevant Borrower or, as the case may be , the Group and (B) a calculation of the amount of the Excess Cash of each Borrower and its Ship in relation to each Calculation Period falling in the relevant financial period and, in each case, deliver as many copies of the same as the Bank may reasonably require as soon as practicable but not later than :

 

(i) in the case of audited financial statements of the Group, one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of the financial year to which they relate;

 

(ii) in the case of unaudited financial statements of the Group, ninety (90) days after the end of the financial period to which they relate; and

 

(iii) in the case of unaudited financial statements of a Borrower , thirty (30) days after the end of the financial period to which they relate;”.

 

3.2 Amendments to the Principal Corporate Guarantee

 

The Principal Corporate Guarantee shall with effect on and from the Effective Date, be (and is hereby) amended (and the Principal Corporate Guarantee (as so amended) will continue to be binding upon each of the parties hereto upon such terms as so amended):

 

3.2.1 by inserting in clause 1.2 of the Principal Corporate Guarantee the following new definition of “ Revision Period ” in the correct alphabetical order :

 

““ Revision Period ” means the period commencing on 31 December 2012 and ending on 31 March 2014 (both dates inclusive);”;

 

3.2 . 2 by deleting clause 5.2 . 6 of the Principal Corporate Guarantee in its entirety and by inserting in its place the following new clause 5.2.6:

 

“5 . 2.6 Share capital and distribution

 

without prejudice to clause 5 . 3, declare or pay any dividends or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertakings, rights or revenues to any of its shareholders Provided however that the Guarantor may:

 

(a) at all times other than the Revision Period, declare or pay cash dividends to its shareholders if no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing at the time of declaration or payment of such dividends or would occur as a result of the declaration or payment of such dividends; and

 

(b) at all times declare or pay cash dividends to its shareholders holding preference shares of an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 per financial year;”;

 

3.2.3 by deleting clause 5 . 3.1 of the Principal Corporate Guarantee in its entirety and by inserting in its place the following new clause 5.3.1:

 

“5.3.1 Minimum Liquidity

 

the aggregate amount of Cash held by the Group on a consolidated basis shall:

 

(a) at all times during the Security Period (other than the Revision Period), be not less than the lower of (a) $ ’1 0,000,000 and (b) $1,000,000 per Fleet Vessel; and

 

(b) at all times during the Revision Period , be not less than $5 , 000,000 . ”;

 

7
 

 

3.2.4 by deleting clause 5.3.2 of the Principal Corporate Guarantee in its entirety and by inserting in its place the following new clause 5.3.2 :

 

“5.3 . 2 Tangible Net Worth

 

the Tangible Net Worth shall:

 

(a) at all times during the Security Period (other than the Revision Period) be not less than $50,000,000; and

 

(b) at all times during the Revision Period, be not less than $20,000,000; and”;

 

3.2.5 by deleting clause 5.3.3 of the Principal Corporate Guarantee in its entirety and by inserting in its place the following new clause 5.3 . 3:

 

“5.3.3 Leverage

 

the ratio of the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets minus the Total Liabilities to the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets shall:

 

(a) at all times during the Security Period (other than the Revision Period), be not less than 0.35:1.00; and

 

(b) at all times during the Revision Period, be not less than 0 . 15 : 1 . 00 .” ; and

 

3.2.6 by replacing schedule 1 of the Principal Corporate Guarantee with schedule 2 attached hereto .

 

3.3 Continued force and effect

 

Save as amended by this Agreement, the provisions of each of the Existing Documents and the other Security Documents shall continue in full force and effect and each of the Existing Documents and this Agreement shall be read and construed as one instrument.

 

4 Representations and warranties

 

4.1 Primary representations and warranties

 

Each of the Relevant Parties represent and warrant to the Bank that:

 

4.1.1 Existing representations and warranties

 

the representa t i ohs and warranties set out in clause 7 of the Original Agreement , clause 4 of the First Supplemental Agreement , clause 4 of the Principal Corporate Guarantee and clause 4 of each Manager s Undertak i ng were true and correct on the date o f the relevant document and are true and correct , including to the extent that they may have been or shall be amended by this Agreement , as if made at the date of th i s Agreement with reference to the facts and circumstances existing at such date ;

 

4.1.2 Corporate power

 

it has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Relevant Document to which it is or will become, a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by it to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of each Relevant Document to which it is or will become, a party ;

 

4.1.3 Binding obligations

 

this Agreement and the other Relevant Documents to which it is, or will become, a party constitute its valid and legally binding obligations enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

8
 

  

4.1.4 No conflict with other obligations

 

the execution, delivery and performance of each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party by such Relevant Party will not (i) contravene any existing law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which such Relevant Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which such Relevant Party is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound or (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of such Relevant Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige such Relevant Party to create any Encumbrance on any of its undertakings, assets, rights or revenues;

 

4.1.5 No filings required

 

save for the registration of the Artful Mortgage Amendment through the relevant Registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity , enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become , a party that it or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Relevant Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Relevant Jurisdiction on or in relation to such Relevant Document and each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Relevant Jurisdiction;

 

4.1.6 Choice of law

 

the choice of English law to govern the Relevant Documents (other than the Artful Mortgage Amendment), the choice of Marshall Islands law to govern the Artful Mortgage Amendment and the submission by such Relevant Party to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts are valid and binding; and

 

4.1.7 Consents obtained

 

every consent , authorisation , licence or approval of, or registration or declaration to , governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by such Relevant Party in connection with the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party or the performance by such Relevant Party of its obligations under each Relevant Document to which it is, or will become, a party has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same.

 

4.2 Repetition of representations and warranties

 

Each of the representations and warranties contained in clause 4.1 of this Agreement and clause 7 of the Principal Agreement, clause 4 of the Principal Corporate Guarantee and clause 4 of each Manager’s Undertaking shall be deemed to be repeated by each Relevant Party (in respect of each document that each is a party to) on the Effective Date as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day .

 

5 Conditions

 

5.1 Documents and evidence

 

The agreement of the Bank referred to in clause 2 shall be subject to the receipt by the Bank or its duly authorised representative of the documents and evidence specified in schedule 1 in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

 

9
 

 

5.2 General conditions precedent

 

The agreement of the Bank referred to in clause 2 shall be further subject to:

 

5 . 2 . 1 the representations and warranties in clause 4 being true and correct on the Effective Date as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time; and

 

5 . 2 . 2 no Default having occurred and continuing at the time of the Effective Date .

 

5.3 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

The conditions specified in this clause 5 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Bank and may be waived by the Bank in whole or in part with or w ithout conditions .

 

6 Relevant Parties’ Confirmation

 

Each of the Relevant Parties acknowledges and agrees, for the avoidance of doubt, that:

 

6 . 1 each of the Security Documents to which it is a party, and its obligations thereunder, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the amendments made to the Principal Agreement and the Principal Corporate Guarantee by this Agreement; and

 

6 . 2 with effect from the Effective Date, references t o the A greement o r the Loan A g re e ment o r the Corpo r a te G uara ntee” in any of t he oth e r Se cu r i t y D ocument s to whi c h i t is a part y s ha ll h e nc ef o rth be r e feren ces to the Princ i p a l Ag r ee ment an d t he Pri nc ipal Co rp o r a te G u a r a n t ee a s each i s amen d e d a nd / or supplemente d by t hi s A g reem ent a n d as from t ime t o ti m e her e a ft er amen de d a n d / or s upp lemented and shall al so b e dee m ed to i ncl u d e t he obl i ga ti o n s o f th e Borrowers hereunder .

 

7 Fees and expenses

 

7.1 Fees

 

The Borrowers agree, jointly and severally , to pay to the Bank, a fee of $16,140 on the date of this Agreement. Such fee shall be non-refundable .

 

7.2 Expenses

 

The Borrowers agree to pay to the Bank on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses (including legal and out-of - pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank:

 

7.2 . 1 in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and , where relevant , registration of the Relevant Documents and of any amendment or extension of, or the granting of any waiver or consent under, any of the Relevant Documents; and

 

7.2 . 2

in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with , the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under any of the Relevant Documents or otherwise in respect of the monies owing and obligations incurred under any of the Relevant Documents,

 

together with interest at the rate referred to in clause 3.4 of the Principal Agreement from the date on which such expenses were incurred to the date of payment (as well after as before judgement) .

 

7.3 Value Added Tax

 

All fees and expenses payable pursuant to this clause 7 shall be paid together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly chargeable thereon .

 

10
 

 

7.4 Stamp and other duties

 

The Borrowers agree to pay to the Bank on demand all stamp , documentary , registration or other like duties or taxes (including any duties or taxes payable by the Bank) imposed on or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents and shall i ndemnify the Bank against any liability ar i sing by reason of any delay or omission by the Borrowers to pay such duties or taxes .

 

8 Miscellaneous and notices

 

8.1 Notices

 

Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement shall:

 

8.1.1 be in writ i ng, delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available) or telefax or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form;

 

8.1.2 be deemed to have been received, in the case of a letter , when delivered personally or three (3) days after it has been put into the post and , in the case of a facsimile transmission or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form , at the time of despatch (provided that if the date of despatch i s not a business day in the country of the addressee or, if the time of despatch is after the close of business in the country of the addressee, it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day) ; and

 

8 . 1 . 3 be sent:

 

(a) if to the Relevant Parties or any of them :

 

c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp .

128 Vouliagmenis Avenue

166 74 Glyfada

Greece

 

Fax No :           +30 210 960 8352

Attention :       Mr George Karageorgiou

 

(b) if to the Bank at:

 

For credit matters :

 

DVB Bank SE , Frankfurt

Platz der Republik 6

D-60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

 

Fax No :          +49 69 9750 4526

Attention:       LAM Frankfurt

 

with a copy to :

 

DVB Bank SE

Representative Office Greece

95 Akti Miaouli

185 38 Piraeus

Greece

 

Fax No :      +30 210 455 7420

Attention :   Dry Bulk Group

 

11
 

 

For Loan Administration Matters:

 

DVB Bank SE

Park House

6th Floor

16-18 Finsbury Circus

London EC2M 7EB

England

 

Fax No :        +44 207 256 4352

Attention :     LAM London

 

8.2 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8.3 Relevant Parties’ obligations

 

Each of the Relevant Parties being party to this Agreement agrees and consents to be bound by this Agreement notwithstanding that any other Relevant Party which was intended to sign or be bound may not do so or be effectually bound and notwithstanding that th i s Agreement may be invalid or unenforceable against any of the other Relevant Parties whether or not the deficiency is known to the Bank . The Bank shall be at liberty to release any of the Relevant Parties from this Agreement and to compound with or otherwise vary the liability or to grant time and indulgence to make other arrangements with any of the Relevant Parties without prejudicing or affecting the rights and remedies of the Bank against the other Relevant Parties.

 

9 Applicable law

 

9.1 Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

9.2 Submission to jurisdiction

 

Each of the Relevant Parties agrees, for the benefit of the Bank, that any legal action or proceed i ngs arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with any non-contractual obligations connected with it) against any of its assets may be brought in the English courts . Each of the Relevant Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably designates , appoints and empowers Messrs Saville & Co at present of One Carey Lane , EC2V 8AE , London, England to receive for it and on its behalf , service of process issued out of the English courts in any such legal action or proceedings . The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take proceedings against any of the Relevant Parties i n the courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings i n anyone or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction , whether concurrently or not. Each of the Relevant Parties further agrees that only the courts of England and not th ose of any other state shall have jurisdicti on to determine any claim which any of the Relevant Parties may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any non -contractual obligat ions connected with it.

 

9.3 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

 

No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.

 

12
 

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as a deed on the date first above written .

 

13
 

 

Schedule 1

Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent

 

(referred to i n clause 5 . 1)

 

1 Corporate authorisations

 

In relation to each of the Relevant Parties :

 

(a) Constitutional documents

 

copies cert i fied by an officer of each of the Relev a nt P arties, as a true, c o mpl e te and up to date copies , of all documents which contai n o r e s tablish o r r e late to the c o nstitution of t hat party or a secretary’s certificate confir min g th a t there hav e been n o changes or amendments to the constitutional documen ts certi f ied c o pie s o f wh i c h we re pre v i o usly delivered to the Bank pursuant to the Principal Agreement;

 

(b) Resolutions

 

copies of resolutions of each of its board of directors and, if required following advice by the Bank’s counsel, its shareholders approving this Agreement and the other Relevant Documents and the terms and conditions hereof and thereof and authorising the signature, delivery and performance of each such party’s obligations thereunder, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Ag r eement) by an officer of such Relevant Party as:

 

(1) being true and correct;

 

(2) being duly passed at meetings of the directors of such Relevant Party and, as the case may be, of the shareholders of such Relevant Party each duly convened and held;

 

(3) not having been amended, mod i fied or revoked; and

 

(4)

being in full force and effect,

 

together with originals or certified cop i es of any powers of attorney issued by any party pursuant to such resolutions ; and

 

(c) Certificate of incumbency

 

a list of directors and officers of each Relevant Party specifying the names and positions of such persons, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) by an officer of such Relevant Party to be true , complete and up to date ;

 

2 Consents

 

a certificate (dated no earlier than five (5) Banki n g Da y s pri o r to t h e d ate o f thi s Agre e ment) from an officer of each of the Relevant Parties stat ing that n o con se n t s , autho r isations , lic e nces o r approvals are necessary for such Relevant P art y to auth or i se , o r ar e requi r ed by e ach o f the Relevant Parties or any other party (other tha n t h e Ban k) in c o nn ec ti o n wit h , th e e x ecution , delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the o t h er R e l e va n t D o cum e nt s t o which such Relevant Party is or is to be a party;

 

14
 

 

3 Legal opinions

 

such legal opinions in relation to the laws of the Republic of Malta and the Republic of the Marshall Islands and any other legal opinions as the Bank shall in its absolute discretion require;

 

4 Prepayment

 

evidence that the amount of $1,000,000 has been prepaid in accordance with clause 8 . 2.1 (a) of the Principal Agreement;

 

5 Fees

 

evidence that any fees due from the Borrowers to the Bank pursuant to the terms of clause 7.1 have been paid in full;

 

6 Artful Mortgage Amendment registration

 

evidence that the Artful Mortgage Amendment has been registered against the Artful Ship through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

7 Process agent

 

a letter from each Relevant Party’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings accepting its appointment under this Agreement as such Relevant Party’s process agent; and

 

8 Other matters

 

such other matters or favourable opinions as the Bank may require.

 

15
 

 

Schedule 2

 

“Schedule 1

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To: DVB BANK SE  
     
From : GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED  
  ARTFUL SHIPHOLDING S.A.  
  LONGEVITY MARITIME LIMITED  

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

US$40,000,000 Loan - Loan Agreement dated [ · ] 2011 - Corporate Guarantee dated [e] 2011 (the “Corporate Guarantee”)

 

Terms defined in the Loan Agreement and the Corporate Guarantee shall have the same meaning when used herein.

 

We refer to clause 5 . 3 of the Corporate Guarantee and hereby certify that , as at [ insert date of accounts ] and on the date hereof:

 

1 Financial covenants

 

(a) the Cash of the Group on a consolidated basis is $[ ], calculated as shown in [Appendix A] versus the required amount of $[ ];

 

(b) the Tangible Net Worth is $[ ], calculated as shown in [Appendix B] versus the required amount of $[ ]; and

 

(c) the ratio of Market Value Adjusted Total Assets minus Total Liabilities to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets is [ ], calculated as shown in [Appendix C] versus the required minimum ratio of [ ] [.][,]

 

[and we hereby confirm that the above comply with the provisions of clause 5.3 of the Corporate Guarantee.]

 

2 Minimum Liquidity

 

We further refer to clause 8 . 1.16 of the Loan Agreement and hereby certify that on the date hereof :

 

(a) the amount standing to the credit of the Artful Operating Account is $[ ] , as evidenced by the bank statement of the Account Bank [shown in Appendix D], versus the required minimum amount of $500,000; and

 

(b) the amount standing to the credit of the Longevity Operating Account is $[ ], as evidenced by the bank statement of the Account Bank [shown in Appendix E], versus the required minimum amount of $500,000.

 

16
 

 

3 Security Requirement

 

We further refer to clause 8 . 2.1 of the Loan Agreement and hereby certify that, as at [insert date of valuation] and on the date hereof:

 

(a) the Security Value is in the amount of $[ ] , calculated as [shown in Appendix F]; and

 

(b) the Loan is in the amount of $[ ] , calculated as [shown in Appendix G]; and

 

(c) the Security Requirement ratio is [ ]% versus the required ratio of [120%] [107%] [130%] .

 

4 Default

 

[No Default has occurred and is continuing]

 

or

 

[The following Default has occurred and is cont i nu i ng: [ provide details of Default ] . [The following steps are being taken to remedy it: [ provide details of steps being taken to remedy Default ]] .

 

Signed :    
[duly authorised signatory]  
  For and on behalf of :  
  GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED  
     
Signed :    
[duly author i sed signatory]  
  For and on behalf of :  
  ARTFUL SHIPHOLDING S.A.  
     
Signed :    
[duly authorised signatory]  
  For and on behalf of :  
  LONGEVITY MARITIME LIMITED”  

 

17
 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by           Nikolaos Kalapotharakos )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Nikolaos Kalapotharakos  
ARTFUL SHIPHOLDING S.A. ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by           Nikolaos Kalapotharakos )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Nikolaos Kalapotharakos  
LONGEVITY MARITIME LIMITED ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by           Nikolaos Kalapotharakos )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Nikolaos Kalapotharakos  
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by           Nikolaos Kalapotharakos )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Nikolaos Kalapotharakos  
GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP. ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
Witness  
Name: Evangelia Platsidaki  
Address: Norton Rose LLP – Athens  
Occupation: Solicitor  

 

18
 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by Evangelia Platsidaki )    
for and on behalf of ) /s/ Evangelia Platsidaki  
DVB BANK SE ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the presence of: )    

 

/s/ Albert Kromm  
Witness  
Name: Albert Kromm  
Address: Norton Rose LLP  
Occupation: Trainee Solicitor  

 

19

 

 

Private & Confidential

 

Dated 26 March 2013

 

 

 

SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

relating to

a Reducing Revolving Credit Facility of up to (originally) US$120,000,000

to

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

 

provided by

CREDIT SUISSE AG

(formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE)

 

 

 
 

 

Contents

 

Clause Page
     
1 Definitions 2
     
2 Agreement of Bank 3
     
3 Amendments to Principal Agreement 3
     
4 Representations and warranties 10
     
5 Conditions 11
     
6 Relevant Parties' confirmation 12
     
7 Fees and Expenses 12
     
8 Miscellaneous and notices 13
     
9 Applicable law 13
     
Schedule 1 Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent 14
   
Schedule 2 Form of Mortgage Addendum 16

 

 
 

 

THIS SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is dated 26 March 2013 and made BETWEEN:

 

(1) GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED, a company initially incorporated in Jersey and redomiciled to the Marshall Islands, with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “Borrower” );

 

(2) DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD. (the “River Globe Owner” ), ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED (the “Tiara Globe Owner” ), DULAC MARITIME S.A. (the “Star Globe Owner” ) and DOMINA MARITIME LTD. (the “Sky Globe Owner” and, together with the River Globe Owner, the Tiara Globe Owner and the Star Globe Owner, the “Owners” ), each a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands, with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960;

 

(3) GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP., a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands, with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “Manager” ); and

 

(4) CREDIT SUISSE AG (formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE ), a company incorporated in Switzerland, with its registered office at Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zurich, Switzerland (the “Bank” ).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) this Agreement is made on the basis of an agreement reached between the Bank and the Borrower reflected in certain written terms sent by the Bank to the Borrower in December 2012;

 

(B) this Agreement is supplemental to a facility agreement dated 26 November 2007, made between the Borrower and the Bank (the “Original Agreement” ), as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 12 March 2009, a second supplemental agreement dated 18 August 2009, a third supplemental agreement dated 17 May 2010, a fourth supplemental agreement dated 21 May 2010, a fifth supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2010 and a sixth supplemental agreement dated 5 May 2011, each made between (inter alios), the Borrower, certain of the Owners, the Manager and the Bank (together the “Supplemental Agreements” and, together with the Original Agreement, the “Principal Agreement” ), pursuant to which the Bank agreed to make available to the Borrower a reducing revolving credit facility of (originally) up to One hundred and twenty million United States Dollars ($120,000,000) (of which the aggregate principal amount outstanding at the date hereof is Fifty two million United States Dollars ($52,000,000)) upon the terms and conditions set out therein;

 

(C) the Borrower has requested the Bank to consent:

 

(a) for the period commencing on 28 December 2012 and ending on 31 March 2014 (both inclusive) (the “Waiver Period” ):

 

(i) to waive the application of clause 8.4.1 (a) of the Principal Agreement on the terms set out in more detail in clause 3;

 

(ii) to the change of the minimum amount of Consolidated Cash and Cash Equivalents (as defined in the Principal Agreement) required under clause 8.4.1 (b) of the Principal Agreement; and

 

(iii) to the temporary reduction of the Security Requirement (as defined in the Principal Agreement) from 133% to 110%; and

 

(b) to waive any breach of clause 8.4.1 in respect of any Accounting Period and any other time between 1 July 2012 and 28 December 2012; and

 

 
 

 

(D) this Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank shall provide its agreement to:

 

(a) the proposed amendments and waivers set out in recital (C) hereto;

 

(b) certain other amendments to the terms of the Principal Agreement; and

 

(c) certain other consequential amendments to the Principal Agreement.

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1 Definitions

 

1.1 Defined expressions

 

Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

 

1.2 Definitions

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Effective Date” means the date, being no later than 26 March 2013, on which the Bank notifies the Borrower in writing that the Bank has received the documents and evidence specified in clause 5 and schedule 1 in a form and substance satisfactory to it;

 

“Facility Agreement” means the Principal Agreement, as amended by this Agreement;

 

“Mortgage Addendum” means, in relation to each of the m.v.s River Globe, Tiara Globe and Sky Globe, the second amendment to the Mortgage over each such Ship, and in relation to the Star Globe, the first amendment to the Mortgage over that Ship, each made or (as the context may require) to be made between the relevant Owner and the Bank in the form set out in schedule 2 and “Mortgage Addenda” means any of them;

 

“Relevant Documents” means, together, this Agreement and the Mortgage Addenda and “Relevant Document” means any of them; and

 

“Relevant Parties” means the Borrower, the Owners, the Manager or, where the context so requires or permits, means any or all of them.

 

1.3 Principal Agreement

 

References in the Principal Agreement to “this Agreement” shall, with effect from the Effective Date and unless the context otherwise requires, be references to the Principal Agreement, as amended by this Agreement and words such as “herein” , “hereof” , “hereunder” , “hereafter” , “hereby” and “hereto” , where they appear in the Principal Agreement, shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.4 Headings

 

Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2
 

 

1.5 Construction of certain terms

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.5.1 references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and references to this Agreement include its schedules;

 

1.5.2 references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any other document shall be construed as references to this Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;

 

1.5.3 references to a “regulation” include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any agency, authority, central bank or government department or any self-regulatory or other national or supra-national authority;

 

1.5.4 words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

1.5.5 references to a time of day are to London time;

 

1.5.6 references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;

 

1.5.7 references to a “guarantee” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “guaranteed” shall be construed accordingly; and

 

1.5.8 references to any enactment shall be deemed to include references to such enactment as reenacted, amended or extended.

 

1.6 Third Party Rights

 

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any terms of this Agreement.

 

2 Agreement of Bank

 

The Bank, relying upon the representations and warranties made by each of the Relevant Parties in clause 4, agrees with the Borrower that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, fulfilment, on or before 26 March 2013, of the conditions contained in clause 5 and schedule 1, the Bank agrees, with effect on and from the Effective Date:

 

(a) to waive the application of clause 8.4.1 (a) in respect of any Accounting Period ending during the Waiver Period;

 

(b) to waive any breach of clause 8.4.1 in respect of any Accounting Period and any other time between 1 July 2012 and 28 December 2012; and

 

(c) to the amendments of the Principal Agreement on the terms set out in clause 3.

 

3 Amendments to Principal Agreement

 

3.1 Amendments

 

The Principal Agreement shall, with effect on and from the Effective Date, be (and it is hereby) amended in accordance with the following provisions and the Principal Agreement (as so amended) will continue to be binding upon each of the Bank and the Borrower in accordance with its terms as so amended:

 

3
 

 

3.1.1 by deleting in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement the definition of “Capital Adequacy Law” and by inserting in its place the following new definition of “Capital Adequacy Law” :

 

““Capital Adequacy Law” means any law or any regulation (whether or not having the force of law, but, if not having the force of law, with which the Bank or, as the case may be, its holding company habitually complies), including (without limitation) those relating to Taxation, capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits or other banking or monetary controls or requirements which affect the manner in which the Bank allocates capital resources to its obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, those resulting from the implementation or application of or compliance with the Basel II Accord, the Basel III Accord, any Basel II Regulation or any Basel III Regulation);”;

 

3.1.2 by deleting semi-colon and inserting a comma at the end of paragraph (b) of the definition of “LIBOR” in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement and adding the following words as a floating paragraph after such paragraph (b):

 

“and if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero;”;

 

3.1.3 by deleting in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement the definition of “Margin” and by inserting in its place the following new definition of “Margin” :

 

““Margin” means:

 

(a) from the date of this Agreement until 26 February 2009, zero point nine five per cent (0.95%) per annum;

 

(b) from 27 February 2009 until 31 January 2010, one point seven five per cent (1 .75%) per annum;

 

(c) from 1 February 2010 until 30 September 2010, zero point nine five per cent (0.95%) per annum;

 

(d) from 1 October 2010 until 29 June 2011, zero point seven five per cent (0.75%) per annum;

 

(e) from 30 June 2011 until 6 July 2011, zero point nine five per cent (0.95%) per annum;

 

(f) from 7 July 2011 until 27 November 2011, zero point seven five per cent (0.75%) per annum;

 

(g) from 28 November 2011 until 27 December 2012, zero point nine five per cent (0.95%) per annum;

 

(h) from 28 December 2012 until 31 March 2014, two point one zero per cent (2.10%) per annum;

 

(i) from 1 April 2014 and at all times thereafter, zero point nine five per cent (0.95%) per annum, but subject to paragraph U) below; or

 

(j) for any period (after 1 April 2014) determined by the Bank during which the Security Value is higher than two hundred per cent (200%) of the aggregate of (i) the Loan and (ii) the Swap Exposure minus (iii) any balance then standing to the credit of the Security Accounts, zero point seven five per cent (0 .75%) per annum;”;

 

4
 

 

3.1.4 by deleting in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement the definition of “Security Requirement” and by inserting in its place the following new definition of “Security Requirement” :

 

““Security Requirement” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank, whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) which is:

 

(a) for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on 27 December 2012, one hundred and thirty three per cent (133%);

 

(b) for the period commencing 28 December 2012 and ending on 31 March 2014, one hundred and ten per cent (110%); and

 

(c) from 1 April 2014 and at all times thereafter, one hundred and thirty three per cent (133%),

 

in each case of the aggregate of:

 

(i) the Loan at that time; plus

 

(ii) the Swap Exposure at such time; minus

 

(iii) the aggregate amount, if any, standing to the credit of the Security Accounts at such time;”;

 

3.1.5 by deleting in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement the definition of “Supplemental Agreements” and by inserting in its place the following new definition of “Supplemental Agreements” :

 

““Supplemental Agreements” means together the First Supplemental Agreement, the Second Supplemental Agreement, the Third Supplemental Agreement, the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, the Fifth Supplemental Agreement, the Sixth Supplemental Agreement and the Seventh Supplemental Agreement;”;

 

3.1.6 by inserting the words “the New Mortgage Addenda,” after the words “the Mortgage Addenda,” in the definition of the “Security Documents” in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement;

 

3.1.7 by deleting the words “Basel 2” in all relevant definitions in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement as well as in all other clauses of the Principal Agreement where they may appear and by inserting in their place the words “Basel II”;

 

3.1.8 by inserting at the end of clause 1.4.3 of the Principal Agreement the following words:

 

“or any Basel III Regulation”;

 

3.1.9 by inserting the word “and” at the end of clause 1.4.7 of the Principal Agreement and by deleting the word “and” at the end of clause 1.4.8 of the Principal Agreement and clause 1.4.9 of the Principal Agreement in its entirety;

 

3.1.10 by inserting in the correct alphabetical order in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement the following new definitions of “Applicable Law” , “Basel III Accord” , “Basel III Regulation” “Existing Facility Agreements” , “Fifth Supplemental Agreement,” , “Sixth Supplemental Agreement” , “New Mortgage Addenda” and “Seventh Supplemental Agreement” :

 

““Applicable Law”:

 

(a) means, in relation to any jurisdiction, any law, regulation, treaty, directive, decision, rule, regulatory requirement, judgment, order, ordinance, request, guideline or direction or any other act of any government entity of such jurisdiction whether or not having the force of law and with which any party to this Agreement is required to comply, or with which it would, in the normal course of its business, comply;”; and

 

5
 

 

(b) means any Basel II Regulation or any Basel III Regulation applicable to the Bank;”;

 

““Basel III Accord” means, together, “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” and “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” both published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on 16 December 2010, in either case in the form existing on the date of the Seventh Supplemental Agreement;”;

 

““Basel III Regulation” means any Applicable Law implementing the Basel III Accord save and to the extent that it re-enacts a Basel II Regulation;”;

 

““Existing Facility Agreement'''' means each of the existing facility agreement between (inter alios) the Borrower as borrower and Commerzbank AG as agent and the existing facility agreement between the Borrower as borrower and DVB Bank SE, as lender, as amended from time to time and “Existing Facility Agreements” means either or both of them;”;

 

““Fifth Supplemental Agreement” means the agreement dated 12 November 2010, made between (inter alios) (1) the Borrower and (2) the Bank, supplemental to this Agreement;”;

 

““Sixth Supplemental Agreement” means the agreement dated 5 May 2011, made between (inter alios) (1) the Borrower and (2) the Bank, supplemental to this Agreement;”;

 

““New Mortgage Addenda” has the meaning given to “Mortgage Addenda” in the Seventh Supplemental Agreement;”; and

 

““Seventh Supplemental Agreement” means the agreement dated 26 March 2013, made between (inter alios) (1) the Borrower and (2) the Bank, supplemental to this Agreement;”;

 

3.1.11 by deleting clause 8.3.6 of the Principal Agreement in its entirety and by replacing it with the following new clause 8.3.6:

 

“8.3.6 Share capital and distribution

 

purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital or declare or pay any dividends in relation to the common shares in the Borrower or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertaking, rights or revenues to any of its shareholders provided however that at any time after 31 March 2014 the Borrower may declare or pay dividends to its shareholders if no Default shall have occurred at the time of declaration or payment of such dividends nor would occur as a result of the declaration or payment of such dividends;”;

 

3.1.12 by deleting paragraph 8.4.1 (b) of the Principal Agreement in its entirety and by replacing it with the following new paragraph 8.4.1 (b):

 

“(b) Liquidity

 

(i) subject as provided in paragraph (ii) below, it maintains at the end of each Accounting Period and at all other times during the Security Period, Consolidated Cash and Cash Equivalents in an amount which is not less than the higher of:

 

(A) $10,000,000; and

 

(B) Six Month Debt Service; and

 

6
 

 

(ii) at the end of each Accounting Period ending between 28 December 2012 and 31 March 2014 and at all other times during such period, it maintains Consolidated Cash and Cash Equivalent in an amount which is not less than the higher of:

 

(A) $5,000,000; and

 

(B) Six Month Debt Service,”;

 

3.1.13 by inserting the words “(including, without limitation, any information concerning the Existing Facility Agreements)”, after the words “operations and affairs”, in clause 8.1.7 of the Principal Agreement;

 

3.1.14 by inserting the following new clauses 8.5, 8.6 and 8.7 after clause 8.4 of the Principal Agreement;

 

“8.5 Sanctions

 

8.5.1 The Borrower understands that the Bank is (be it due to applicable laws or be it due to internal rules and regulations) prohibited from conducting transactions including finance transactions with the government of, or any person or entity owned or controlled by the government of, “Restricted Countries” or “ Restricted Persons”.

 

8.5.2 The Borrower confirms and undertakes that it shall not, and it will procure that no other Security Party will, transfer, make use of or provide the benefits of any money, proceeds or services provided by or received from the Bank to any Restricted Persons or conduct any business activity (such as entering into any ship acquisition agreement, any ship refinancing agreement and/or any charter agreement) related to a vessel, project, asset or otherwise for which money, proceeds or services have been received from the Bank with any Restricted Persons.

 

8.5.3 In this clause 8.5:

 

“Restricted Countries” means Cuba, Iran, Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan and Syria and any additional countries notified by the Bank to the Borrower based on respective sanctions being imposed by the United States Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control ( “OFAC” ) or any of the regulative bodies referred to in the definition of Restricted Persons.

 

“Restricted Persons” means persons, entities or any other parties (i) located, domiciled, resident or incorporated in Restricted Countries, and/or (ii) subject to any sanction administrated by the United Nations, the European Union, the State Secretariat for Economic Affairs of Switzerland ( “SECO” ), OFAC, the HM Treasury of the United Kingdom, the Monetary Authority of Singapore ( “MAS” ) and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority ( “HKMA” ) and/or any other applicable country and/or (iii) owned or controlled by or affiliated with persons, entities or any other parties as referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above.

 

8.6 Most favoured nation

 

8.6.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of clause 8.3, the Borrower undertakes with the Bank that it will not, and will procure that no other member of the Group will agree with, for the benefit of, or in favour of, any lender or creditor (including Commerzbank AG and DVB Bank SE) of any Borrowed Money incurred by the relevant member of the Group before the date of the Seventh Supplemental Agreement, any amendments or other arrangements (including in the context of any waivers) (the more favourable rights ), which are in any respect more favourable to such lender or creditor than the provisions of the Seventh Supplemental Agreement are in favour of the Bank.

 

8.6.2 Without prejudice to clause 8.6.1 and the consequences of their breach by the Borrower under clause 10, in the event and each time that the Borrower or any other member of the Group agree to, or grant, or agree to grant, any more favourable rights in breach of clause 8.6.1, the Borrower undertakes and agrees with the Bank:

 

7
 

 

(a) to notify the Bank forthwith after the relevant agreement to, or the granting of or any agreement to grant (as the case may be), such more favourable rights;

 

(b) to agree to, provide and grant, such more favourable rights also in favour of the Bank under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Security Documents (and the transactions contemplated thereunder), by entering into (and/or by procuring that any Security Party or any other person entering into) such documentation as the Bank shall reasonably require, immediately after the Bank's request to the Borrower; and

 

(c) any such more favourable rights shall in any event apply to this Agreement and the other Security Documents automatically from the time they are granted to any other creditor or creditors, and irrespective of whether the Borrower and the other Security Parties have complied with their other obligations under this clause 8.6, except if the Bank at any time advises the Borrower that such or certain of such more favourable rights will not so apply and always without prejudice to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Security Documents.

 

8.7 No restructuring

 

The Borrower undertakes that each Existing Facility Agreement will be maintained on a stand alone basis with the Bank as an independent facility agreement each comprising an independent credit facility to the Borrower, and that the Borrower will not participate into any restructuring or rescheduling or any other amendments or similar arrangements with the relevant lenders of either of the Existing Facility Agreements without the Bank's prior written consent. “;

 

3.1.15 by inserting the words “or 8.5 or 8.6 or 8.7” after the words “or 8.4 of the Principal Agreement”;

 

3.1.16 by deleting clause 14.3 and clause 14.4 in their entirety and by replacing them with the following new clause 14.3 and new clause 14.4 respectively:

 

“14.3 Assignment by Bank

 

The Bank may assign all or any part of its rights under this Agreement or under any of the other Security Documents to any other bank or financial institution (an “Assignee” ) with the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and the request for which to be promptly responded to) unless (a) the Assignee shall be a Related Company of the Bank or (b) an Event of Default has occurred (in which cases no such consent shall be required, the Borrower consenting to such assignment by its execution of this Agreement and the Seventh Supplemental Agreement).

 

14.4 Transfer

 

The Bank may transfer all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents to anyone or more banks or other financial institutions (a “Transferee” ) with the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and the request for which to be promptly responded to) unless (a) the Transferee shall be a Related Company of the Bank or (b) an Event of Default has occurred (in which cases no such consent shall be required, the Borrower consenting to such transfer by its execution of this Agreement and the Seventh Supplemental Agreement). For any such transfer to become effective, the Transferee must, by delivery of such undertaking as the Bank may approve, become bound by the terms of this Agreement and agree to perform all or, as the case may be, part of the Bank's obligations under this Agreement”;

 

8
 

 

 

3.1.17 by deleting clause 14.7 of the Principal Agreement in its entirety and by replacing it with the following new clause 14.7:

 

14.7 Disclosure of information

 

The Borrower authorises the Bank to disclose all information related or connected to:

 

a) any Ship or any other vessel owned or operated by a Security Party;

 

b) the negotiation, drafting and content of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

c) the Loan; or

 

d) any Security Party,

 

to any prospective assignee, transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Bank in relation to the Agreement and to any service provider (included but not limited to professional advisers, auditors, lawyers, accountants, surveyors, valuers, insurers, insurance advisers and brokers) or other party which the Bank may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable in any connection with this Agreement or any other Security Document, or the protection or enforcement of its rights thereunder.";

 

3.1.18 by inserting the following paragraphs at the end of clause 15.1 of the Principal Agreement:

 

"The Bank and the Borrower, agree that all information, orders, and instructions that may arise as a result of this Agreement can be sent via e-mail. The Bank is authorized to send information to any e-mail address that the Borrower has previously given the Bank in writing or of which it is aware from e-mail communication with the Borrower. In addition, the Borrower authorizes the Bank to communicate via e-mail with third parties who are likewise affected by the services provided by the Bank. The Bank is entitled to assume that all the orders and instructions emailed by the Borrower or a third party deSignated by the Borrower within the scope of this Agreement are from an authorized individual, irrespective of the existing signatory rights in accordance with the commercial register (or any other applicable equivalent document) or the specimen signature provided to the Bank. The Borrower is aware of the following risks of exchanging information electronically:

 

(a) the unencrypted information is transported over an open, publicly accessible network and can, in principle, be viewed by others, thereby allowing conclusions to be drawn about a banking relationship;

 

(b) the information can be changed by a third party;

 

(c) the identity of the sender (e-mail address) can be assumed or otherwise manipulated; and

 

(d) the exchange of information can be delayed or interrupted due to transmission errors, technical faults, interruption, malfunctions, illegal interventions, network overload, the malicious blocking of electronic access by third parties, or other shortcomings on the part of the network provider. Time-critical orders and instructions might not be processed on time.

 

Therefore, the Borrower is advised to use another suitable means of communication for these types of orders and instructions."; and

 

9
 

 

3.1.19 by deleting the title in the form of the Drawdown Notice in Schedule 1 of the Principal Agreement and by inserting the following new title:

 

"US$120,000,000 Reducing Revolving Credit Facility

 

Facility Agreement dated 26 November 2007, as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 12 March 2009, a second supplemental agreement dated 18 August 2009, a third supplemental agreement dated 17 May 2010, a fourth supplemental agreement dated 21 May 2010, a fifth supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2010, a sixth supplemental agreement dated 5 May 2011 and a seventh supplemental agreement dated 26 March 2013".

 

3.2 Continued force and effect

 

Save as amended by this Agreement, the provisions of the Principal Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and this Agreement and the Principal Agreement shall, in each case, be read and construed as one instrument.

 

4 Representations and warranties

 

4.1 Primary representations and warranties

 

Each of the Relevant Parties represents and warrants to the Bank that:

 

4.1.1 Existing representations and warranties

 

the representations and warranties set out in clause 7 of the Principal Agreement, clause 4 of each Owner's Guarantee and clause 3 of each Manager's Undertaking were true and correct on the date of the Principal Agreement and are true and correct, including to the extent that they may have been or shall be amended by this Agreement, as if made at the date of this Agreement with reference to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;

 

4.1.2 Corporate power

 

each of the Relevant Parties has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to be a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by each of the Relevant Parties to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to be a party;

 

4.1.3 Binding obligations

 

the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to be a party constitute valid and legally binding obligations of each of the Relevant Parties enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

4.1.4 No conflict with other obligations

 

the execution, delivery and performance of the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to be a party by each of the Relevant Parties will not (i) contravene any existing law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which any of the Relevant Parties is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which any of the Relevant Parties is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound or (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of any of the Relevant Parties or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige any of the Relevant Parties to create any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertaking, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Relevant Parties;

 

10
 

 

4.1.5 No filings required

 

save for the registration of the Mortgage Addenda with the relevant Registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Relevant Documents that they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Relevant Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Relevant Jurisdiction on or in relation to the Relevant Documents and each of the Relevant Documents is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Relevant Jurisdiction;

 

4.1.6 Choice of law

 

the choice of English law to govern this Agreement and the choice of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands to govern the Mortgage Addenda, and the submissions by the Relevant Parties to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts, are valid and binding; and

 

4.1.7 Consents obtained

 

every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any of the Relevant Parties in connection with the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Relevant Documents to which it is or will become a party or the performance by any of the Relevant Parties of their respective obligations under such documents has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same.

 

4.2 Repetition of representations and warranties

 

Each of the representations and warranties contained in clause 4.1 of this Agreement, clause 4 of each Owner's Guarantee, clause 3 of each Manager's Undertaking and clause 7 of the Principal Agreement shall be deemed to be repeated by each of the Relevant Parties on the Effective Date as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day.

 

5 Conditions

 

5.1 Documents and evidence

 

The agreement of the Bank referred to in clause 2 shall be subject to the receipt by the Bank or its duly authorised representative of the documents and evidence specified in schedule 1 in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

 

5.2 General conditions precedent

 

The agreement of the Bank referred to in clause 2 shall be further subject to:

 

5.2.1 the representations and warranties in clause 4 being true and correct on the Effective Date as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time; and

 

5.2.2 no Default having occurred and continuing at the time of the Effective Date.

 

5.3 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

The conditions specified in this clause 5 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Bank and may be waived by the Bank in whole or in part with or without conditions.

  

11
 

 

6 Relevant Parties' confirmation

 

6.1 Guarantees

 

Each of the Owners hereby confirms its consent to the amendments of the Principal Agreement, the waivers of the Bank and the other arrangements contained in this Agreement and further acknowledges and agrees that:

 

6.1.1 the Owner's Guarantee and any other Security Document to which that Owner is a party and the obligations of that Owner thereunder, shall remain and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the said amendments of the Principal Agreement, the waivers of the Bank and the other arrangements contained in this Agreement; and

 

6.1.2 with effect from the Effective Date, references in the Owner's Guarantee and any other Security Document to which that Owner is a party to the "Agreement" or "the Facility Agreement" or the "Loan Agreement" (or such other equivalent or similar references) shall henceforth be references to the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement and as from time to time hereafter amended, and shall also be deemed to include this Agreement and the obligations of the Borrower hereunder.

 

6.2 Security Documents

 

Each of the Relevant Parties hereby confirms its consent to the amendments to the Principal Agreement, the waivers of the Bank and the other arrangements contained in this Agreement and further acknowledges and agrees that:

 

6.2.1 each of the Security Documents to which it is a party, and its obligations thereunder, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the said amendments made to the Principal Agreement, the waivers of the Bank and the other arrangements contained in this Agreement; and

 

6.2.2 with effect from the Effective Date, references to "the Agreement" or "the Facility Agreement" or the "the Loan Agreement" (or such other equivalent or similar references) in any of the Security Documents to which it is a party shall henceforth be references to the Principal Agreement, as amended by this Agreement and as from time to time hereafter amended and shall also be deemed to include the obligations of the Borrower hereunder.

 

7 Fees and Expenses

 

7.1 Fees

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on the date of this Agreement an up-front amendment fee of Twenty six thousand Dollars ($26,000).

 

7.2 Expenses

 

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Bank on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank:

 

7.2.1 in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and, where relevant, registration of this Agreement and the other Relevant Documents and of any amendment or extension of or the granting of any waiver or consent under this Agreement or the other Relevant Documents; and

 

7.2.2 in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under this Agreement or the other Relevant Documents or otherwise in respect of the monies owing and obligations incurred under this Agreement and the other Relevant Documents, together with interest at the rate referred to in clause 3.4 of the Principal Agreement from the date on which such expenses were incurred to the date of payment (as well after as before judgment).

  

12
 

 

7.3 Value Added Tax

 

All fees and expenses payable pursuant to this clause 7 shall be paid together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly chargeable thereon.

 

7.4 Stamp and other duties

 

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Bank on demand all stamp, documentary, registration or other like duties or taxes (including any duties or taxes payable by the Bank) imposed on or in connection with this Agreement and the other Relevant Documents and shall indemnify the Bank against any liability arising by reason of any delay or omission by the Borrower to pay such duties or taxes.

 

8 Miscellaneous and notices

 

8.1 Notices

 

The provisions of clause 15.1 of the Principal Agreement shall extend and apply to the giving or making of notices or demands hereunder as if the same were expressly stated herein.

 

8.2 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9 Applicable law

 

9.1 Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

9.2 Submission to jurisdiction

 

Each of the Relevant Parties agrees, for the benefit of the Bank, that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any non-contractual obligations connected with it) against any of the Relevant Parties or any of its assets may be brought in the English courts. Each of the Relevant Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Messrs Saville & Co. at present of One Carey Lane, London EC2V 8AE, England to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any such legal action or proceedings. The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Relevant Parties in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in anyone or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not. The parties further agree that only the Courts of England and not those of any other State shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim which any of the Relevant Parties may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any non-contractual obligations connected with it).

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

 

13
 

 

Schedule 1

 

Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent

 

(referred to in clause 5.1)

 

1 Corporate authorisation

 

In relation to each of the Relevant Parties:

 

(a) Constitutional documents

 

copies certified by an officer of each of the Relevant Parties as true, complete and up to date copies, of all documents which contain or establish or relate to the constitution of that party or a secretary's certificate confirming that there have been no changes or amendments to the constitutional documents, certified copies of which were previously delivered to the Bank pursuant to the Principal Agreement;

 

(b) Resolutions

 

copies of resolutions of each of its board of directors and its shareholders approving such of the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to be a party and the terms and conditions hereof and thereof and authorising the signature, delivery and performance of each such party's obligations thereunder, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than fifteen (15) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) by an officer of such Relevant Party:

 

(1) being true and correct;

 

(2) being duly passed at meetings of the directors of such Relevant Party and of the shareholders of such Relevant Party each duly convened and held;

 

(3) not having been amended, modified or revoked; and

 

(4) being in full force and effect

 

together with originals or certified copies of any powers of attorney issued by any party pursuant to such resolutions; and

 

(c) Certificate of incumbency

 

a list of directors and officers of each Relevant Party specifying the names and positions of such persons, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than fifteen (15) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) by an officer of such Relevant Party to be true, complete and up to date;

 

2 Consents

 

a certificate (dated no earlier than fifteen (15) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) from an officer of each of the Relevant Parties stating that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for such Relevant Party to authorise, or are required by each of the Relevant Parties or any other party (other than the Bank) in connection with, the execution, delivery and performance of the Relevant Documents to which they are or will be a party;

 

3 Relevant Documents

 

this Agreement and the Mortgage Addenda, each duly executed by the Relevant Parties;

  

14
 

 

4 Mortgage Addenda Registration

 

evidence that the Mortgage Addenda have been registered against the Ships under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag States through the relevant Registries;

 

5 Interest Payment

 

payment by the Borrower of the amount of $146,177.78, being the interest due and payable to the Bank as a result of the retroactive increase of the Margin under this Agreement with effect from 28 December 2012 (namely, for the outstanding balance of the Loan on and after 28 December 2012), for the period between 28 December 2012 and the Effective Date;

 

6 Legal opinion

 

an opinion of Messrs Reeder & Simpson, special legal advisers on matters of Marshall Islands law to the Bank; and

 

7 Process agent

 

an original or certified true copy of a letter from the agent for receipt of service of proceedings of each Relevant Party accepting its appointment under this Agreement or any other Relevant Document as process agent of each Relevant Party.

 

15
 

 

Schedule 2

 

Form of Mortgage Addendum

 

  

16
 

 

AMENDMENT NO.2 TO FIRST PREFERRED MORTGAGE

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FIRST PREFERRED MORTGAGE (this "Amendment" ) is made this 26 day of March 2013 between DOMINA MARITIME LTD., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, (the "Owner" ), and CREDIT SUISSE AG (formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE) of Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zurich, Switzerland (the "Mortgagee" ), and is supplemental to a First Preferred Mortgage dated 19 May 2010 made by the Owner in favor of the Mortgagee on the Marshall Islands registered motor vessel SKY GLOBE (the "Vessel" ), Official No. 3949, of 32,929 tons gross and 19,132 tons net register, and which Mortgage was recorded in the Indexes maintained by the Maritime Administrator of the Republic of Marshall Islands at 10:19 A.M., E.E.S.T. at Piraeus, Greece (May 19,2010 at 03:19 A.M .. , E.D.S.T). on 19 May 2010 in Book PM21 at Page 397, and which mortgage was amended by an Amendment No.1 thereto dated 25 May 2010 and which Amendment No.1 was recorded in the Indexes maintained by the Maritime Administrator of the Republic of Marshall Islands at 10:39 A.M., E.E.S.T. at Piraeus, Greece (May 25, 2010 at 03:39 A.M., E.D.S.T.) on 25 May 2010 in Book PM21 at Page 425 (hereinafter together called the "Mortgage" ).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Owner granted the Mortgage to the Mortgagee as security for its Corporate Guarantee (as defined in the Mortgage), of (i) the Loan (as defined in the Mortgage) interest thereon and all other sums of money owing to the Mortgagee by GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED (the "Borrower" ) under that certain Facility Agreement dated 26 November 2007, as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 12 March 2009, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, Globus Shipmanagement Corp. (the "Manager" ) and the Mortgagee, a second supplemental agreement dated 18 August 2009, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee (the "Second Supplemental Agreement" ), a third supplemental agreement dated 17 May 2010, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee and a fourth supplemental agreement dated 21 May 2010, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee (together, the "Principal Agreement" ), and (ii) the debts and obligations arising or that may arise in favour of the Mortgagee under the Master Swap Agreement (as defined in the Mortgage) up to the maximum amount of Twenty Four Million Dollars ($24,000,000).

 

B. The Principal Agreement has been further amended by a fifth supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2010 (the "Fifth Supplemental Agreement' ), a sixth supplemental agreement dated 5 May 2011 (the "Sixth Supplemental Agreement" ) and a seventh supplemental agreement dated 26 March 2013 (the "Seventh Supplemental Agreement" and together with the Principal Agreement, the Fifth Supplemental Agreement and the Sixth Supplemental Agreement hereinafter called the "Amended Loan Agreement" ) made among, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee and pursuant to which Seventh Supplemental Agreement, among other things, the Margin (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) has been amended for the periods set out therein, and the Mortgagee and the Owner have agreed to enter into this Amendment to the Mortgage. A copy of the form of each of the Fifth Supplemental Agreement, the Sixth Supplemental Agreement and the Seventh Supplemental Agreement, are attached hereto as Exhibit 1, Exhibit 2 and Exhibit 3 respectively and shall be read together herewith.

  

 
 

  

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           The Mortgage be and hereby is amended as follows:

 

A.           All references in the Mortgage to "this Mortgage" and "this First Preferred Mortgage" shall be read and construed to mean the Mortgage as supplemented and amended by this Amendment No.2 to First Preferred Mortgage.

 

B.           All references in the Mortgage to the "Loan Agreement" are hereby amended to read the "Amended Loan Agreement" and all references in the Mortgage to the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed as references to the Amended Loan Agreement.

 

C.           All the other terms and conditions of the Mortgage shall remain in full force and effect, and the Mortgage shall be read and construed as if the terms of this Amendment were included therein by way of addition or substitution, as the case may be.

 

2.           As amended by this Amendment No.2 to First Preferred Mortgage, the Mortgage is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment the day and year first above written.

 

DOMINA MARITIME LTD.   CREDIT SUISSE AG
     
By:     By:  
  Name:     Name:
  Title:     Title:

 

 
 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

PIRAEUS )
  : ss.:
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA,  
REPUBLIC OF GREECE )

 

On this 26 day of March 2013 before me personally came Athanasios Feidakis to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at 2 Zefyrou Street, Ekali, 14578 Athens, Greece; that he is Attorney-in-Fact of DOMINA MARITIME LTD., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by order of the board of directors of said corporation.

 

   
  Special Agent of the Republic
  of the Marshall Islands

 

PIRAEUS )
  : ss.:
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA,  
REPUBLIC OF GREECE )

 

On this 26 day of March 2013 before me personally came Albert Kromm to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at Building K1, 1 Palea Leoforos Posidonos & 3 Moraitini Street, 175 01 Delta Paleo Faliro Athens, Greece; that he is Attorney-in-Fact of CREDIT SUISSE AG, the bank described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by order of the board of directors of said bank.

 

   
  Special Agent of the Republic
  of the Marshall Islands

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 1

Fifth Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 2

Sixth Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 2

Seventh Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

MEMORANDUM OF PARTICULARS

 

  Name of Vessel   Official
Number
  Gross
Tonnage
  Net
Tonnage
 
  SKY GLOBE   3949   32,929   19,132  

 

Type of Instrument: Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage
   
Date of Instrument: 26 March 2013
   
Mortgagor; DOMINA MARITIME LTD.
   
Mortgagee CREDIT SUISSE AG
   
Date(s) of Maturity: No Change
   
Total Amount of Mortgage: No Change
   
Evidence of Mortgage Debt  
(include date and amount): Whereas clauses of the First Preferred Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage, the Amended Loan Agreement (as defined in the Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage), and Clause 3 of the First Preferred Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage
   
Separate discharge amount: No Change

 

Intended Effect of Instrument: to amend Mortgage covenants.

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG   DOMINA MARITIME LTD.
         
By       By  

 

 
 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FIRST PREFERRED MORTGAGE

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO.1 TO FIRST PREFERRED MORTGAGE (this " Amendment ") is made this 26 day of March 2013 between DULAC MARITIME S.A., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, (the " Owner "), and CREDIT SUISSE AG (formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE) of Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zurich, Switzerland (the " Mortgagee "), and is supplemental to a First Preferred Mortgage dated 25 May 2010 made by the Owner in favor of the Mortgagee on the Marshall Islands registered motor vessel STAR GLOBE (the " Vessel "), Official No. 3950, of 32,929 tons gross and 19,132 tons net register, and which Mortgage was recorded in the Indexes maintained by the Maritime Administrator of the Republic of Marshall Islands at 10:39 A.M. E.E.S.T. at Piraeus, Greece (May 25, 2010 at 03:39 A.M., E.D.S.T.) on 25 May 2010 in Book PM21 at Page 422 (hereinafter together called the " Mortgage ").

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Owner granted the Mortgage to the Mortgagee as security for its Corporate Guarantee (as defined in the Mortgage), of (i) the Loan (as defined in the Mortgage) interest thereon and all other sums of money owing to the Mortgagee by GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED (the " Borrower ") under that certain Facility Agreement dated 26 November 2007, as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 12 March 2009, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, Globus Shipmanagement Corp. (the " Manager ") and the Mortgagee, a second supplemental agreement dated 18 August 2009, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Manager and the Mortgagee (the " Second Supplemental Agreement "), a third supplemental agreement dated 17 May 2010, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Manager and the Mortgagee and a fourth supplemental agreement dated 21 May 2010, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee (together, the " Principal Agreement "), and (ii) the debts and obligations arising or that may arise in favour of the Mortgagee under the Master Swap Agreement (as defined in the Mortgage) up to the maximum amount of Twenty Four Million Dollars ($24,000,000).

 

B. The Principal Agreement has been further amended by a fifth supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2010 (the " Fifth Supplemental Agreement '), a sixth supplemental agreement dated 5 May 2011 (the " Sixth Supplemental Agreement ") and a seventh supplemental agreement dated 26 March 2013 (the " Seventh Supplemental Agreement " and together with the Principal Agreement, the Fifth Supplemental Agreement and the Sixth Supplemental Agreement hereinafter called the " Amended Loan Agreement ") made among, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee and pursuant to which Seventh Supplemental Agreement, among other things, the Margin (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) has been amended for the periods set out therein and the Mortgagee and the Owner have agreed to enter into this Amendment to the Mortgage. A copy of the form of each of the Fifth Supplemental Agreement, the Sixth Supplemental Agreement and the Seventh Supplemental Agreement, are attached hereto as Exhibit 1, Exhibit 2 and Exhibit 3 respectively and shall be read together herewith.

 

 
 

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          The Mortgage be and hereby is amended as follows:

 

A.          All references in the Mortgage to "this Mortgage" and "this First Preferred Mortgage" shall be read and construed to mean the Mortgage as supplemented and amended by this Amendment No. 1 to First Preferred Mortgage.

 

B.          All references in the Mortgage to the "Loan Agreement" are hereby amended to read the "Amended Loan Agreement" and all references in the Mortgage to the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed as references to the Amended Loan Agreement.

 

C.          All the other terms and conditions of the Mortgage shall remain in full force and effect, and the Mortgage shall be read and construed as if the terms of this Amendment were included therein by way of addition or substitution, as the case may be.

 

2.          As amended by this Amendment No.1 to First Preferred Mortgage, the Mortgage is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment the day and year first above written.

 

DULAC MARITIME S.A.   CREDIT SUISSE AG
     
By:     By:  
  Name:     Name:
  Title:     Title:

 

 
 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

PIRAEUS )
  : ss.:
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA,  
REPUBLIC OF GREECE )

 

On this 26 day of March 2013 before me personally came Georgios Karageorgiou to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at 2 Zefyrou Street, Ekali, 14578 Athens, Greece; that he is Attorney-in-Fact of DULAC MARITIME S.A., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by order of the board of directors of said corporation.

 

   
  Special Agent of the Republic
  of the Marshall Islands

 

PIRAEUS )
  : ss.:
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA,  
REPUBLIC OF GREECE )

 

On this 26 day of March 2013 before me personally came Albert Kromm to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at Building K1,1 Palea Leoforos Posidonos & 3 Moraitini Street, 175 01 Delta Paleo Faliro Athens, Greece; that he is Attorney-in-Fact of CREDIT SUISSE AG, the bank described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by order of the board of directors of said bank.

 

   
  Special Agent of the Republic
  of the Marshall Islands

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 1

Fifth Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 2

Sixth Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

Exhibit 2

Seventh Supplemental Agreement

 
 

 

MEMORANDUM OF PARTICULARS

 

  Name of Vessel   Official
Number
  Gross
Tonnage
  Net
Tonnage
 
  STAR GLOBE   3950   32,929   19,132  

 

Type of Instrument: Amendment No. 1 to First Preferred Mortgage
   
Date of Instrument: 26 March 2013
   
Mortgagor; DULAC MARITIME S.A.
   
Mortgagee CREDIT SUISSE AG
   
Date(s) of Maturity: No Change
   
Total Amount of Mortgage: No Change
   
Evidence of Mortgage Debt  
(include date and amount): Whereas clauses of the First Preferred Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 1 to First Preferred Mortgage, the Amended Loan Agreement (as defined in the Mortgage as amended by Amendment No.1 to First Preferred Mortgage), and Clause 3 of the First Preferred Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 1 to First Preferred Mortgage
   
Separate discharge amount: No Change
   
Intended Effect of Instrument: to amend Mortgage covenants.

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG   DULAC MARITIME LTD.
     
By      By  
         

 

 
 

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FIRST PREFERRED MORTGAGE

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO.2 TO FIRST PREFERRED MORTGAGE (this “ Amendment ”) is made this 26 day of March 2013 between ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, (the “ Owner ”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG (formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE) of Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zurich, Switzerland (the “ Mortgagee ”), and is supplemental to a First Preferred Mortgage dated 18 December 2007 made by the Owner in favor of the Mortgagee on the Marshall Islands registered motor vessel TIARA GLOBE (the “ Vessel ”), Official No. 3007, of 39,755 tons gross and 25,379 tons net register, and which Mortgage was recorded in the Indexes maintained by the Maritime Administrator of the Republic of Marshall Islands at 08:31 A.M., E..E.T. at Piraeus, Greece (December 18, 2007 at 01:31 A.M.,E.S.T.) on 18 December 2007 in Book PM18 at Page 1112, and which mortgage was amended by an Amendment No. 1 thereto dated 25 May 2010 and which Amendment No. 1 was recorded in the Indexes maintained by the Maritime Administrator of the Republic of Marshall Islands at 10:39 A.M., E.E.S.T. at Piraeus, Greece (May 25, 2010 at 03:39 A.M., E.D.S.T.) on 25 May 2010 in Book PM21 at Page 424 (hereinafter together called the “ Mortgage ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Owner granted the Mortgage to the Mortgagee as security for its Corporate Guarantee (as defined in the Mortgage), of (i) the Loan (as defined in the Mortgage) interest thereon and all other sums of money owing to the Mortgagee by GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED (the “ Borrower ”) under that certain Facility Agreement dated 26 November 2007, as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 12 March 2009, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, Globus Shipmanagement Corp. (the “ Manager ”) and the Mortgagee, a second supplemental agreement dated 18 August 2009, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee (the “ Second Supplemental Agreement ”), a third supplemental agreement dated 17 May 2010, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee and a fourth supplemental agreement dated 21 May 2010, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee (together, the “ Principal Agreement ”), and (ii) the debts and obligations arising or that may arise in favour of the Mortgagee under the Master Swap Agreement (as defined in the Mortgage) up to the maximum amount of Twenty Four Million Dollars ($24,000,000).

 

B. The Principal Agreement has been further amended by a fifth supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2010 (the “ Fifth Supplemental Agreement ”), a sixth supplemental agreement dated 5 May 2011 (the “ Sixth Supplemental Agreement ”) and a seventh supplemental agreement dated 26 March 2013 (the “ Seventh Supplemental Agreement ” and together with the Principal Agreement, the Fifth Supplemental Agreement and the Sixth Supplemental Agreement hereinafter called the “ Amended Loan Agreement ”) made among, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee and pursuant to which Seventh Supplemental Agreement, among other things, the Margin (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) has been amended for the periods set out therein, and the Mortgagee and the Owner have agreed to enter into this Amendment to the Mortgage. A copy of the form of each of the Fifth Supplemental Agreement, the Sixth Supplemental Agreement and the Seventh Supplemental Agreement, are attached hereto as Exhibit 1, Exhibit 2 and Exhibit 3 respectively and shall be read together herewith.

 

 
 

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. The Mortgage be and hereby is amended as follows:

 

A.           All references in the Mortgage to “this Mortgage” and “this First Preferred Mortgage” shall be read and construed to mean the Mortgage as supplemented and amended by this Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage.

 

B.           All references in the Mortgage to the “Loan Agreement” are hereby amended to read the “Amended Loan Agreement” and all references in the Mortgage to the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed as references to the Amended Loan Agreement.

 

C.           All the other terms and conditions of the Mortgage shall remain in full force and effect, and the Mortgage shall be read and construed as if the terms of this Amendment were included therein by way of addition or substitution, as the case may be.

 

2.           As amended by this Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage, the Mortgage is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment the day and year first above written.

 

ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED   CREDIT SUISSE AG
     
By:     By:  
  Name:     Name:
  Title:     Title:

 

 
 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

PIRAEUS )
  : ss.:
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA,  
REPUBLIC OF GREECE )

 

On this 26 day of March 2013 before me personally came Georgios Karageorgiou to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at 2 Zefyrou Street, Ekali, 14578 Athens, Greece; that he is Attorney-in-Fact of ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by order of the board of directors of said corporation.

 

   
  Special Agent of the Republic
  of the Marshall Islands

 

PIRAEUS )
  : ss.:
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA,  
REPUBLIC OF GREECE )

 

On this 26 day of March 2013 before me personally came Albert Kromm to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at Building K1, 1 Palea Leoforos Posidonos & 3 Moraitini Street, 175 01 Delta Paleo Faliro Athens, Greece; that he is Attorney-in-Fact of CREDIT SUISSE AG, the bank described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by order of the board of directors of said bank.

 

   
  Special Agent of the Republic
  of the Marshall Islands

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 1

Fifth Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT 2

Sixth Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT 3

Seventh Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

MEMORANDUM OF PARTICULARS

  

  Name of Vessel   Official
Number
  Gross
Tonnage
  Net
Tonnage
 
  TIARA GLOBE   3007   39,755   25,379  

 

Type of Instrument: Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage
   
Date of Instrument: 26 March 2013
   
Mortgagor; ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED
   
Mortgagee CREDIT SUISSE AG (formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE)
   
Date(s) of Maturity: No Change
   
Total Amount of Mortgage: No Change
   
Evidence of Mortgage Debt  
(include date and amount): Whereas clauses of the First Preferred Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage, the Amended Loan Agreement (as defined in the Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage), and Clause 3 of the First Preferred Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage
   
Separate discharge amount: No Change
   
Intended Effect of Instrument: to amend Mortgage covenants.

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG   ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED
     
By     By  
         

 

 

 
 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FIRST PREFERRED MORTGAGE

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO.2 TO FIRST PREFERRED MORTGAGE (this “ Amendment ”) is made this 26 day of March 2013 between DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, (the “ Owner ”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG (formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE) of Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zurich, Switzerland (the “ Mortgagee ”), and is supplemental to a First Preferred Mortgage dated 18 December 2007 made by the Owner in favor of the Mortgagee on the Marshall Islands registered motor vessel RIVER GLOBE (the “ Vessel ”), Official No. 2977, of 31,261 tons gross and 18,291 tons net register, and which Mortgage was recorded in the Indexes maintained by the Maritime Administrator of the Republic of Marshall Islands at 08:42 A.M., E.E.T. at Piraeus, Greece (December 18, 2007 at 01:42 A.M., E.S.T.). on 18 December 2007 in Book PM18 at Page 1111, and which mortgage was amended by an Amendment No.1 thereto dated 25 May 2010 and which Amendment No. 1 was recorded in the Indexes maintained by the Maritime Administrator of the Republic of Marshall Islands at 10:39 A.M., E.E.S.T. at Piraeus, Greece (May 25,2010 at 03:39 A.M., E.D.S.T.) on 25 May 2010 in Book PM21 at Page 423 (hereinafter togethercalled the “ Mortgage ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Owner granted the Mortgage to the Mortgagee as security for its Corporate Guarantee (as defined in the Mortgage), of (i) the Loan (as defined in the Mortgage) interest thereon and all other sums of money owing to the Mortgagee by GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED (the “ Borrower ”) under that certain Facility Agreement dated 26 November 2007, as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 12 March 2009, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, Globus Shipmanagement Corp. (the “ Manager ”) and the Mortgagee, a second supplemental agreement dated 18 August 2009, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee (the “ Second Supplemental Agreement ”), a third supplemental agreement dated 17 May 2010, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee, and a fourth supplemental agreement dated 21 May 2010, made between, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee (together, the “ Principal Agreement ”), and (ii) the debts and obligations arising or that may arise in favour of the Mortgagee under the Master Swap Agreement (as defined in the Mortgage) up to the maximum amount of Twenty Four Million Dollars ($24,000,000).

 

B. The Principal Agreement has been further amended by a fifth supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2010 (the “ Fifth Supplemental Agreement’ ), a sixth supplemental agreement dated 5 May 2011 (the “ Sixth Supplemental Agreement ”) and a seventh supplemental agreement dated 26 March 2013 (the “ Seventh Supplemental Agreement ” and together with the Principal Agreement, the Fifth Supplemental Agreement and the Sixth Supplemental Agreement hereinafter called the “ Amended Loan Agreement ”) made among, inter alios, the Borrower, the Owner, the Manager and the Mortgagee and pursuant to which Seventh Supplemental Agreement, among other things, the Margin (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) has been amended for the periods set out therein, and the Mortgagee and the Owner have agreed to enter into this Amendment to the Mortgage. A copy of the form of each of the Fifth Supplemental Agreement, the Sixth Supplemental Agreement and the Seventh Supplemental Agreement, are attached hereto as Exhibit 1, Exhibit 2 and Exhibit 3 respectively and shall be read together herewith.

 

 
 

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. The Mortgage be and hereby is amended as follows:

 

A.           All references in the Mortgage to “this Mortgage” and “this First Preferred Mortgage” shall be read and construed to mean the Mortgage as supplemented and amended by this Amendment No.2 to First Preferred Mortgage.

 

B.           All references in the Mortgage to the “Loan Agreement” are hereby amended to read the “Amended Loan Agreement” and all references in the Mortgage to the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed as references to the Amended Loan Agreement.

 

C.           All the other terms and conditions of the Mortgage shall remain in full force and effect, and the Mortgage shall be read and construed as if the terms of this Amendment were included therein by way of addition or substitution, as the case may be.

 

2.           As amended by this Amendment No.2 to First Preferred Mortgage, the Mortgage is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment the day and year first above written.

 

DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.   CREDIT SUISSE AG
     
By:     By:  
  Name:     Name:
  Title:     Title:

 

 
 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

PIRAEUS )
  : ss.:
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA,  
REPUBLIC OF GREECE )

 

On this 26 day of March 2013 before me personally came Athanasios Feidakis to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at 2 Zefyrou Street, Ekali, 14578 Athens, Greece; that he is Attorney-in-Fact of DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by order of the board of directors of said corporation.

 

   
  Special Agent of the Republic
  of the Marshall Islands

 

PIRAEUS )
  : ss. :
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA,  
REPUBLIC OF GREECE )

 

On this 26 day of March 2013 before me personally came Albert Kromm to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at Building Kl, 1 Palea Leoforos Posidonos & 3 Moraitini Street, 175 01 Delta Paleo Faliro Athens, Greece; that he is Attorney-in-Fact of CREDIT SUISSE AG, the bank described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by order of the board of directors of said bank.

 

   
  Special Agent of the Republic
  of the Marshall Islands

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 1

Fifth Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT 2

Sixth Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT 3

Seventh Supplemental Agreement

 

 
 

 

MEMORANDUM OF PARTICULARS

 

  Name of Vessel   Official
Number
  Gross
Tonnage
  Net
Tonnage
 
  RIVER GLOBE   2977   31,261   18,291  

 

Type of Instrument: Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage
   
Date of Instrument: 26 March 2013
   
Mortgagor; DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.
   
Mortgagee CREDIT SUISSE AG (formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE)
   
Date(s) of Maturity: No Change
   
Total Amount of Mortgage: No Change
   
Evidence of Mortgage Debt  
(include date and amount): Whereas clauses of the First Preferred Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage, the Amended Loan Agreement (as defined in the Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage), and Clause 3 of the First Preferred Mortgage as amended by Amendment No. 2 to First Preferred Mortgage
   
Separate discharge amount: No Change
   
Intended Effect of Instrument: to amend Mortgage covenants.

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG   DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.
     
By     By  

 

 
 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by )    
for and on behalf of )

Georgios K. Karageorgiou

 
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED ) Attorney-in-fact  
in the Pres ence-of: )    

 

/s/ KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Witness KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Name: GREEK ATTORNEY AT LAW  
Address: SOLICITOR  
Occupation: NORTON ROSE LLP  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
b y )    
for and on behalf of )

Georgios K. Karageorgiou

 
DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD. ) Attorney-in-fact  
i n the presence of: )    

 

/s/ KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Witness KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Name: GREEK ATTORNEY AT LAW  
Address: SOLICITOR  
Occupation: NORTON ROSE LLP  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
b y )    
for and on behalf of ) Georgios K. Karageorgiou  
ELYSIUM MARTIME LIMITED ) Attorney-in-fact  
i n the presence of: )    

 

/s/ KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Witness KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Name: GREEK ATTORNEY AT LAW  
Address: SOLICITOR  
Occupation: NORTON ROSE LLP  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
b y )    
for and on behalf of )

Athanasios Feidakis

 
DOMINA MARITIME LTD. ) Attorney-in-fact  
i n the presence of: )    

 

/s/ KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Witness KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Name: GREEK ATTORNEY AT LAW  
Address: SOLICITOR  
Occupation: NORTON ROSE LLP  

 

17
 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
b y )    
for and on behalf of ) Athanasios Feidakis  
DULAC MARTIME S.A. ) Attorney-in-fact  
i n the presence of: )    

 

/s/ KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Witness KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Name: GREEK ATTORNEY AT LAW  
Address: SOLICITOR  
Occupation: NORTON ROSE LLP  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
b y )    
for and on behalf of ) Athanasios Feidakis  
GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP. ) Attorney-in-fact  
i n the presence of. )    

 

/s/ KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Witness KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Name: GREEK ATTORNEY AT LAW  
Address: SOLICITOR  
Occupation: NORTON ROSE LLP  

 

EXECUTED as a DEED )    
by )    
And by )    
for and on behalf of ) Albert Kromm  
CREDIT SUISSE AG ) Attorney-in-fact  
(formerly known as CREDIT SUISSE ) )    
i n the presence of: )    

 

/s/ KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Witness KIRIAKOS SPOULLOS  
Name: GREEK ATTORNEY AT LAW  
Address: SOLICITOR  
Occupation: NORTON ROSE LLP  

 

18

 

 

EXHIBIT 8.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

 

Name   Jurisdiction of Incorporation   Name Under Which the
Subsidiaries do Business
Globus Shipmanagement Corp.   Marshall Islands   Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
Elysium Maritime Limited   Marshall Islands   Elysium Maritime Limited
Devocean Maritime Ltd.   Marshall Islands   Devocean Maritime Ltd.
Domina Maritime Ltd.   Marshall Islands   Domina Maritime Ltd.
Dulac Maritime S.A.   Marshall Islands   Dulac Maritime S.A.
Kelty Marine Ltd.   Marshall Islands   Kelty Marine Ltd.
Supreme Navigation Co.   Marshall Islands   Supreme Navigation Co.
Rosario Maritime Inc.   Marshall Islands   Rosario Maritime Inc.
Artful Shipholding S.A.   Marshall Islands   Artful Shipholding S.A.
Longevity Maritime Limited   Malta   Longevity Maritime Limited

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 12.1/12/2

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Georgios Karageorgiou, certify that:

 

1.      I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Globus Maritime Limited;

 

2.      Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.      Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.      I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under my supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under my supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report my conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.      I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 30, 2013

 

By: /s/ Georgios Karageorgiou  
  Name: Georgios Karageorgiou  
  Title: President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 13.1/13.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE U.S. SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with this annual report of Globus Maritime Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Georgios Karageorgiou, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 30, 2013

 

By: /s/ Georgios Karageorgiou  
  Name: Georgios Karageorgiou  
  Title: President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer